M.B.A Regulation 2023-24

ANNAMALAI
UNIVERSITY
A STATE UNIVERSITY Accredited With “A” Grade By NAAC
FACULTY OF ARTS
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
MBA
(MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION)
REGULATIONS
2023
CURRICULUM & SYLLABUS
1
MBA.,
GENERAL MANAGEMENT
(FULL TIME)
Choice Based Credit System
Program Educational Outcomes;
PEO 1 – Employability: To develop students with industry specific knowledge & skills to meet
the industry requirements and also join Public sector undertaking through competitive
examinations.
PEO 2 - Entrepreneur: To create effective business service owners, with a growth mindset by
enhancing their critical thinking, problem solving and decision-making skills.
PEO3 – Research and Development: To instill and grow a mindset that focusses efforts
towards inculcating and encouraging the students in the field research and development.
PEO 4 – Contribution to Business World: To produce ethical and innovative business

professionals to enhance growth of the business world.
PEO 5 – Contribution to the Society: To work and contribute towards holistic development of
society by producing competent MBA professionals.
Program Outcomes:
PO1: Problem Solving Skill: Application of tools & techniques relevant to management
theories and practices in analyzing & solving business problems.
PO2: Decision Making Skill: Fostering analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based
decision making.
PO3: Ethical Value: Ability to develop value based leadership attributes.
PO4: Communication Skill: Ability to understand, analyze and effectively communicate

global, economic, legal and ethical aspects of business.
PO5: Individual and Team Leadership Skill: Ability to be self-motivated in leading & driving
a team towards achievement of organizational goals and contributing effectively to establish
industrial harmony.
PO6: Employability Skill: Foster and enhance employability skills through relevant industry
subject knowledge.
2
PO7: Entrepreneurial Skill: Equipped with skills and competencies to become a global
entrepreneur.
PO8: Contribution to Society: Strive towards becoming a global influencer and motivating
future generation towards building a legacy that contributes to overall growth of humankind.
PEO – PO MAPPING
PO 1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

PEO 1 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
PEO 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
PEO3 Y Y Y Y Y Y y
Y - Yes
FIRST SEMESTER
Subject Subject Name Category L T P O Marks
Inst. Hours
Code
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Management Principles
23MBAC101 Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100
and Business Ethics
Quantitative
23MBAC102 Techniques and
Core 3 1 - - 4 60 25 75 100
Research Methods in
Business
Managing
23MBAC103 Organizational Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100
Behaviour
23MBAC104 Accounting for
Core 3 1 - - 4 60 25 75 100
Managers
23MBAC105 Managerial Economics Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100
23MBAC106 Legal Systems in
Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100
Business
Entrepreneurship Extra
23MEDC107 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Development Disciplinary
Soft Skills I –
23SSEC108 Executive Soft Skills - - 2 - 2 30 25 75 100
Communication
3
SECOND SEMESTER
Inst. Hours
Code
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MBAC201 Applied Operations
Core 3 1 - - 4 60 25 75 100
Research
23MBAC202 Human Resource
Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100
Management
23MBAC203
Marketing Management Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100
23MBAC204 Operations
Core 3 1 - - 4 60 25 75 100
Management
23MBAC205
Financial Management Core 3 1 - - 4 60 25 75 100
23MBAC206
Strategic Management Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100
Extra
23EDIB207 International Business 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Disciplinary
23SSBE208 Soft Skills II –
Soft Skills - - 2 - 2 30 25 75 100
Business Etiquette
23SSCS209 Soft Skills III –
Soft Skills - - 2 - 2 30 25 75 100
Computing Skills
THIRD SEMESTER

Inst. Hours
Code
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Information Systems
23MBAC301 Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100
for Business
**Choose any one
Elective Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
from the list
**Choose any one
from the list
**Choose any one
from the list
**Choose any one
from the list
**Choose any one
from the list
4
**Choose any one
from the list
Extra
23TSSC300 Employability skills 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Disciplinary
Soft Skills IV –
23SSLT302 Leadership and Team Soft Skills - - 2 - 2 30 25 75 100
Building Skills
23MBAI303 ***Summer Internship Internship - - - 1 3 - 100 - 100
** Students should choose six elective Course from the specialization list in
consultation with the Head of the Institution.
For the categorization of specialization students can either opt for either single or dual
specialization.
In case of students opting for single specialization, they should compulsorily choose 6
elective papers from one area specialization from the list given below:
In case of students opting for dual specialization. They should choose 3 elective papers
from respective area of specialization.
*** Internship will be carried out during the summer vacation after the first year.
Viva Voce will be conducted by the college and marks shall be sent to the University
and the same will be included in the Third Semester Marks Statement.
FOURTH SEMESTER

Inst. Hours
Code
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MBAP401 # Project Work & Viva- Core - - - Y 12 - 75 225 300

Voce
Total 102 Credits
L-Lecture T-Tutorial P- Practical O-Project
# The Project Work will be evaluated jointly by TWO Examiners (i.e. one Internal and
the other External) for a Maximum of 225 Marks (9 Credits).
# The Viva- Voce will be conducted with Two Examiners (i.e. one Internal and the
other External) for a Maximum of 75 Marks (3 Credits).
5
Specialization Courses: Finance Management
Inst. Hours
Code
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Corporate Finance
23MEFM304 Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Security Analysis and
23MEFM305
Portfolio Management Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Merchant Banking and

23MEFM306
Financial Services Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
23MEFM307 Derivatives Management

Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
23MEFM308 Banking and Insurance
Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEFM309 Behavioural Finance
Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Capital Markets and
23MEFM310
Financial Services Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEFM311 Tax Management

Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEFM312 Financial Modelling
Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Financial Planning and
23MEFM313
Wealth Management Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEFM314 Fixed Income Securities

Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Fin tech and Investment
23MEFM315
Analysis@ Elective - - 3 - 3 3 40 60 100
International Financial
23MEFM316
Management Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Risk Management in
23MEFM317
Banks Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
@ This is a hands on Computer Laboratory Practical course.
6
Specialization Courses: Marketing Management
Subject Code Subject Name Category L T P O Marks
Inst. Hours
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Advanced Marketing
Research and Consumer
23MEMM304 Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Behaviour
Advertising
23MEMM305 Management and Sales
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Promotion
Sales and Distribution

23MEMM306
Management Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEMM307 Services Marketing

Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Customer Relations
23MEMM308
Management Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEMM309 Retail Marketing

Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEMM310 Rural Marketing
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEMM311 Digital Marketing
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEMM312 Marketing Analytics
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEMM313 Strategic Marketing
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEMM314 Brand Management
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEMM315 Industrial Marketing
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEMM316 International Marketing
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Advanced Selling and
23MEMM317
Negotiation Skills Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Channel Management
23MEMM318
Strategies Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
7
Customer Engagement
23MEMM319
Marketing Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEMM320 Marketing Metrics

Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEMM321 New Product Strategies
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Specialization Courses: Human Resource Management
Inst. Hours
Code
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Human Resources
23MEHR304 Development Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR305 Performance Management

Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Organizational
23MEHR306
Development Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Industrial and Labour

23MEHR307
Relations Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Compensation and
23MEHR308
Rewards Management Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Emotional Intelligence for

23MEHR309
Managerial Effectiveness Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Learning and
23MEHR310
Development Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR311 Strategic HRM

Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR312 Human Capital Planning
Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Human Resources
23MEHR313
Information System Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR314 Talent Management

Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR315 Workplace counselling
Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
8
23MEHR316 Stress Management
Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR317 Competency mapping
Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR318 International HRD
Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR319 Organizational Change
Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR320 Career Management
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR321 HR Analytics
Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
(An exclusive HRM lab with simulation, AI facilities as a common facility region wise is
suggested)
Specialization Courses: Business Analytics
Marks
Inst. Hours
Credits
External
Subject
Total
Subject Name Category L T P O
CIA
Code
Fundamentals of Business
23MEBA304 Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Analytics
23MEBA305 Data Analytics with R
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Programming
23MEBA306 Business Analytics Using
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Python
23MEBA307
Data Visualization Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEBA308 Business Intelligence, Big
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Data, Cloud Computing
23MEBA309 Software Project
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
23MEBA310 Data Analytics in
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Business Functional Areas
23MEBA311
Data Science Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEBA312
Block Chain Technology Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEBA313 Design and Analysis of
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Algorithm
9
Specialization Courses: Systems Management
Marks
Inst. Hours
Credits
External
Subject
Total
CIA
Code
Database Management
23MESM304 Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
System
23MESM305 System Analysis and
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Design
23MESM306
Decision Support System Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MESM307
E – Business Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MESM308
Internet of Things Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MESM309 Enterprise Resource
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Planning
23MESM310 Software project and
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
quality management
23MESM311
Data Warehousing Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MESM312 Deep Learning and
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Artificial Intelligence
23MESM313
Cloud Computing Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Specialization Courses: Export Import Management
Marks
Inst. Hours
Credits
External
Subject
Subject Name Category L T P O Total
CIA
Code
Export–Import Procedures,
Documentation and
23MEEI304 Elective 2 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Logistics
International Marketing
23MEEI305 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
International Financial
23MEEI306 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
International Economics
23MEEI307 Elective 2 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
and Trade theories
10
Export Business
23MEEI308 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Environment
23MEEI309 FOREX Management Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Export Finance and
23MEEI310 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Promotion
Global Supply Chain
23MEEI311 Elective 2 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Management
International Trade Finance
23MEEI312 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
and Risk Management
Regulatory Framework for
23MEEI313 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
International Trade
Specialization Courses: Hospital Management
Marks
Inst. Hours
Credits
External
Subject
Total
CIA
Code
Hospital Planning and

23MEHM304 Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Administration
23MEHM305 Hospital Records
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
23MEHM306
Hospital Core Services Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHM307
Hospital Support Services Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHM308 Quality Assurance in
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Health Care
23MEHM309 Total Quality
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Management in Hospital
23MEHM310 Operations Management
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
in health care
23MEHM311 Health care Governance
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
and Technology
23MEHM312 Health Policy and Health
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Care System
23MEHM313 Health care accreditation
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
and Law
11
Specialization Courses: Operations Management
Marks
Inst. Hours
Credits
External
Subject
Total
CIA
Code
23MEOM304 Project Management Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100

Total Quality
23MEOM305 Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
23MEOM306 Six sigma Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEOM307 Materials Management Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEOM308 Supply chain Analytics Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Services Operations
23MEOM309 Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
23MEOM310 Process Management Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEOM311 Product design Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEOM312 Operations Strategy Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
SYLLABUS
SEMESTER I
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
Subject Code Subject Name L T P O
CIA
Management Principles and
23MBAC101 Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100
Business Ethics
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of management in order to aid
C1
in understanding how an organization functions.
C2 To provide insights on Planning & Decision Making
C3 To throw light on Organizing, Managing Change and Innovation
C4 To elucidate on Leadership, Communication and Controlling.
To create awareness and importance of Business Ethics and Social
C5
Responsibility.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Nature of Management – Concepts and
Foundations of Management- Managerial Functions-
I 12 C1
Management Skills - The Evolution of Management
Thought – Tasks of a Professional Manager –
12
OrganizationalCulture - Environment – Systems Approach
to Management – Levels in Management – Disaster
Management
Planning & Decision Making: Steps in Planning
Process – Scope and Limitations – Short Term and
Long Term Planning – Flexibility in Planning –
II Characteristics of a Sound Plan – Management By 12 C2
Objectives (MBO). Strategic Management Process
Decision Making Process and Techniques. Business
Models
Nature of Organizing: Organization Structure and
Design - Authority Relationships – Delegation of
Authority and Decentralization – Interdepartmental
Coordinator – emerging Trends in corporate Structure,
Strategy and Culture – Impact of Technology on
III 12 C3
Organizational design – Mechanistic vs. Adoptive
Structures – Formal and InformalOrganization. Span of
control – Pros and Cons of Narrow and Wide Spans of
Control – Optimum Span - Managing Change and
Innovation.
Leadership and Control: Leadership: Approaches to
Leadership and Communication.
Control: Concept of Control – Application of the Process
of Control at Different Levels of Management (top,
IV 12 C4
middle and first line). Performance Standards –
Measurements ofPerformance – Remedial Action - An
Integrated Control system in an Organization –
Management by Exception (MBE) –
Business Ethics: Importance of Business Ethics –
Ethical Issues and Dilemmas in Business - Ethical
V 12 C5
Decision Making and Ethical Leadership – Ethics Audit
- Business Ethics and - CSR Models.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
On completion of this course, students will; Program Outcomes
Outcomes
Possess the knowledge on the basic concepts of
CO1 management and understand how an organization PO4, PO6, PO8
functions.
CO2 Possess knowledge on planning & decision making. PO1, PO2
Have insights on organizing, managing change and
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
Innovation
Learn leadership, communication and controlling
CO4 PO4, PO5
skills.
Have better understanding on business ethics and
CO5 PO3, PO8
social responsibility.
13
Reading List
1. https://deb.ugc.ac. In
2. http://wwww.managementconcepts. Com
3. International journal of Management Concepts and Philosophy
4. Journal of Management, Sage Publications
References Books
Mukherjee, K., Principles of Management, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
1.
Education Pvt. Ltd., 2009
S. K. Mandal., Management Principles and practice, 3rd Edition, Jaico
2.
Publishing House, Jan.2011.
Griffin, R. W., Management, 11th Edition, South-Western College Publication,
3.
January 2018.
Koontz, H. and Weihrich, H., Essentials of Management: An International
4.
Perspective, 11th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd., July 2020
Certo, S C. and Certo, T, Modern Management, 13th Edition, Prentice Hall,
5.
January 2014.
Robbins, S and Coulter, M, 11th Edition, Management, Prentice Hall, 11th
6.
edition, January 2012
7. Shaikh Ubaid, Disaster Management, Technical publications, 1st edition, 2020
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 2 2 2
CO 2 2 3
CO 3 2 2 2
CO 4 3 3
CO 5 3 3
3-Strong 2-Medium 1-Low
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MBAC102 Quantitative Techniques and

Core 3 1 - - 4 60 25 75 100
Research Methods in Business
Course Objectives
To provide the students with an introduction to probability theory and discuss
C1
how probability calculations may facilitate their decision making.
To construct a coherent research proposal that includes an abstract, literature
C2
review, research questions, ethical considerations and methodology.
To understand the basic statistical tools for analysis & interpretation of
C3
qualitative and quantitative data.
C4 To recognize the principles and characteristics of the multivariate data analysis
14
techniques.
To become familiar with the process of drafting a report that poses a significant
C5
problem
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Probability - Rules of probability-
Probability distribution; Binomial, Poisson and Normal
Distributions, their applications in Business and
Industrial Problem- Baye’s Theorem and its
I 17 C1
applications - Decision Making under risk and
uncertainty; Maximax, Maximin, Regret Hurwitz and
Laplace Criteria in Business and Decision Making -
Decision tree.
Research Methods: Research - Definition - Research
Process - Research Design – Definition- Types Of
Research Design - Role of Theory in Research -
Variables in Research – Objectives - Hypothesis -
Types of Data; Preliminary Vs Secondary- Methods of
Primary Data Collection; Survey, Observation,
II Experiments - Construction Of Questionnaire - 10 C2
Questionnaire Schedule- Validity and Reliability of
Instruments - Types of Scales; Nominal, Ordinal,
Interval - Types of Attitude Measurement Scales –
Sampling Techniques; Probability And Non
probability Techniques- Optimal Sample Size
determination.
Data Preparation and Analysis: Data Preparation -
Editing –Coding- Data Entry- Data Analysis- Testing
Of Hypothesis Univariate and Bivariate Analysis -
Parametric And Nonparametric Tests and
III 15 C3
Interpretation of Test Results- Chi-Square Test-
Correlation; Karl Pearson’s Vs Correlation Coefficient
and Spearman's Rank Correlation- Regression Analysis
- One Way and Two Way Analysis of Variance.
Multivariate Statistical Analysis: Exploratory and
Confirmatory Factor Analysis -Discriminant Analysis-
Cluster Analysis -Conjoint Analysis -Multiple
IV 09 C4
Regression- Multidimensional Scaling- Their
Application In Marketing Problems -Application of
Statistical Software For Data Analysis- SEM Analysis
Report Writing and Ethics in Business Research:
Research Reports- Different Types -Report Writing
V Format- Content of Report- Need For Executive 09 C5
Summary- Chapterization -Framing the Title of the
Report- Different Styles Of Referencing -Academic Vs
15
Business Research Reports - Ethics In Research.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to develop problem-solving techniques needed
CO1 PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7
to accurately calculate probabilities.
Be able to devise research methods, techniques and
CO2 strategies in the appropriate manner for managerial PO4, PO6
decision making and conduct research for the industry.
Be able to apply and interpret the different types of
CO3 PO4, PO6
quantitative and qualitative methods of data analysis.
Be able to use multivariate techniques appropriately,
CO4 undertake multivariate hypothesis tests, and draw PO4, PO6
appropriate conclusions.
Be able to present orally their research or a summary
CO5 of another’s research in an organized, coherent, and PO4, PO6
compelling fashion.
Reading List
https://www.dartmouth.edu/~chance/teaching_aids/books_articles/probability_book
1.
/amsbook.mac.pdf
2. https://study.com/academy/topic/probability.html
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ma07/preview
4. https://hbr.org/1964/07/decision-trees-for-decision-making
References Books
Kumar, R., Research Methodology: A Step-by-Step guide for Beginners, Sage,
1.
South Asia, 4th Edition, 2014.
Srivastava, T.N. and Rego, S., Statistics for Management, 2nd Edition, Tata
2.
McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2016.
Cooper, D.R., Schindler, P. And Business Research Methods, Tata- McGrew
3.
Hill,12th Edition, 2012.
Cooper, D.R., Schindler, P. and Sharma, J.K., Business Research Methods,11th
4.
Edition, Tata-McGraw Hill, 12 th Edition, 2018.
Johnson, R.A., and Wichern, D.W., Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis,
5.
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 6 th Edition, 2012.
Anderson, Sweeny, Williams, Camm and Cochran, Statistics for business and
6.
Economics, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 13th Edition, 2017
CO 1 3 3 3 3
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 2 2
CO 4 2 2
CO 5 2 3
16
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MBAC103 Managing Organizational
Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100
Behaviour
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of managing Organizational
C1 Behaviour in order to aid in understanding how an men behave in an
organization.
To provide insights on Individual Differences, perception, learning, Attitudes
C2
values and motivation
C3 To throw light on Group Dynamics and Interpersonal Communication
C4 To elucidate on Leadership, Politics, Conflicts and Negotiation.
To create awareness and importance of work stress and Emotional Intelligence
C5
and its influence on employees in an organization.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Organizational Behaviour:
Historical background of OB - Concept Relevance of
OB – Contributing disciplines - to the field of OB,
I 12 C1
challenges and opportunities for OB, foundations of
Individual Behaviour. Theory – social theory-
Organizational Citizenship Behaviour
Individual Difference - Personality – concept and
determinants of personality – theories of personality –
type of theories – trait theory – psycho analytic theory -
social learning theory – Erikson’s stages of Personality
Development Chris Argyris Immaturity to Maturity
Continuum. Personality – Job fit.
Perception: Meaning Process – Factors influencing
perception – Attribution theory
Learning: Classical, Operant and Social Cognitive
II 12 C2
Approaches – Managerial implications.
Attitudes and Values:– Components, Attitude –
Behaviour relationship, formation, values.
Motivation: Early Theories of Motivation – Hierarchy
of needs theory, Theory X and Theory Y, Two factor
theory, McClelland’s theory of needs and
Contemporary theories of motivation – Self –
Determination theory, Job Engagement, Goal Setting
theory, Self– efficacy theory, Re – inforcement theory,
17
Equity theory, Expectancy theory.
Group Dynamics – Foundations of Group Behaviour –
Group and Team - Stages of Group Development–
Factors affecting Group and Team Performance - Group
III Decision making 12 C3
Interpersonal Communication – Communication
Process – Barriers to Communication– Guidelines for
Effective Communication
Leadership – Trait, Behavioural and Contingency
theories, Leaders vs Managers Power and
Politics: Sources of Power – Political Behaviour in
IV Organizations – Managing Politics. 12 C4
Conflict and Negotiation: Sources and Types of
Conflict –Negotiation Strategies– Negotiation
Process.
Work Stress: Stressors in the Workplace – Individual
Differences on Experiencing Stress - Managing
Workplace Stress. Organizational Culture and Climate:
Concept and Importance – Creating and Sustaining
V 12 C5
Culture.
Emotional Intelligence, Work Life Integration Practices.
Knowledge based enterprise- systems and Processes;
Networked and virtual organizations.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Possess the knowledge on the basic concepts of
CO1 managing Organizational Behaviour in order to aid in PO4
understanding how an men behave in an organization
Possess knowledge on Individual Differences,
CO2 PO3, PO6
perception, learning, Attitudes values and motivation
Have insights on Group Dynamics and Interpersonal
CO3 PO2, PO4, PO5
Communication
CO4 Learn Leadership, Politics, Conflicts and Negotiation. PO5
Have better understanding on work stress and
CO5 Emotional Intelligence and its influence on employees PO6, PO8
in an organization.
Reading List
1. www.himpub.com
2. https://iedunote.com.organisational-behaviour
3. www.yourarticlelibrary.com/organisation/
4.
Journal of Organizational Behaviour – wiley Online Library
References Books
1. Prasad .L.M., Organisational Behaviour ,Sultan Chand and Sons, 2019
18
2. C.B.Guptha, A Textbook Of Organisational Behaviours ,S.Chand & Company,2019
K. Aswattappa, Organisational Behaviour, Himalaya Publishing House, 12th
3.
Edition, 2016.
Luthans, F. Organizational Behaviour, 12th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education,
4.
2017.
McShane, S.L., Von Glinow, M.A., and Sharma, R.R., Organizational Behaviour,
5.
5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
Stephen P. Robins, Timothy A. Judge and Neharika Vohra, Essentials of
6.
Organisational Behaviour, 18th Edition, Pearson Education, 2019.
CO 1 2
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3
CO 4 3
CO 5 3 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MBAC104 Accounting For Managers Core 3 1 - - 4 60 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To acquaint the students with the fundamentals of principles of financial, cost
C1
and management accounting
C2 To enable the students to prepare, analyses and interpret financial statements
C3 To acquaint the students with the tools and techniques of financial analysis
C4 To enable the students to take decisions using management accounting tools.
To enable the students to prepare the reports with the accounting tools and
C5
facilitate managerial decision making.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Financial Accounting – Meaning - Objectives -
functions. Branches of Accounting: Financial, Cost
and Management Accounting - Accounting Concepts
I and conventions. Journal – Ledger – Trial Balance – 12 C1
Preparation of Final Accounts: Trading, Profit and
Loss Account and Balance Sheet (problems);
International Accounting Standards - IFRS
19
Financial Statement Analysis - Objectives -
Techniques of Financial Statement Analysis:
Common Size and Comparative Financial Statements,
Trend analysis, Ratio Analysis.
II Fund Flow Statement - Statement of Changes in 12 C2
Working Capital - Preparation of Fund Flow
Statement - Cash Flow Statement Analysis-
Distinction between Fund Flow and Cash Flow
Statement – problem.
Marginal Costing - Definition - distinction between
marginal costing and absorption costing - Break even
point Analysis - Contribution, p/v Ratio, margin of
III 12 C3
safety - Decision making under marginal costing
system-key factor analysis, make or buy decisions,
export decision, sales mix decision- Problems.
Budget, Budgeting, and Budgeting Control - Types of
Budgets - Preparation of Flexible and fixed Budgets,
IV 12 C4
master budget and Cash Budget - Problems - Zero
Base Budgeting.
Cost Accounting : meaning – Objectives - Elements of
Cost – Cost Sheet(Problems) – classification of cost –
Cost Unit and Cost Centre – Methods of Costing –
Techniques of Costing. Standard costing and variance
analysis Reporting to Management – Uses of
V 12 C5
Accounting information in Managerial decision-
making. Reporting-Accounting Standards and
Accounting Disclosure practices in India; Exposure to
Practical Knowledge of using Accounting software-
Open Source.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to understand the fundamentals of principles
CO1 PO6
of financial, cost and management accounting
Be able to prepare, analyze and interpret financial PO1, PO2, PO4, PO6,
CO2
statements PO7
Be able to use the tools and techniques of financial PO1, PO2, PO3, PO6,
CO3
analysis. PO7
Be able to take decisions using management
accounting tools.
Be able to prepare the reports with the accounting PO2, PO3, PO4, PO6,
CO5
tools and facilitate and take managerial decisions. PO7, PO8
Reading List
http://files.rajeshindukuristudyplace.webnode.com/200000014-9621c971b8/
1.
accounting%20 for%20 managers.pdf
20
2. http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/70588/9/09_chapter%201.pdf
3. http://educ.jmu.edu/~drakepp/principles/module6/capbudtech.pdf
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/313477460_concept_of_working_capital_
4.
management
References Books
Gupta, A., Financial Accounting for Management: An Analytical Perspective,
1.
5th Edition, Pearson, 2016.
Khan, M.Y. and Jain, P.K., Management Accounting: Text, Problems and Cases,
2.
8thEdition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2021.
Nalayiram Subramanian, Contemporary Financial Accounting and reporting for
3. Management – a holistic perspective- Edn. 1, 2014 published by S. N. Corporate
Management Consultants Private Limited
Horngren, C.T.,Sundem, G.L., Stratton, W.O., Burgstahler, D. and Schatzberg,
4.
J., 16th Edition, Pearson, 2013
Noreen, E., Brewer, P. and Garrison, R., Managerial Accounting for Managers,
5.
13th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
Rustagi,R. P., Management Accounting, 2nd Edition, Taxmann Allied Services
6.
Pvt. Ltd, 2011
CO 1 2 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3
CO 5 3 3 3 3 2 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MBAC105 Managerial Economics Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100

Course Objectives
To familiarize the students about managerial economics and to know the
C1
fundamental concepts affecting business decisions.
To understand the concept of utility and demand analysis and demand
C2
forecasting
C3 To know about production function and market structure
To have an idea and understanding about Macroeconomics like National
C4
Income, savings and investment, Indian economic policy and Planning.
To Provide insights on Money Market, Inflation and Deflation, Monetary and
C5
Fiscal policies, FDI and cashless economy.
21
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Definition of Managerial Economics.
Decision Making and the Fundamental Concepts
Affecting Business Decisions – the Incremental
I 12 C1
Concept, Marginalism, Equi-marginal Concept, the
Time Perspective, Discounting Principle, Opportunity
Cost Principle- Micro and Macro Economics.
Utility Analysis and the Demand Curve: Elasticity of
Demand - Demand Analysis: Basic Concepts, and tools
of analysis for demand forecasting. Use of Business
II 12 C2
Indicators: Demand forecasting for consumer,
Consumer Durable and Capital Goods. Input-Output
Analysis – Consumer Behavior-Consumer Equilibrium
The Production Function: Production with One Variable
Input – Law of Variable Proportions – Production
with Two Variable Inputs – Production Isoquants –
Isocost Lines Estimating Production Functions- Returns
III to Scale– Economies Vs Diseconomies of Scale – Cost 12 C3
Concepts – Analysis of cost – Short and long run costs.
Market Structure: Perfect and Imperfect Competition –
Monopoly, Duopoly, Monopolistic Competition –
Pricing Methods.
Macro Economic Variables – National Income-
Concepts – Gross Domestic Product, Gross National
Product, Net National Product – Measurement of
IV National Income, Savings, Investment - Business 12 C4
Cycles and Contracyclical Policies – Role of Economic
Policy – Indian Economic Planning
Commodity and Money Market: Demand and Supply of

Money – Money Market Equilibrium – Monetary Policy
– Inflation – Deflation – Stagflation-Role of Fiscal
Policies- Indian Fiscal Policies - Government Policy
V towards Foreign Capital and Foreign Collaborations – 12 C5
Globalization and its Impact. Cashless economy and
digitalized cash transfers; Economic models and its
steps; FEMA-GST-Industrial Policy in India and its
effects on growth.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to understand the basic concepts of managerial
CO1 PO2, PO4
economics that helps the firm in decision making
22
process.
Be familiar about the Basic concepts of Demand,
CO2 PO4, PO6, PO7
Supply and Equilibrium and their determinants
Have better idea and understanding about production
CO3 PO6, PO7
function and market structure
Have better insights about macroeconomics concepts
CO4 like National income, Savings and Investment, Indian PO8
Economic Policy and planning
Possess better knowledge about Money market,
Monetary and Fiscal policy, inflation and deflation, FDI
CO5 PO7
and globalization and Cashless economy and digitalized
cash transfers.
Reading List
http://pearsoned.co.in/prc/book/paul-g-keat-managerial-economics-economic-
1.
tools-todays-decision-makers6e-6/9788131733530
http://www.onlinevideolecture.com/mba-programs/kmpetrov/managerial
2.
economics/?courseid=4207
https://www.slideshare.net/dvy92010/nature-and-scope-of-managerial-economics-
3.
76225857
4. The Indian Economic Journal - SAGE Journals
References Books
1. Damodaran, S., Managerial Economics, 2nd Edition, Oxford University
1.
Press, 2011.
2. Dwivedi, D.N., Managerial Economics, Vikas Publishing House, 2011.
R. L. Varshney , K.L. Maheshwari., Managerial Economics, Sultan Chand &
3.
Sons, 2014.
William F. Samuelson, Stephen G. Marks, Jay L., Zagorsky., Managerial
4.
Economics, Wiley Publishers, 9th Edition (2021)
H. L. Ahuja., Managerial Economics., Atlantic Publishers and distributors(P)
5.
Ltd., 2017.
Dominick Salvatore, Managerial Economics: Principles and worldwide
6.
applications, 9E Adaptation, Oxford university press, 9th Edition, 2020.
CO 1 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2
CO 3 3 3
CO 4 2
CO 5 2
23
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MBAC106 Legal Systems in Business Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To create knowledge and understanding on law of contracts
C2 To describe about sale of goods and Negotiable instrument act
C3 To have an overall understanding about partnership act and company law.
To familiarize various labor laws for effective administration of Human
C4
Resource of an organization.
To provide insights and awareness about consumer protection act, Cyber-crimes,
C5
Intellectual property Rights.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
The Law of Contracts: Definition of Contact Offer and
Acceptance – Essential Elements of a Valid Contract:
Free Consent – Competency of Parties – Lawful
Consideration – Legality of Object. Void, Voidable,
Unenforceable and Illegal Contracts – Performance of
Contracts – Privity of Contracts – Assignment of
I Contracts – By Whom Contract must be Performed – 12 C1
Time and Place of Performance – Performance of
Reciprocal Promises – Contracts which need not be
performed, Discharge of Contracts : By Performance,
By Agreement, By Impossibility, By Lapse of Time,
By Operation of Law and By Breach of Contracts –
Remedies for Breach of Contracts.
Sale of Goods Act: Definition of a Sale and a Contract
of Sale – Difference between (1)Sale and an Agreement
to Sell (2) Sale and a Contract Form (3) Sale and
Bailment (4) Sale and Mortgage of Goods (5) Sale and
II Time Purchase Conditions and Warranties – Passing of 12 C2
Property of Goods – Rights of an Unpaid Seller.
Negotiable Instruments Act: Negotiable
Instruments in General: Cheques, Bills of Exchange
and Promissory Notes – Definition and Characteristics
Partnership Act: Evolution – Definition of Partnership
– Difference between Partnership and Joint Family
Business – Kinds of Partnerships – Registration –
III 12 C3
Rightsand Liabilities of Partners – Dissolution.
Company Law: Evolution of Company Form of
Organisation – Companies Separate Legal Entity –
24
Comparison of Company with Partnership and Joint
Hindu Family Business – Kinds of Companies –
Comparison of Private and Public Companies –
Formation of Companies – General Idea About
Memorandum and Articles of Association, Prospectus,
Statement in lieu of Prospectus – Management of
Companies – General Idea of Management of
Companies – Officers, Meetings – Resolutions –
Account and Audit – Winding up of Companies –
General Idea of the Different Modesof Winding Up.
Labour Law: Factories Act, Minimum Wages Act,
Industrial Disputes Act, Employees Compensation Act,
Payment of Bonus Act 1965. Payment of Gratuity Act
1972. ESI Act, Employees Provident Fund and
Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1952, Maternity
Benefits Act, Child labour Abolition & Regulation
IV Act,1986- Inter-state Migrant Workmen (Regulation of 12 C4
Employment & Conditions of services) Act 1979-
Bonded Labour system (Abolition)Act 1976- Sexual
Harassment of women at Workplace (Prevention,
Prohibition & Redressal) Act 2013- Contract Labour
(Regulation and Abolition) Act- Four Labour Codes
and Rules-RTI Act 2005.
Consumer Protection Act, Competition Act 2002,
Cyber Crimes, IT Act 2008 – Intellectual Property
Rights: Types of Intellectual Property – Trademarks
V Act 1999 – The Copyright Act 1957 – International 12 C5
Copyright Order, 1999 – Design Act, 2000;
UNICITRAL – United Nations Commission on
International Trade Law.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Have knowledge on understandings on law of contract. PO4, PO6, PO7
CO2 Know the sale of Goods & Negotiable instrument act. PO6
CO3 Have understandings on partnership and company law PO6, PO7
CO4 Have familiarize with various labour laws. PO5, PO6, PO7
Possess insights & awareness about consumer protection
CO5 PO8
Act Cyber Crimes, Intellectual Property Rights.
Reading List
1. http://www.legalserviceindia.com/article/
2. http://www.freebookcentre.net/Law/Law-Books.html 2
3. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/business-law-wma
4. https://ilj.law.indiana.edu/
References Books
25
1. Kapoor ND., Legal Systems in Business, Edition 2 (2021), Sultan Chand & Sons.
2. Rao, P.M., Mercantile Law, PHI Learning, 2011.
Majumdar, A. K. and Kapoor, G.K., Company Law, 15th Edition, Taxmann
3.
Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
Majumdar, A. K. and Kapoor, G.K., Company Law and Practice, 17th Edition,
4.
Taxmann Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
5. Intellectual Property Laws, Universal Law Publishing, 2012.
Daniel Albuquerque , Legal systems in Business, Oxford University Press India,
6.
2nd Edition, 2015.
CO 1 2 2 2
CO 2 2
CO 3 2 2
CO 4 2 2 2
CO 5 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Entrepreneurship Extra
23MEDC107 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Development Disciplinary
Course Objectives
C1 To introduce students to entrepreneurship and its growth in India.
To impart knowledge on innovation, its types, role of technology in innovation,
C2
patents and licensing.
C3 To orient the students on new venture creation
C4 To enable students to prepare a feasible business plan
C5 To give inputs on various types of financing available for new ventures.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: The Entrepreneur – Definition –
Characteristics of Successful entrepreneur.
Entrepreneurial scene in India; MSME; Analysis of
I 9 C1
entrepreneurial growth in different communities – Case
histories of successful entrepreneurs. Similarities and
Distinguish between Entrepreneur and Intrapreneur.
Innovation in Business: Types of Innovation –
II 9 C2
Creating and Identifying Opportunities for Innovation
26
– Design Thinking- The Technological Innovation
Process – Creating New Technological Innovation and
Intrapreneurship – Licensing – Patent Rights –
Innovation in Indian Firms
New Venture Creation: Identifying Opportunities for
New Venture Creation: Environment Scanning –
Generation of New Ideas for Products and Services.
Creating, Shaping, Recognition, Seizing and Screening
III 9 C3
of Opportunities. Feasibility Analysis: Technical
Feasibility of Products and Services – Marketing
Feasibility: Marketing Methods – Pricing Policy and
Distribution Channels
Business Plan Preparation: Benefits of a Business Plan
– Elements of the Business Plan – Developing a
IV Business Plan – Guidelines for preparing a Business 9 C4
Plan – Format and Presentation; Start-ups and e-
commerce Start-ups. Business Model Canvas
Financing the New Venture: Capital structure and
working capital Management: Financial appraisal of
new project, Role of Banks – Credit appraisal by
V 9 C5
banks. Institutional Finance to Small Industries –
Incentives – Institutional Arrangement and
Encouragement of Entrepreneurship.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to know about growth of entrepreneurship in
CO1 PO4, PO7
India
Gain knowledge on innovation, its types, role of
CO2 PO7, PO8
technology in innovation, patents and licensing
CO3 Obtain knowledge on new venture creation PO6, PO7
CO4 Be able to prepare a business plan PO7, PO8
Gian knowledge on various types of financing
CO5 PO7, PO8
available for new ventures.
Reading List
1. http://www.jimssouthdelhi.com/sm/BBA6/ED.pdf
2. https://www.cengage.com/highered
3. https://roadmapresearch.com/entrepreneurship-beyond-curriculum
4. The International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Innovation
References Books
1. Reddy, N., Entrepreneurship: Text and Cases, Cengage Learning, 2010.
2. Roy, R., Entrepreneurship, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2011.
Barringer, B., Entrepreneurship: Successfully Launching New Ventures,
3.
3rd Edition, Pearson, 2011.
4. Bessant, J., and Tidd, J., Innovation and Entrepreneurship, 2nd Edition, John
27
Wiley & Sons, 2011.
Desai, V., Small Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship, Himalaya Publishing
5.
House, 2011.
Entrepreneurship: Successfully Launching New Ventures, Global Edition, 6th
6. Edition Bruce R. Barringer, Texas A & amp; M University, R. Duane Ireland,
©2018 |Pearson
CO 1 3 3
CO 2 3 2
CO 3 2 3
CO 4 3 2
CO 5 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Soft Skills I – Executive Soft
23SSEC108 - - 2 - 2 30 25 75 100
Communication Skills
Course Objectives
C1 To acquire communication awareness they are going to get for the industry.
To make the customer realize that you can provide them with information and
C2
other essential things
C3 To explore the skill of writing business proposals
C4 To develop a plan for the meetings and interviews
C5 To analyze the skills required for non-verbal communication
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
UNIT 1- Communication: Meaning and Significance of
Communication for Management- Types of
Communication Factors Affecting Effectiveness of
I Communication- Barriers to Communication- Principles C1
of Effective Communication Dyadic Communication- 6
Face-to-face Communication. Other Modes of
Communication.
UNIT 11- Business Correspondence: Planning
Business Messages: Analyzing the Task, Anticipating the
II Audience. Adapting the Message Organizing and Writing 6 C2
Business Messages: Patterns of organization, Use of
Tools such as Mind Maps, Composing the Message-
28
Norms for Business Letters Letters for Different Kinds of
Situation: Personalized Standard Letters, Enquiries,
Inviting Quotations, Sending Quotations, Placing Orders,
Inviting tenders, Claim letters, Customers Complaints,
Collection Letters, Sales Promotion Letters- Revising
Business Messages: Revising for Clarity. Conciseness
and Readability, Proof reading and Evaluating- Letters of
application and resume.
UNIT III- Business Reports and Proposals: Structure
of Reports- Long and Short Reports: Formal and
III Informal Reports- Writing Research Reports- Technical 6 C3
Reports- Norms for Including Exhibits and Appendices-
Writing Business Proposals.
UNIT IV- Conducting Meetings and Interviews:
Procedure for Conducting Meetings- Preparing Agenda,
Minutes and Resolutions- Conducting Seminars and
Conferences- Procedure of Regulating Speech-
IV 6 C4
Evaluating Oral Presentations Drafting Speech-
Participating in Debates and Group Discussions-
Presentation Skills- Fluency Development Strategies-
Attending and Conducting Interviews- Listening.
UNIT V- Non-verbal Communication: Personal
Appearance- Posture- Body Language- Reading
V Nonverbal Messages- Use of Charts. Diagrams and 6 C5
Tables- Visual and Audio-visual Aids for
Communication.
Total 30
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understanding of theories and concepts, types and
CO1 PO4, PO6
various modes of communication in organizations
Development of skills on developing Business
CO2 PO4, PO6
Correspondence
Development of skills on preparing Business Reports
CO3 PO4, PO6
and Proposals
To draft effective business correspondence with
CO4 brevity, and clarity in designing and developing clean PO4, PO6
and lucid organizing skills.
To demonstrate his/her verbal and non-verbal
CO5 PO4, PO6
communication ability through presentations.
Reading List
1. https://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/communication-skills.html
https://mtbt.fpg.unc.edu/more-baby-talk/10-ways-promote-language-and-
2.
communication-skills-infants-and-toddlers
3. http://skillopedia.com
29
4. https://www.habitsforwellbeing.com/9-effective-communication-skills
References Books
Chaney, L. and Martin, J., Intercultural Business Communication. Person, 4 ed.,
1.
2008.
2. Chaturvedi, Business Communication, Person, 2 edition, 2011
Bovec L. Courtland and John V. Thill, Business Communication Today, 10 ed.,
3.
Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2011.
American Management Association, The AMA Handbook of Business Writing:
4. The Ultimate Guide to Style, Usage, Punctuation, Construction and Formatting,
2010.
Gerson, Sharan J., and Steven M Gerson, Technical Writing: Process and
5.
Product, Person Education, New Delhi, 2008
CO 1 3 3
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3
CO 5 3 3
SEMESTER II
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MBAC201
Applied Operations Research Core 3 1 - - 4 60 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To provide the students with introduction on OR and its models to aid in
C1
understanding its applicability in the various functional areas of management.
To understand the concept of linear programming models in determining profit
C2
maximization and cost minimization
To learn about various methods adopted in transportation and Assignments
C3
models.
To determine about inventory models, replacement models, job sequencing,
C4
networking model and Queuing model
To throw light on dynamic model and game models and the application of pure
C5
and mixed strategies in competitive environment.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
30
Introduction: Overview of operations research –
Origin – Nature, scope & characteristics of OR –
I 08 C1
Models in OR – Application of operations research in
functional areas of management
Linear Programming Problem: Linear programming
problem model – Formulation – Maximization &
II 12 C2
Minimization problem – Graphical method – Simplex
method – Artificial variable –- Primal & Dual.
Transportation problem: Basic Solution – North / West
corner Solution, LCM, VAM, Matrices method –
Optimal Solution – Stepping stone method – Vogel’s
III 12 C3
approximation method – Modi method – Degeneracy –
Imbalance matrix. Assignment model: Hungarian
method – Traveling salesmen problem.
Project Scheduling and Resource Management:
Deterministic Inventory models – Purchasing &
Manufacturing models – Probabilistic inventory
models – Replacement model – Sequencing – Brief
IV Introduction to Queuing models. Networking – 18 C4
Programme Evaluation and Review Technique
(PERT) and Critical Path Method (CPM) for Project
Scheduling- Crashing – Resource allocation and
Resource Scheduling.
Game Theory and Strategies: Games theory – two
player zero sum game theory – Saddle Point –Mixed
Strategies for games without saddle points –
V 10 C5
Dominance method – Graphical and L.P Solutions-
Goal Programming; Simulation; Integer programming
and Dynamic programming.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Obtain insight on the origin and nature of OR and also
CO1 PO4, PO6
the application of various models of OR.
Learn about the graphical, Simplex, Big M and dual
methods of Linear programming problem.
Be well versed with the concept of transportation and
Assignments models
Have better understanding on inventory models,
CO4 replacement models, job sequencing, networking PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7
model and Queuing model
Be imparted knowledge on the various methods of game
CO5 PO2, PO7
model
Reading List
1. www.cbom.atozmath.com
31
2. http://www.pondiuni.edu.in/storage/dde/downloads/mbaii_qt.pdf
3. http://164.100.133.129;81/econtent/Uploads/Operations_Research.pdf
4. https://www.journals.elsevier.com/operations-research-perspectives
References Books
Anderson, D.R., Sweeney, D.J., Williams, T.A. and Martin, K., An Introduction
1. to Management Science: Quantitative Approach to Decision Making, 14th
Edition Paperback – 1, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., 2019
2. Gupta, P.K., and Comboj, Introduction to Operations Research, S. Chand, 2014
Hiller, F., Liebermann, Nag and Basu, Introduction to Operations Research, 11th
3.
Edition Paperback, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2021
Khanna, R.B., Quantitative Techniques for Managerial Decision Making, 3rd
4.
Edition – Paperback, New Age International Publishers, 2018
5. Taha, H.A., Operations Research: An Introduction, 10th Edition, Pearson, 2019
Vohra,N.D., Quantitative Techniques in Management, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw
6.
Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2017.
CO 1 2 2
CO 2 3 2 2 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2
CO 4 3 3 2 2
CO 5 3 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MBAC202
Human Resource Management Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To embark importance of HRM role, functions and need
C2 To assimilate theoretical and practical implications of HRP
C3 To critically use appropriate training tools
C4 To analyze and implement an effective performance management
C5 To extrapolate and design compensation management techniques
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Introduction of Human Resource
Management: Importance of Human Resources,
I 12 C1
Definition and Objectives of Human Resources
Management, Qualities of a good HR manager –
32
Evolution and growth of Human Resource
Management in India. Functions of Human Resource
Management. Strategic Human Resource Management
(SHRM).Human Resource Policies: Need, type and
scope, Human Resource Accounting and Audit- Gig
Economy.
Human Resource Planning (HRP): Human Resources
Planning: Long and Short term planning, Job Analysis,
Skills inventory, Job Description, Job Specification and
Succession Planning, Strategic Human Resource
Planning.
Recruitment and selection: Purposes, types and methods
II 12 C2
of recruitment and selection, Relative merits and
demerits of the different methods, Recruitment and
Social Media.
Placement, Induction, Transfers, Promotions,
Dismissal, Resignation, Exit Interviews, Reduction of
attrition rate- Attrition and retention management
Training, Development & Career Management:
Importance and benefits of Training and
Development, Types of Training Methods, Executive
III 12 C3
Development Programs, Concept and process of Career
Management; Competency mapping, Knowledge
Management & Talent Management.
Performance Management:
Importance, process and Methods: Ranking, rating
scales, critical incident method, Removing subjectivity
from evaluation, MBO as a method of appraisal,
IV Performance Feedback, Online PMS. Human Resource 12 C4
Information System; International Human Resource
Management; Cross cultural diversity management;
Hybrid work culture; work-life balance; Quality of
work-life; HR Analytics.
Compensation Management: Wage and Salary
Administration: Job Evaluation, Calculation of Wage,
Salary, Prerequisites, Compensation Packages, Cost of
V Living Index and Calculation of Dearness Allowance, 12 C5
Rewards and Incentives; ESOP-Financial and non-
financial incentives, Productivity – linked Bonus,
Compensation Criteria, Rewardsand Recognition.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Gain an understanding of HRM policies and
CO1 PO4, PO6
importance.
33
CO2 Implement appropriate HRP in workplace. PO6
Apply feasible Training method and manage career
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
progressions.
Demonstrate managing performance of human
CO4 PO6, PO7
resources.
CO5 Design and justify compensation framework. PO4, PO6, PO7
Reading List
1. https://businessjargons.com/performance-management.html
2. https://www.hr-guide.com/data/G400.htm
3. https://www.managementstudyguide.com/training-development-hr-function.htm
4. https://www.tandfonline.com/toc/rijh20/current
References Books
Ashwathappa, K., Human Resource Management, 9th Edition, Tata McGraw-
1.
HillEducation Pvt. Ltd., 2021.
Ivanecevich, J.M., Human Resource Management, 12th Edition, Tata McGraw-
2.
HillEducation Pvt. Ltd., 2020.
Gary Dessler & Biju Varrkey, Human Resource Management, 16th Edition,
3.
Pearson India Pvt. Ltd., 2020.
DeCenzo, D.A., Robbins S.P., Susan L Verhulst, Human Resource
4
Management, 11th Edition,Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2015.
Leigh Thompson, Making the team, A guide for Managers, Pearson, 6th Edition
5.
2019.
Gary Dessler, Fundamentals of Human Resource Management, Pearson, 4th
6.
Edition 2017.
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M
CO 3 S S M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
23MBAC203 Marketing Management Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100

Course Objectives
To develop an understanding and enhance the knowledge about marketing
C1
theories, principles, strategies and concepts and how they are applied.
C2 To provide with opportunities to analyze marketing activities within the firm.
C3 To analyze and explore the buyer behavior pattern in marketing situations.
34
C4 To understand the branding, pricing and strategies in marketing a product.
C5 To upgrade the knowledge and awareness of Consumer Rights in the Market.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Marketing Management Philosophies –
What is marketing- The concepts of marketing-
Marketing and Services – Digital Marketing – Social
I 12 C1
Media Marketing – Current marketing challenges;
Rural Marketing – E-Rural Marketing – International
Marketing – Industrial Marketing.
Strategic Marketing– Marketing Management Process
– Analysis of Marketing opportunities, Selecting
Target Consumers, developing Marketing Mix
II Analysis of Macro and Micro environment Marketing 12 C2
Research as an Aid to Marketing, Marketing Research
Process – Sales Forecasting –Techniques. Marketing
Tactics, The Mix Service and Retail Marketing.
MIS: Marketing Information Systems- Customer
Relationship Management (CRM) Customer
III 12 C3
Engagement Marketing – Sales force Automation-
Marketing Analytics
Buyer Behaviour: Factors Influencing Consumer
Behaviour – Buying situation– Buying Decision
Process – Industrial Buyer Behaviour. Market
IV Segmentation : Targeting and Positioning – 12 C4
Competitive Marketing Strategies. Customer Life
Cycle – Customer Life time Value, Product Portfolio
Management.
Product Policies: Consumer and Industrial Product
Decisions, Branding, Packaging and Labelling – New
Product Development and Product Life Cycle
Strategies, Pricing – Pricing Strategies and
approaches, Promotion Decisions: Promotion Mix –
Integrated Marketing Communication – Advertising
and Sales Promotion - Sales Force Decisions,
V 12 C5
Selection, Training, Compensation and Control –
Publicity and Personal Selling – Distribution
Management – Channel Management: Selection, Co-
operation and Conflict Management – Vertical,
Horizontal and Multi-channel Systems Consumer
Protection – Awareness of Consumer Rights in the
Market Place.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course On completion of this course, students will; Program Outcomes
35
Outcomes
Understand the fundamental principles of marketing,
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO7
marketing concepts and ideas.
Understand the organization’s marketing strategy and
CO2 marketing environment. Familiar with marketing PO4, PO6
research with forecasting techniques.
Understand the buyer behavior and market
CO3 PO4, PO6, PO7
segmentation and competitive marketing strategies.
Think strategically about branding, pricing and
marketing issues.
Familiar with Promotion decisions along with awareness
CO5 PO6, PO8
on Consumer Rights in the Market Place.
Reading List
https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/sloan-school-of-management/15-810-marketing-
1.
management-fall-2010/lecture-notes/
2. https://cpbucket.fiu.edu/mar3023vd1131/syllabus.html
3. https://www.ama.org/ama-academic-journals/
4. https://www.emerald.com/insight/publication/issn/0736-3761
References Books
1. Pillai & Baghawathy, Marketing Management, S.Chand , 2010.
Gupta Prachi, Aggarwal Ashita , et al., Marketing Management: Indian Cases, 1st
2.
Edition, 2017
G.Shainesh Philip Kotler, et..al., Marketing Management; Indian Case Studies
3.
included, 16th Edition, Pearson, 2022
4. Warren J. Keegan, Global Marketing Management, 8thEdition, Pearson, 2017.
Mullins, Marketing Management: A Strategic Decision Making
5. th
Approach, 7 Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2010.
Philip Kotler and Keven Lane Keller, Marketing Management, 15th Edition,
6.
Pearson, 2015
CO 1 2 2 2
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 2 2 2
CO 4 2 2 2 2
CO 5 2 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
36
23MBAC204 Operations Management Core 3 1 - - 4 60 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the production function, production design & capacity planning,
Exploring the Make or Buy decision, and thus understanding the role of
C2
inventory management
To determine multiple plant location decisions and effective utilization of plant
C3 layout. To explain the models, concepts, and techniques adopted in the areas of
inventory control and maintenance.
To elucidate the importance and usefulness of work-study and quality control
C4
tools
C5 To provide insights on service operations management and waiting line analysis.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
INTRODUCTION: Operations Management- Nature,
Scope, Historical Development, Functions- Long term
Vs Short term issues- A Systems Perspective-
Challenges- Manufacturing Trends in India-Production
I Design and Process Planning- Types of Production 12 C1
Processes- Plant Capacity-Capacity Planning- Make or
Buy Decisions- Use of Crossover Chart for Selection
Processes-Types of Charts used in Operations
Management.
FACILITY DESIGN: Plant Location: Factors to be
considered in Plant Location- Location Analysis
Techniques- Choice of General Region, Particular
community and Site- Multiple Plant Location
II Decision- Plant Location Trends. Layout of 12 C2
Manufacturing Facilities: Principles of a Good Layout-
Layout Factors- Basic Types of Layout- Principles of
Materials Handling- Materials Handling Equipment -
Role of Ergonomics in Job Design.
INVENTORY CONTROL AND MAINTENANCE:
Basic Inventory Models- Economic Order Quantity-
Economic Batch Quantity- Reorder Point-Safety
Stock- Inventory Costs-Classification and Codification
of Stock- ABC Classification-Materials Requirement
III Planning (MRP)- JIT- Implications of Supply Chain 12 C3
Management. Maintenance: Preventive Vs Breakdown
Maintenance- Group Replacement Vs Individual
Replacement- Breakdown Time Distribution-
Maintenance of Cost Balance- Procedure for
Maintenance.
DESIGN OF WORK SYSTEMS AND QUALITY
IV 14 C4
CONTROL: Work Study- Objectives- Procedure-
37
Method Study and Motion Study- Work Measurement-
Time Study-Performance Rating- Allowance Factors-
Standard Time- Work Sampling Techniques- Job
Sequencing and Scheduling. Quality Control: Purpose
of Inspection and Quality Control- Different Types of
Inspection- Acceptance Sampling- The Operating
Characteristic Curve- Control Charts for Variables and
Attributes; Quality Circles; TQM – Six Sigma, Kaizen
SERVICE OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT:
Introduction to Services Management- Nature of
Services- Types of Services- Service Encounter-
V Designing Service Organizations- Service Facility 10 C5
Location and Layout- Service Blueprinting-Waiting
Line Analysis for Service Improvement- Service
Processes and Service Delivery.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand the concepts of production and its design,
CO1 PO2, PO4
capacity planning and make or buy decisions.
Be cognizant of the complexity involved in plant
CO2 PO2, PO7
location decisions and utilization of plant layout.
Understand the Inventory models and the importance
CO3 PO6, PO7
of maintenance techniques.
Be aware of work-study procedures and the
importance on quality control tools
Have insight on service operations, service delivery and
CO5 PO2, PO6, PO7
waiting line analysis.
Reading List
1. www.shsu.edu/~mgt_ves/mgt560/ServiceManagement.ppt
2. zums.ac.ir/files/research/site/ebooks/strategy/operations-strategy.pdf
3. https://www.emerald.com/insight/publication/issn/0144-3577
4. https://www.inderscience.com/jhome.php?jcode=ijaom
References Books
Aswathappa K and Shridhara Bhat K, Production and Operations Management,
1.
2nd Edition, Himalaya Publishing House, 2021.
Mahadevan B, Operations Management Theory and Practice, 3rd Edition,
2.
Pearson Education, 2015.
Russel and Taylor, Operations and Supply Chain Management, 8th Edition,
3.
Wiley, 2021.
William J Stevenson, Operations Management, 14th Edition, McGraw Hill,
4.
2021.
Gerard Cachon and Christian Terwiesch, Operations Management, 3rd Edition,
5.
McGraw Hill, 2022.
6. Prof. K C Jain, Production and Operations Management, 1st Edition, Wiley,
38
2022.
CO 1 2 2
CO 2 2 2
CO 3 2 2
CO 4 2 2 2 2
CO 5 2 2 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MBAC205 Financial Management Core 3 1 - - 4 60 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To create an understanding and familiarize the students to the fundamentals of
C1
financial management and create awareness on the various sources of finance.
To create awareness on the various investment techniques on the investment
C2
decision making.
To throw light on the concept of cost of capital and familiarize on the technique
C3
of identifying the right source of capital.
To educate on the concept of capital structure and the create understanding on
C4
the concept of dividend.
To create an understanding on the concept of working capital, its need,
C5
importance, factors and forecasting technique
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Financial management: Definition and
scope – objectives of Financial Management – Profit
Maximization - wealth maximization - functions and
role of finance manager. Sources of finance – short
term – Bank Sources – Long term – Shares –
I Debentures – Preferred stock – Debt: Hire purchase, 12 C1
Leasing, Venture Capital – Private equity-
International Financial Management- Financial
Planning- Behavioural Finance- Capital Market-
Money Market- Micro Finance- Financial Information
System.
Investing Decision - Capital Budgeting Process –
II 12 C2
Techniques of Investment Appraisal: Pay Back Period;
39
Accounting Rate of Return, Time Value of Money-
DCF Techniques –Net Present Value, Profitability
Index and Internal Rate of Return- Problems - Risk
analysis in Capital Budgeting- Introduction to Fintech
– Digital Currency - Cryptocurrency – Financial
Modeling; Hurdle Rate.
Cost of Capital - Cost of specific sources of capital –
Cost of equity capital – Cost of debt – Cost of
III preference – Cost of retained earnings - weighted 12 C3
average cost of capital. EBIT -EPS Analysis -
Operating Leverage - Financial Leverage-problems.
Capital structure - Factors influencing capital structure
– optimal capital structure - capital structure theories –
Net Income Approach – Net Operating Income (NOI)
Approach – Modigliani - Miller(MM) Approach –
IV 12 C4
Traditional Approach – Practical Problems. Dividend
and Dividend policy: Meaning, classification - sources
available for dividends -Dividend policy general,
determinants of dividend policy.
Working Capital Management - Definition and
Objectives - Working Capital Policies - Factors
affecting Working Capital requirements - Forecasting
Working Capital requirements (problems) - Cash
V 12 C5
Management - Receivables Management and -
Inventory Management - Working Capital Financing -
Sources of Working Capital and Implications of
various Committee Reports- Financial Analytics.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be aware of the basic concepts of financial
CO1 management and understand the various sources of PO4, PO6, PO7
finance.
CO2 Possess knowledge on investment decision making. PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7
Have insights on the cost of capital and would have
CO3 familiarized themselves with the technique of PO2, PO7
calculating the cost of capital.
Have learnt the concept of capital structure and
CO4 PO6, PO7
dividend
Have good understanding on the concept of working
CO5 capital, its need, importance, factors and the methods PO1,PO2, PO4, PO7
of forecasting it.
Reading List
1. https://accountingexplained.com/managerial/capital-budgeting/
2. http://www.studyfinance.com/lessons/workcap/
40
3. Journal of International Financial Management & Accounting
4. The Management Accountant Journal - icmai-rnj.in
References Books
S.N.Maheswari, Finanacial Management, Sulthan Chand & Sons, 15th Edition,
1.
2019
I.M. Pandey Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 11th
2.
edition, 2018.
Van Horne, J.C., Financial Managememt and Policy, 13th Edition, Pearson,
3.
2015.
4. Prasanna Chandra, Financial Management, 10th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2019
Periasamy, P., Financial Management, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
5.
Pvt. Ltd., 2017.
Brigham, E.F. and Ehrhardt, M.C., Financial Management: Theory and Practice,
6.
14th Edition, 2015.
CO 1 2 2 2
CO 2 2 3 2 2
CO 3 2 3
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 2 2 3 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
23MBAC206 Strategic Management Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100 CIA

Course Objectives
To enable the students understand the importance of vision and mission in
C1
framing corporate strategy.
C2 To provide insights on how business is responsible socially and ethically.
C3 To highlight on the environmental analysis framework.
C4 To throw light on strategic formulation and strategic choice.
C5 To understand strategic implementation and strategic control.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Strategy – Strategic Management
Process – Developing a Strategic Vision –Mission-
I Setting Objectives– Strategies and Tactics – 12 C1
Importance of Corporate Strategy – the 7-S
Framework- Corporate Governance– Board of
41
Directors: Role and Functions – Board Functioning
– Top Management: Role and Skills.
Corporate Policy and Planning in India: Importance
– Characteristics – Objectives - Policy Formulation
and Development – Types of Business Policies-
II 12 C2
Implementation of Policies. Society and Business:
Social Responsibility of Business –Corporate
Governance and Ethical Responsibility.
Environmental Analysis: Environmental Scanning
– Industry Analysis - The Synthesis of External
III Factors - Internal Scanning – Value Chain Analysis 12 C3
– SWOT Audit –Scenario planning- Creating an
Industry Matrix.
Strategy Formulation and Analysis: Strategy
Formulation – Strategic Factors Analysis Summary
Matrix (SFAS) Portfolio Analysis – Business
IV 12 C4
Strategy- TOWS Matrix– Corporate Strategy –
Functional Strategy – Strategic Choice – Generic,
Competitive Strategies; ETOP, TOWS
Strategy Implementation: Strategy Implementation
- Corporate Culture – Matching Organisation
Structure to Strategy – Mergers and Acquisitions
and Diversifications – Strategic Leadership
Strategic Control: Measurement in Performance-
V Problems in Measurement of Performance- 12 C5
Strategy Audit-Strategic Control Process – Du
Pont’s Control Model – Balanced Score Card –
Michael Porter’s Framework for Strategic
Management – Future of Strategic Management –
Strategic Information System.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Be able to frame vision and mission statements. PO3, PO4, PO7
CO2 Be social and ethically responsible. PO3, PO8
CO3 Possess insights on making environmental analysis. PO3, PO8
Possess knowledge on learning strategic PO2, PO5, PO7
CO4
formulation & strategy choice.
Understanding strategic implementation and PO4, PO5, PO7
CO5
control.
Reading List
1. Strategic Management Journal – Wiley online Library
2. Journal of strategy and Management – Emerald Insight
3. Mastering Strategic Management – www.opentextbooks.org.hk
4. Mastering Strategic Management – www.saylor.org.
42
References Books
1. V S P Rao, Strategic Management Text and Cases, 2nd edition 2013.
Kazmi, A., Strategic Management and Business Policy, 15th Edition, Tata
2.
McGraw-Hill Education, 2018.
Dess, G., Lumpkin, G.T. and Eisner, A., Strategic Management, 8th Edition,
3.
Tata McGraw-Hill, 2018.
Hill, C.W.L. and Jones, G.R., Strategic Management: An Integrated Approach,
4.
9th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.
Pearce II, J., Robinson, R.B. and Mittal, A., Strategic Management: Formulation,
5.
Implementation and Control, 12th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2017.
Wheelen, T.L. and Hunger, D., Strategic Management and Business Policy, 13th
6.
Edition, Pearson, 2012.
CO 1 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 2 3
CO 4 2 3 2
CO 5 3 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Extra
23EDIB207 International Business 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Disciplinary
Course Objectives
To understand and analyze international situations and evaluate international
C1
collaborative arrangements and strategic alliances.
To apply knowledge of political, legal, economic and cultural country differences
C2
to develop competitive strategies in foreign, regional and global markets.
To throw light on international trade theories and the management of business
C3
functional operations in an international context.
To analyze and evaluate barriers, opportunities, market entry modes and the
C4
process of internationalization.
To know about regional economic integration and contemporary issues in
C5
international business.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
43
Introduction: Introduction to International Business:
Importance, nature and scope of International
business-International Business Vs. Domestic
Business; Tariff and non-tariff barriers- transition from
Domestic to International Business; Advantages and
disadvantages of International business; Balance of
Payments; Balance of Trade; Balance of Current
I Account . Modes of entry into International Business- 9 C1
Internationalization process and managerial
implications- Multinational Corporations and their
involvement in International Business- Issues in
foreign investments, technology transfer, pricing and
regulations- International collaborative arrangements
and strategic alliances- Counter Trade; Import-Export
Process and Documentation.
International Business Environment and Cultural
Differences: International Business Environment:
Economic, Political, Cultural and Legal environments
in International Business. Framework for analyzing
II International Business environment. Differences in 9 C2
Culture: Introduction — Social Structure — Religion
— Language — Education —Culture and the
Workplace — Cultural Change — Cross-cultural
Literacy — Culture and Competitive Advantage.
International Trade Theory: Introduction —
Mercantilism, Neo-Mercantilism — Theory of
Absolute Advantage — Theory of Comparative
Advantage — Heckscher-Ohlin Theory — The New
Trade Theory — National Competitive Advantage —
Porter's Diamond —General Agreement on Tariff and
Trade (GATT)- World Trade Organization (WTO)-
GATS-UNCTAD- Trade Blocks; Customs Union-EU-
III PTA- European Free Trade Area (EFTA)-Central 9 C3
American Common Market(CACM)-Latin American
Free Trade Association(LAFTA)- North American
Free Trade Agreement(NAFTA)- Association of South
East Asian Nations(ASEAN)- CARICOM- GSTP-
GSP-SAPTA-Indian Ocean RIM Initiative-
BIMSTEC- Bretton Woods Twins- World Bank &
IMF, International Finance Corporation- Multilateral
Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA).
Global Trading and Investment Environment: Recent
Trends in India’s Foreign Trade- India’s Commercial
IV Relations and Trade Agreements with other countries- 9 C4
Institutional Infrastructure for export promotion in
India- Export Assistance- Export Finance- Export
44
Processing Zones (EPZs) - Special Economic Zones
(SEZs)- Exports by Air, Post and Sea- Small Scale
Industries (SSI) and Exports- Role of ECGC- Role of
EXIM Bank of India- Role of Commodity Boards-
Role of State Trading Agencies in Foreign Trade-
STC, MMTC, etc. Foreign Exchange Market-
Functions of Foreign Exchange Market- Foreign
Direct Investments (FDI); forms of FDI — Horizontal
and Vertical Foreign Direct Investment — Advantages
of FDI to Host and Home Countries.
Contemporary Issues: Contemporary Issues in
International Business- International Sales Contract-
Major Laws- INCO terms- Standard Clauses of
International Sales Contract- Role of Indian Council of
Arbitration / International Chamber of Commerce in
V 9 C5
solving Trade disputes. Export Regulations: Procedure
for export of goods- Quality Control and Pre-
shipment Inspection- Customs Clearance- Port
formalities- Exchange regulations for Export- Role of
Clearing and Forwarding Agents.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be aware of the international situations and evaluate
CO1 international collaborative arrangements and strategic PO2, PO4, PO7
alliances.
Possessed knowledge of political, legal, economic and
CO2 cultural country differences to develop competitive PO4, PO7
strategies in foreign, regional and global markets.
Know the various international trade theories and the
CO3 management of business functional operations in an PO4, PO6, PO7
international context.
Be able to evaluate barriers, opportunities, market
CO4 PO2, PO4, PO7
entry modes and the process of internationalization.
Have better understanding on regional economic
CO5 integration and contemporary issues in international PO6, PO7, PO8
business.
Reading List
1. www.internationalbusinesscorporation.com
2. www.business-ethics.org
3. https://www.jstor.org/journal/jintebusistud
4. Journal of International Business and Management (JIBM)
References Books
International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace (SIE) | 11th
1.
Edition – 14 August 2018 by Charles W. L. Hill (Author), G. Tomas M.
45
Hult (Author), Rohit Mehtani (Author)
International Business | Fourth Edition | By Pearson – 30 November 2017 by S.
2.
Tamer Cavusgil (Author), Gary Knight (Author), John Riesenberger (Author)
Cherunilam, F., International Business: Text and Cases, 5th Edition, PHI
3.
Learning, 2010.
4. Paul, J., International Business, 5th Edition, PHI Learning, 2010.
Deresky, H., International Management: Managing Across Borders and Cultures,
5.
6th Edition, Pearson, 2011.
6. Griffin, R., International Business, 7th Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.
CO 1 2 3 2
CO 2 M 2
CO 3 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3 3
CO 5 3 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Soft Skills II - Business Soft
23SSBE208 - - 2 - 2 30 25 75 100
Etiquette Skills
Course Objectives
C1 To analyze the Business etiquette at workplace
C2 To determine the Principles of exceptional work behavior
To explore Tech etiquette in using various telecommunication devices and
C3
channels
C4 To successfully handle Multi-cultural challenges
C5 To ascertain sensitivity to new and emerging issues in etiquette
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
46
Introduction to business etiquette: The ABCs of
etiquette Meeting and greeting scenarios-Developing a
culture of excellence The principles of exceptional
work behaviour - What is the role of Good Manners in
Business?-Enduring Words
I C1
Greetings and Introductions: Guideline for 6
receptionists - Making introductions and greeting
people- Greeting Components- The protocol of
shaking hands- Introductions - Introductory scenarios -
Addressing individuals.
Meeting and Boardroom Protocol: Guidelines for
planning a meeting - Before the meeting - On the day
of the Meeting - Guidelines for Attending the meeting
- For the Chairperson- For attendees - For Presenters -
Planning a power point presentation-Dealing with
II customer complaints. C2
Entertaining Etiquette: Planning a meal- Issuing
6
invitations -Business meals basics - Basics of table
etiquette - Holding and resting utensils - Business
dining etiquette - Multi-cultural Highlight: Japanese
Dinning-Specific food Etiquette guidelines.
Telephone Etiquette: Cell phone etiquette-Social
Media Usage etiquette- Telephone etiquette guidelines
- Mastering the telephone courtesy - Active listening -
Putting callers on hold -Transferring a call - Screening
calls - Taking at message - Voice Mail-Closing the
III 6 C3
call - When Making calls - Closing the call-Handling
rude or impatient clients
Internet & email etiquette: Internet usage in the
workplace Email- Netiquette - Online chat - Online
chat etiquette - Online chat etiquette guidelines
Business Attire & Professionalism: Business style and
professional image - Dress code - Guidelines for
appropriate business attire - Grooming for
success - Guidelines for appropriate business attire -
Grooming for success - Multicultural dressing
Diversity Management- Gender Sensitivity- Social
IV 6 C4
Media and Communication with colleagues-
Preventing sexual harassment-Disability Etiquette:
Basic disability Etiquette practices - Courtesies for
wheelchair users Courtesies for blind or visually
impaired - Courtesies for the deaf- People with speech
impairments.
Business Ethics: Ethics in the workplace - The
V challenge of business ethics - Creating an ethical 6 C5
compass - Business ethics and advantages - Ethical
47
Issues - Conflict Management- Conflict resolution
strategies - Choosing the appropriate gift in the
business environment
Multi-cultural challenges: Multi-cultural etiquette -
Example of cultural sensitivity - Cultural differences
and their effect on business etiquette- onsite projects-
Cultural Highlight: China-Cultural Highlight: India.
Total 30
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Learn using business etiquette at work place PO4, PO6, PO7
Be able to acquire knowledge about the Principles of
CO2 PO4, PO6, PO7
exceptional work behaviour
Be able to enhance their knowledge of latest Tech
CO3 etiquette in using various telecommunication devices PO4, PO6, PO7
and channels.
Get familiarized with the Successful handling of
CO4 PO4, PO6, PO7
Multi-cultural challenge
CO5 Become sensitive to new and emerging issues in etiquette PO4, PO6, PO7
Reading List
1. https://accountingexplained.com/managerial/capital-budgeting/
2. http://www.studyfinance.com/lessons/workcap/
3. Journal of International Financial Management & Accounting
4. The Management Accountant Journal - icmai-rnj.in
References Books
Gonda, C. M. (2016) Master of Business Etiquette: The Ultimate Guide to
1.
Corporate Etiquette and Soft Skills Embassy Books, First Edition.
Mehra, S. K. (2012) Business Etiquette A Guide For The Indian Professional.
2.
Noula: HarperCollins
Pachter, B. (2013). The Essentials of Business Etiquette: How to Greet, Eat, and
3.
Tweet Your Way to Success (1) edition New York: McGraw-Hill Education.
Past, K. (2008). Indian Business Etiquette: 1 (First edition). Ahmedabad Jaico
4.
Publishing House.
5. Travis, R. (2013). Tech Eliquette: OMG, 2 Edition, RLT Publishing.
6.
CO 1 2 2 2
CO 2 2 2 2
CO 3 2 2 2
CO 4 2 2 2
CO 5 2 2 2
48
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Soft Skills III – Computing Soft - - 2 - 2 30 25 75 100
23SSCS209
Skills Skills
Course Objectives
C1 To create awareness and understanding on the basic functions of MS Excel
C2 To elucidate the students on the various advanced functions of MS Excel
To educate the students on MS Access and its application in database
C3
management
To enable the students to understand the functions and usage of various cloud
C4
based apps like Google Drive, Google Sheets and Google Docs
To enable the students learn the functions and usage of Cloud based apps like
C5
Google Forms, Google Slides and Google Cloud Printing.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
MS Excel – Basic Functions - Workbook – Building –
modifying - navigating; Worksheet – Auto fill
copying and moving cells, inserting and deleting rows,
I printing; Formulas and functions-Troubleshooting 6 C1
formulas, Functions and its forms like database,
reference, Databases – creating, sorting filtering and
linking.
MS Excel Advanced Functions – Vlookup – Hlookup –
Charts – Count - Countif – Sum - Sumif – Product –
II Sumproduct. 6 C2
Functions: Mathematical - Financial - logic – Text -
Statistical
MS Access – Components, creating a database and
project, import and exporting, customizing; Tables –
III 6 C3
creating and setting fields; Queries – types, creating,
wizards – Reports – creating and layout.
Cloud based apps – Google Drive, Google Sheets,
IV 6 C4
Google Docs,
Cloud based apps - Google Forms, Google Slides –
V 6 C5
Google Cloud Print
Total 30
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Have awareness and understanding on the basic functions PO4, PO6, PO7
49
of MS Excel
CO2 Know the advanced functions of MS Excel PO4, PO6, PO7
Possess knowledge on MS Access and its application
in database management
Understand and possess knowledge on the functions
CO4 and usage of various cloud based apps like Google PO4, PO5, PO6, PO7
Drive, Google Sheets and Google Docs
Understand and be aware of the functions and usage of
CO5 Cloud based apps like Google Forms, Google Slides PO4, PO6, PO7
and Google Cloud Printing.
Reading List
1. Humphrey M.L., Excel For Beginners, Kindle Edition, 2017
2. Richard Rost, Learning MS Access Kindle Edition, 2013
3. Sachin Srivastava, Google Cloud Platform, Kindle Edition, 2021
4. Valarie Lestourgeon, A Beginner’s Guide to GCP, Kindle Edition, 2021
References Books
1.
2.
3.
4.
Publishing House.
CO 1 3 3 3
CO 2 3 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3
CO 5 3 3 3
50
SEMESTER III
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Information Systems for
23MBAC301 Core 4 - - - 4 45 25 75 100
Business
Course Objectives
To enable students to understand the fundamentals of information system and
C1
its role of information in managerial decision making
To throw light on fundamentals of information systems like TPS, DSS, and
C2
EIS.
To manage system applications and data to best support functional areas of
C3
business
To provide insights in securely managing database and information using the
C4
process of
To elucidate the need and importance of ERP, its selection and implementation
C5
in workplace
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to information system-The management,
structure and activities- Information needs and
I sources-Types of management decisions and 12 C1
information need. System classification Elements of
system, input, output, process and feedback.
Transaction Processing information system, Office
Automation System (OAS) - Knowledge workers
II System(KWS); MIS; Information system for 12 C2
managers, Intelligence information system –Decision
support system-Executive information systems.
Functional Management Information System:
Production / Operations Information system,
III Marketing Information Systems, Accounting 12 C3
Information system, Financial Information system,
Human resource Information system.
System Analysis and Design: The work of a system
analyst- SDLC-System design – AGILE Model –
Waterfall Model – Spiral Model – Iterative and
IV Incremental Model - RAD Model - Requirement 12 C4
analysis-Data flow diagram, relationship diagram,
design- Implementation-Evaluation and maintenance
of MIS, Database System: Overview of Database-
51
Components-advantages and disadvantages of
database; Data Warehousing and Data Mining;
Business Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence; Expert
System; Big Data; Cyber Safety and Security-
Cryptography; RSA Model of Encryption; Data
Science - Block Chain Technology; E-commerce and
E-Business models; IOT - RFID.
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) System, Benefits of
the ERP, ERP how different from conventional
packages , Need for ERP , ERP components , Selection
of ERP Package, ERP implementation, Customer
V Relationship management. Organisation & Types, 12 C5
Decision Making, Data & information, Characteristics
& Classification of information, Cost & value of
information, various channels of information and MIS;
Information system audit and control – E-Governance.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Learn the importance of data and information in
CO1 PO1, PO2, PO6
managerial decision making.
Possess on the various IS and the its relevance to
CO2 PO3, PO5, PO8,
Organizational environment
Understand the application of IS on the various
CO3 functions like Accounting, Finance, Marketing, PO1, PO3, PO5, PO8
Operations and HR
CO4 To study the various models and new technologies PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7
Be exposed on the importance of selecting the
appropriate ERP and its implementation
Reading List
1. Information Systems for Business and Beyond – opentextbooks.site.
Management Information Systems: Managing the Digital firm –
2.
www.textbooks.com
3. Information systems Journal – Wiley Online Library.
Information Systems management in Business and development organisations –
4.
Harekrishna Misra – PHI Learning.
References Books
1. Azam, M., Management Information System, McGrawHill Education, 2012
Laudon, K., Laudon, J. and Dass, R., Management Information Systems –
2.
Managing the Digital Firm, 11th Edition, Pearson, 2010.
Murdick, R.G., Ross, J.E. and Claggett, J.R., Information Systems for Modern
3.
Management, 3rd Edition, PHI, 2011.
O’Brien, J.A., Morakas, G.M. and Behl, R., Management Information Systems,
4.
9th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2009.
5. Saunders, C.S. and Pearson, K.E., Managing and Using Information Systems, 3rd
52
Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
Stair, R. and Reynolds, G., Information Systems, 10th Edition, Cengage
6.
Learning,2012.
CO 1 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3
CO 3 2 3 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3
CO 5 3 2 2 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
EMPLOYABILITY Extra 3 - - - 3 45
23TSSC300 25 75 100
SKILLS Disciplinary
Course Objectives
C1 To learn about the employability skills
C2 To understand dimensions of task oriented skills
C3 To study on critical problem-solving techniques
C4 To develop employability skills
C5 To understand the logical and reasoning skills
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
INTRODUCTION TO EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS
Meaning – Definition – Hard skills and soft
I skills –Employability skills and vocational skills – 9 C1
Employability and employment –
Employability attributes.
UNPACKING EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS
Embedded employability skills – Dimensions of
II competency – Task skills –Task Management skills – 9 C2
Contingency Management skills –
Job/Role Environment skills.
INTER – RELATIONSHIPS OF EMPLOYABILITY
SKILLS
III 9 C3
Communication – Team work –
Problem solving – Initiative and Enterprise – Planning
53
and Organizing – Self management –
Learning – Technology.
RESUME WRITING
Meaning – Features of good resume – Model (Exercise).
IV 9 C4
Etiquettes – Dress, Cleanliness, Etiquettes to be followed
inside the employment seeking process.
V Arithmetic and Logical Reasoning Skills – Exercise. 9 C5
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
On completion of this course, students will;
Outcomes
CO1 Acquire employability skills PO4, PO6, PO7
CO2 understand dimensions of task oriented skills PO4, PO6, PO7
CO3 study on critical problem-solving techniques PO4, PO6, PO7
CO4 develop employability skills PO4, PO6, PO7
CO5 understand the logical and reasoning skills PO4, PO6, PO7
Reading List
1. https://www.jobjumpstart.gov.au/article/what-are-employability-skills
2. https://www.simplilearn.com/why-are-employability-skills-important-article
3. https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/employability-skills
4. https://www.indeed.com/career-advice/finding-a-job/employability-skills
References Books
1. Soft Skills, Dr. K. Alex
2. Winning Interview Skills, Complied & Edited by J.K. Chopra.
3. A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non- Verbal Reasoning, R. S. Aggarwal.
Fafinski, S., Finch, E. (2014). Employability Skills for Law Students. United
4.
Kingdom: OUP Oxford.
Trought, F. (2017). Brilliant Employability Skills: How to Stand Out from the
5.
Crowd in the Graduate Job Market. United Kingdom: Pearson Education Limited.
Chaita, M. V. (2016). Developing Graduate Employability Skills: Your Pathway to
6.
Employment. United States: Universal Publishers.
CO 1 3 3
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 2 3 3
CO 4 3 2 3 1
CO 5 3 3
H

d
Marks
g
o
e
e
t
i.
54
External
Total
CIA
Soft Skills IV – Leadership & Soft - - 2 - 2 30 25 75 100
23SSLT302
Team Building Skills Skills
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the characteristics, style, traits of leaders, and theories of leadership.
To learn more about self-leadership and developing team-building skills through
C2
case studies and examples.
C3 To understand how to form, manage and lead the team.
C4 To understand the measures of conflict in a team
C5 To explore team roles & processes in developing and managing a team
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Leadership Theories: Nature of leadership theories &
models of leadership - attributes of effective leaders -
I 6 C1
traits of leadership - interpersonal competence &
leadership
Leadership Styles: Leadership qualities -styles of
leadership -attitudes-role models & new leadership -
II cultural differences and diversity in leadership - leader 6 C2
behaviour leadership in different countries- leadership
ethics & social responsibility.
Leadership Skills: Leadership skills - Leadership &
management - transactional & transformational in
leadership -Strength based leadership in practice - Tasks
III & Relationship approach in leadership - influence tactics 6 C3
of leaders- motivation and coaching skills. Establishing
constructive climate- listening to out group members-
communication and conflict resolution skills.
Team Work: Working in group & teams -
characteristics of effective team- types- team
IV development: Tuckman's team development stages- 6 C4
Belbin team roles - Ginnett - team effectiveness
leadership model.
Exploring team roles & processes: mapping the stages
of group development -Building: and developing teams-
V 6 C5
overcoming resistance coping and conflict and Ego-
leading a team managing meetings.
Total 30
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
55
Critical understanding of theories and concepts of
leadership and teamwork in organizations
Critical awareness of the importance of teamwork and
development of the skills for building effective teams
Understanding of the techniques and practical
PO2, PO4, PO5, PO6,
CO3 understanding of how to apply theories and concepts to
PO7
improve leadership skills.
Development of skills in effective leadership and
professional communication
Demonstrate effective written communication skills for
CO5 PO4, PO6, PO7
plans, strategies and outcomes.
Reading List
1. Uday Kumar Haldar, Leadership and Team Building,
D.K. Tripathy, Team Building and Leadership with Texts and Cases, Himalaya
2.
Publishing House, 2014
3. International Journal on Leadership, Publishing India Group
4. International Journal of Organizational Leadership, CIKD
References Books
1.
2.
3.
4.
Publishing House.
6.
CO 1 3 3 3 3
CO 2 3 3 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3
CO 5 3 3 3
56
SPECIALIZATION COURSES: FINANCE MANAGEMENT
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEFM304 Corporate Finance Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students with the fundamental understanding of corporate
finance.
C2 To create awareness and understanding on the Indian capital market, the various
sources of capital and role of SEBI.
C3 To throw light on the investment techniques on the investment decision making
C4 To educate the students on the various sources of international finance available
to the Indian companies.
C5 To elucidate on the various modes through which corporate can go international
and multinational collaboration can be made.
SYLLABUS
UNIT Details No. of Course
Hours Objectives
I Introduction to C orporate Finance:
Corporate – Nature and Scope – Role of
09 C1
Financial Institution – Valuation of the Firm –
Time value of money concepts.
II Indian C apital M arket – Basic problem of
Industrial Finance in India. Fiscal Policies,
Government Regulations affecting Capital
Market – Role of SEBI –Stock Markets - 09 C2
Equity–Debenturefinancing–
GuidelinesfromSEBI,advantagesanddisadvantag
es
III Investment Decision: InvestmentAnalysis – Risk
Analysis - Probability Approach. Business
09 C3
Failures, Mergers, Consolidations and
liquidation.
IV Finance from international sources, – role of
EXIM bank and commercial banks – Finance
09 C4
for rehabilitation of sick units. Inflation and
Financial Decisions.
V Foreign C ollaboration – FDI and FIIS
Business Ventures Abroad. International
09 C5
Financial Institutions & Multinational
Corporations; Global Minimum Tax
Total 45
57
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Understand the fundamentals of corporate finance. PO4, PO6
Summarize the role of SEBI and the structure of
CO2 PO4, PO6, PO7
Indian capital market.
Analyze the various investment techniques and the
CO3 PO2, PO7
investment decision making.
Appraise the various sources of finance that are
CO4 PO6, PO7
available to the Indian companies.
Categorize the various modes through which
CO5 PO6, PO7
corporate can go international and multinational.
Reading List
1. Jeffery Haas, Corporate Finance in a Nutshell, Kindle Edition, 2021
2. Mike Piper, Corporate Finance made simple, Kindle Edition, 2020
3. Journal of Corporate Finance, Elsevier
4. The Review of Corporate Finance, Oxford Academic
References Books
Brealey,R.A.,Myers,S.C.,Allen,F.andM ohanty,P.,PrinciplesofCorp
1. orateFinance,12th Edition, Paperback,TataMcGraw-
HillPublishers,2018.
2. Damodaran,A.,AppliedCorporateFinance, 4 t h Edition,Wiley,2015.
3. Damodaran,A.,CorporateFinance:TheoryandPractice,2ndEdition
Paperback,WileyIndiaPvtLtd.,2007.
Kidwell,D.andParrino,R.,FundamentalsofCorporateFinance,WileyInd
4.
iaPvt.Ltd.,2011.
th
5. M adura,J.,InternationalCorporateFinance,10 Edition,CengageLea
rning,2012.
V iswanath, S., Cases in Corporate Finance, M cGraw-
6.
HillEducation,2009.
CO-PO Mapping
CO 1 2 2
CO 2 2 2 2
CO 3 3 3
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 2 2
H

d
Marks
g
o
e
e
t
i.
58
External
Total
CIA
23MEFM305 Security Analysis and Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Portfolio Management
Course Objectives
C1 To provide insight about the relationship of the risk and return and how risk
should be measured to bring about a return according to the expectations of the
investors in investment avenues and securities market.
C2 To provide an overview of the operation of the securities markets and the
mechanics of trading securities in stock exchanges.
C3 To ensure acquaintance of in-depth understanding of fundamental analysis
tools to make optimum investment decision.
C4 To analyze stock price behavior in market, that is affected by various factors by
calculating various technical indicators using Technical Analysis.
C5 To enable the students with a basic introduction to portfolio theory and study
various methods of modeling the risk associated with stock investment.
Syllabus
Hours Objectives
I Investment - Concept of investment-importance-
alternate forms of investment-LIC schemes-bank
deposits-government securities-mutual fund schemes-
post office schemes-provident fund-company deposits-
real estate- Gold and Silver- Growth adjusted value 9 C1
investing strategy; G-Secs; P-note investments.
Concepts of risk and return, measurement of risk is
measured in terms of standard deviation and variance,
the relationship between risk and return.
II Securities Market - Investment
Environment; Financial Market - Segments – Types -
Participants in financial Market – Regulatory
Environment, Primary Market – Methods of floating
new issues, Book building – Role of primary market –
Regulation of primary market, Stock exchanges in
9 C2
India – BSE, OTCEI, NSE, ISE, and Regulations of
stock exchanges – Trading system in stock exchanges –
SEBI.ESG, Stop loss, Fat finger trades, circuit breaker,
T+1 and T+2 settlement, Funding of Social Sector;
open interest volume and prices; free float in listed
companies; Algo trading; Block Chain Technology.
III Fundamental Analysis - Economic Analysis –
Forecasting techniques. Industry Analysis; Industry 9 C3
classification, Industry life cycle – Company Analysis.
59
Measuring Earnings – Forecasting Earnings – Applied
Valuation Techniques – Graham and Dodds investor
ratios.
IV Technical Analysis - Fundamental Analysis Vs
Technical Analysis – Charting methods – Market
Indicators. Trend –Trend reversals – Patterns - Moving 9 C4
Average – Exponential moving Average – Oscillators –
Market Indicators – Efficient Market theory.
V Portfolio Management -Portfolio analysis –Portfolio
Selection –Capital Asset Pricing model – Portfolio 9 C5
Revision –Portfolio Evaluation
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand the role of Risk Return propositions in
CO1 securities analysis such as fixed income securities, PO2, PO6, PO7
preference shares and ordinary shares.
Explain the apprehend role, functions and key
CO2 players in the securities market and the trading system PO2, PO4, PO6, PO7
of the stock market
Analyze the investment decisions with the help of
fundamental analysis techniques.
Appraise the stock price movements and its behavior
CO4 PO4, PO6 PO7
with the help of technical analysis techniques.
Write the benefit of diversification of holding a
CO5 portfolio of assets, and the importance played by the PO6, PO7
market portfolio.
Reading List
Falguni, H. Pandya, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, PHI Learning,
1.
2015
Ambika Prasad Dash, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, I.K.
2.
International, 2009
3. The Jounal of Portfolio Management, Springer
4. Financial Markets and Portfolio Management, Scimago Journal and Country Rank
References Books
Kevin, S., Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, PHI Learning, Second
1.
Edition, 2015.
Prasanna Chandra, P., Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, Tata
2.
McGraw-Hill Education, 5th Edition, 2017.
Donald E. Fischer & Ronald J. Jordan, Security Analysis & Portfolio
3.
Management, PHI Learning., New Delhi, 8th edition, 2018.
Khatri, D.K., Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Macmillan
4.
Publishers India, First Edition, 2014.
Ranganathan, M. and Madhumathi, R., Security Analysis and Portfolio
5.
Management, 2ndEdition, Pearson, 2015.
60
Reilly, F. and Brown, K. C., Analysis of Investments and Portfolio Management,
6.
Cengage Learning, 11th Edition, 2019.
CO-PO Mapping
CO 1 3 3 3
CO 2 3 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2
CO 4 2 3 3
CO 5 2 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEFM311 Tax Management Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To make an understanding on the tax system
C2 To enrich on taxation procedure under different heads of income.
C3 To create awareness on deductions, set off and carry forwards in tax management.
C4 To enable computation of taxable income.
C5 To provide insight knowledge on direct tax system
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Income Tax Law – important concepts -
Scheme of Taxation –types of Taxes, concept, objectives
I canons of Taxation and factors to be considered for Tax 9 C1
Planning - Tax exemption – Residential status–Tax free
incomes.
Heads of Income – Salaries, definition of salary, Fringe
benefits and perquisites, Profit in lieu of salary and tax
planning avenues for salary income, Income from house
property, profits and gains of Business of profession,
II capital gains- Provisions relating to Capital Gains Tax and 9 C2
exemptions from Capital Gains Tax-Income from other
sources - basis of charge; chargeable incomes; specific
deductions; amount not deductible; computation of
taxable income from other sources.
III Deductions to be made in computing total income – 9 C3
61
Resales and Reliefs of Income tax–Taxation of Non-
Residents. Income –tax Payment and Assessment-Tax
deduction at source; advance tax; self-assessment tax
assessment procedure - Filing of Income Tax Returns –
Provisions, Forms and Due Dates, Notices and
Assessments –Regular and best judgment assessment
revision, rectification and appeal, provision relating to
interest and refund of tax.
Corporate Taxation - Computation of taxable income,
Carry-forward and set-off of losses for companies,
Minimum Alternative Tax (MAT), Set-off and Carry-
forward of Amalgamation Losses.
IV 9 C4
Tax planning in capital budgeting decision, leasing, hire
purchase or buy decision raising of capital: equity, debt or
preference share, transfer pricing and its impact, tax
Provisions for Venture Capital Funds
Wealth Tax and Other Direct Taxes- Wealth Tax Act and
Rules, definition of Wealth and Its Components Wealth
escaping Assessment, Assets Exempt from Wealth Tax,
Gift Tax Act and Rules and Estate Duty Act.
V 9 C5
Assessment of Trusts and Assessment of companies –
Deemed income under MAT Scheme – Tax on income by
UTI or Mutual fund – Venture Capital Company/Venture
Capital Funds.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Objectives
State the basic concepts of tax management system in
CO1 C1
India.
Discuss the taxation procedure involved under different
CO2 C2
heads of income.
Calculate on the deduction procedures, set off and carry
CO3 C3
forward procedures.
CO4 Analyze the ways to compute total taxable income. C4
CO5 Prepare direct tax system C5
Reading List
Direct Taxes Law and Practice, Vinld K Singhania and Kapil Singhania,
1.
Taxmann, 2021
2. Income Tax ready reckoner for 2021-22 e-book, Taxguru.
3. https://www.incometaxindia.gov.in/Documents/Aarohan-itd-2022-e-book.pdf
Direct Taxes Ready Reckoner, AY 2021-22 & 2022-23, Vinod K. Singhania,
4.
Taxmann
References Books
StudentsGuidetoIncomeTaxbyD r.VinodK .SinghaniaandM onicaSing
1.
hania,Taxmann's flagship publication,LatestEdition.
62
IndirectTaxbyVinodK.SinganiaTaxmann's flagship
2.
publication,LatestEdition
Iyengar,AC.,SampatLawofIncomeTax.Allahabad,BharatLawHouse.
3.
LatestEdition.
Dr.H.C.Mehrotra, Dr.S.P Goyal, Jai Narain Vyas, Income taa and
4.
Indirect taxes, SahithyaBhagwanPublications,LatestEdition.
T.S.Reddy, Y.Hariprasad Reddy, Income Tax Theroy, Law Practice, Margham
5.
Publishers, Latest Edition.
StudentsGuidetoIncomeTaxbyD r.VinodK .SinghaniaandM onicaSing
6.
hania,Taxmann's flagship publication,LatestEdition.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 2 3 3
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3
CO 5 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
23MEFM306
Merchant Banking and
Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100 CIA
Financial Services
Course Objectives
To enable a better understanding of the financial structure in India and various
C1 regulations in the Merchant Banking domain and also throw light on the rules
and regulations governing the Indian securities market.
To familiarize the students with public issue management mechanism, role of
C2
issue manager, SEBI guidelines and marketing of securities.
To create an understanding on the trends in financial services, merger and
C3
acquisition, portfolio management services and credit rating.
Provide exposure to fund based financial services such as leasing and hire
C4
purchasing, financial evaluation.
Students can understand other fund based financial services such as consumer
C5
credit, real estate financing, bill discounting, factoring and venture capital.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
63
Merchant Banking: Introduction–An Overview of
Indian Financial System–Merchant Banking in India–
Recent Developments and Challenges ahead –
Institutional Structure – Functions of Merchant Bank -
I 9 C1
Legal and Regulatory Framework –Relevant
Provisions of Companies Act- SERA- SEBI
Guidelines - FEMA, etc. –Relation with Stock
Exchanges and OTCEI.
Issue management: Role of Merchant Banker in
Appraisal of Projects, Designing Capital Structure and
Instruments –Issue Pricing – Book Building –
Preparation of Prospectus – Selection of Bankers –
Advertising Consultants etc.- Role of Registrars –
Bankers to the Issue, Underwriters, and Brokers. –
II 9 C2
Offer for Sale – Green Shoe Option–E-IPO, Private
Placement–Bought out Deals–Placement with FIs,
MFs, FIIs, etc. Off-Shore Issues.–Issue Marketing–
Advertising Strategies – NRI Marketing–Post Issue
Activities.
Fee based financial services:

Mergers and Acquisitions-Portfolio Management
III 9 C3
Services – Credit Syndication –Credit Rating –
Business Valuation.
Fund based financial services: Leasing and Hire
IV Purchasing Basics of Leasing and Hire purchasing– 9 C4
Financial Evaluation.
Other fund based financial services: Consumer Credit
– Credit Cards – Real Estate Financing–Bills
V 9 C5
Discounting – factoring and Forfeiting–Venture
Capital.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Recognize the financial structure in India and various
regulations in the Merchant Banking Domain. Recall
CO1 PO4, PO6
the rules and regulations governing the Indian
securities market.
Identify the public issue management mechanism,
CO2 various forms of issues, role of issue manager, SEBI PO2, PO6
guidelines and marketing of securities.
Appraise the recent trends in financial services, merger
CO3 and acquisition, portfolio management services and PO2, PO4, PO6
credit rating.
CO4 Estimate on the fund based financial services such as PO2, PO6
64
leasing and hire purchasing, financial evaluation.
Plan on other fund based financial services such as
CO5 consumer credit, real estate financing, bill discounting, PO4, PO6
factoring and venture capital.
Reading List
Swati Dawan, Merchant Banking and Financial Services, Mcgraw Hill Education,
1.
2011
2. Pathak Barthi, Indian Financial System, 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2018
3. Indian Journal of Finance, ISSN: 0973-8711, Researchgate
4. Journal of Corporate Finance, Elsevier
References Books
1. M.Y.Khan,FinancialServices,TataMcGraw-Hill,12thEdition,2012
2. NaliniPravaTripathy,FinancialServices, PHI Learning,2011.
Machiraju,Indian Financial System,Vikas Publishing House, 2 nd
3.
Edition,2010.
J.C.Verma,AManualofMerchantBanking,BharathPublishingHouse,N
4.
ewDelhi,
VarshneyP.N.&MittalD.K.,IndianFinancialSystem,SultanChand&Sons,
5.
NewDelhi.
6. Sasidharan,FinancialServicesandSystem,TataMcgrawHill,NewDelhi.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 2 2
CO 2 2 2
CO 3 2 2 2
CO 4 2 2
CO 5 2 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
23MEFM307 Derivatives Management Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100

Course Objectives
To familiarize and enable the students to understand the fundamentals of
C1
Derivatives and its types.
C2 To throw light on forward and futures contract.
C3 To educate the students on Options.
C4 To elucidate the various Option Pricing models.
65
C5 To educate the students on the indices of various derivative instruments
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Derivatives – Definition –Types –
participants and functions- Forward Contracts – Futures
Contracts – Options – Swaps – Differences between
I Cash and Future Markets – Types of Traders – OTC and 9 C1
Exchange Traded Securities – Types of Settlement –
Uses and Advantages of Derivatives, Risks in
Derivatives.
Forward contracts – Futures contracts – structure of
forward & futures markets - Types of Futures Contracts
-Margin Requirements – Marking to Market – Hedging
II using Futures –– Securities, Stock Index Futures, 9 C2
Currencies and Commodities – Delivery Options –
Relationship between Future Prices, Forward Prices and
Spot Prices.
Options -Definition – Exchange Traded Options, OTC
Options – Specifications of Options – Call and Put
Options – organized options trading – listing
requirements – contract size – exercise prices –
expiration dates – position & exercise limits -American
III 9 C3
and European Options – Intrinsic Value and Time Value
of Options – Option payoff, options on Securities, Stock
Indices, Currencies and Futures – Options pricing
models –Differences between future and Option
contracts.
Principles of Option pricing – Put Call Parity
relationship – Option pricing models – The Black
IV 9 C4
Scholes Model – The Binomial model – Principles of
forward and future pricing – the cost of carry model.
Commodity Futures – Contract Terminology and
Specifications for Stock Options and Index Options in
NSE – Contract Terminology and specifications for
V 9 C5
stock futures and Index futures in NSE – Contract
Terminology and Specifications for Interest Rate
Derivatives.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 List the fundamentals of Derivatives and its types. PO4, PO6
CO2 Classify the Forward and Future Contracts. PO6, PO7
CO3 Assess the Options. PO6, PO7
CO4 Summarize the various Option Pricing models. PO6, PO7
66
Generalize the knowledge on the indices of various
CO5 PO6, PO7
Derivative Instruments.
Reading List
Aron Gottesman, Derivatives Essentials: An Introduction to Forwards, Futures and
1.
Options and Swaps, Wiley, 2016
ArkadevChatterje, Robert A. Jarrow, An Introduction to Derivative Securities,
2.
Financial Markets, and Risk Management, World Scientific, Kindle Edition,
International Journal of Financial Markets and Derivatives, Inderscience
3.
Publishers
4. Journal of Risk and Financial Management, MDPI
References Books
Chance, D. and Brooks, R., Derivatives and Risk Management Basics, South
1.
Western, 10th edition, 2015.
S.L. Gupta, Financial Derivatives, Theory, Concepts and Problems, PHI
2.
Learning 2nd edition, 2017
Hull, J.C. and Basu, S., Options, Futures and Other Derivatives, Pearson, 10th
3.
Edition, 2018.
Patrick Boyle, Jesse McDougall, Trading and Pricing Financial Derivatives, De
4.
Gruvter, A Guide to Future, Options and Swaps,2nd Edition, Publishers,2018.
James A. Overdahl, Financial Derivatives, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 3rd Edition,
5.
2014
CO-PO Mapping
CO 1 2 3 2
CO 2 3 2
CO 3 3 2
CO 4 3 2
CO 5 3 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
23MEFM308 Banking and Insurance Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100

Course Objectives
To provide a basic understanding of the insurance mechanism and principle of
C1
insurance.
C2 To provide an overview of Indian insurance industry.
C3 To understand the basics of Banking and the emergence of Banking in India.
67
C4 To get acquainted with the functionality of the Banks.
C5 To know the meaning and use of commonly used technologies in Banking.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Indian Financial System: Introduction to Financial
System – Business of Banking - Organizational
Structure of Indian Financial System - Role of
Government & Reserve Bank of India As Regulators
of Banks - Role & Functions of Banks – Regulatory
I Provisions/Enactments Governing Banks - Various 9 C1
Committees on Banking & Their Impact - Recent
Developments in Indian Financial System - Aadhaar
Seeding- -Self Help Groups, Financial Inclusion- Jan
Dhan Yojana Accounts- NBFCs - Micro Finance
Institutions, Small finance banks and payment banks.
Basics of Banking: Basic Concepts in Banking -
Banker-Customer Relationships – Know Your
Customer, Anti Money Laundering -Guidelines -
Negotiable instruments – Bankers’ Duties and
Responsibilities - DICGC - Types of Customers &
Various Types of Accounts - Deposit Products –
II Services Rendered by Banks - Principles of Lending - 9 C2
Approach to Lending & Steps in Lending - Credit
Management & Credit Monitoring - Priority Sector
Lending in Banks- Lending to Agriculture, Micro,
Small & Medium Enterprises - Recovery & Modes of
Recovery and Management of Non-Performing Assets
- Basics of Risk Management in Banks.
Electronic Banking: Current Trends and Role of
information & Communication Technology in
Banking - Core Banking Solutions vis-a-vis
Traditional Banking - Banking Technology –
Alternate Delivery Channels – ATMs, Credit/Debit
Cards/Mobile Banking / Internet Banking etc. -
Cheque Truncation System of cheque clearance, E-
Lounges, UPI, BHIM (Bharath Interface for money),
III Products and Impact - Electronic Funds Transfers – 9 C3
Real Time Gross Settlements (RTGS) & National
Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT) –NACH Global
Trends in Banking Technology - IT Security in Banks
& Disaster Management - Marketing of Banking
Services; Marketing of Banking Services – Meaning,
Importance and Functions - Market Research &
Product Development - Factors influencing Marketing
of Banking Products Third Party Products in Banking,
68
One stop shop Financial solutions in Banks - Financial
Advisory Services (FAS).
Insurance: Meaning – Nature and Importance – Risk
Management; Identification – Measurement –
Diversification – Strategies Theories – Sum of Large
IV Numbers Theory of Probability 9 C4
Insurance Regulation; IRDA Regulations – Insurance
Contract – Agent Norms – Generic Norms of
Insurance Advisors.
General Insurance: Marine Insurance – Fire Insurance –
Automobile Insurance – Home Insurance - House
+Articles insurance- Overseas Travel Insurance– Medical
Insurance – Group Medi claim- Jewellery Insurance,
Social Security Insurance .Life Insurance; Principles –
V 9 C5
Uberima fides Insurable Interest – Indemnity –
Subrogation – Contribution Products; Death and Survival
Classifications – Traditional Salary Savings Scheme –
Employees Deposit Linked Insurance – ULIPs –
Premium Fixation Cases.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand, analyze and communicate on the Indian
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO7
Financial System
Explain the basics of Banking and the emergence of
CO2 PO4, PO6, PO7
Banking in India and its lending practices
Analyze the Digital Banking and the current trend in
CO3 PO4, PO6, PO7
banking and new banking products and services
Summarize the basics of the insurance mechanism
CO4 and principle of insurance and acquire knowledge on PO4, PO6, PO7
Indian insurance industry.
Categorize the knowledge and understanding on
CO5 PO4, PO6, PO7
Marine, fire, home and medical insurances
Reading List
Jyotsna Sethi and Nishwan Bhatia, Elements of Banking and Insurance, PHI
1.
Learning, 2012
2. Natarjan. S, and Parameshwaran. R, Indian Banking, S.Chand& Company
3. Journal of Banking and Finance, Elsevier
4. Indian Journal of Banking, Risk and Insurance, Pubishing India
References Books
Bhattacharya,H.,BankingStrategy,
1. CreditAppraisalandLendingDecisions,OxfordUniversityPress,2nd
Edition,2011.
IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance,PrinciplesandPracticesofBanking,
2.
MacmillanIndiaLtd, Fifth Edition,2015.
69
Maheshwari,S.N.andMaheshwari,S.K.,BankingLawandPractice,Kalyani
3.
Publishers,11th Edition, 2014.
Muraleedharan,ModernBanking:TheoryandPractice,PHILearning,
4.
Second Edition, 2014.
Varshney,P.N.,BankingLawandPractice,SultanChandandSons, fist
5.
Edition, 2015.
Gopinath. M. N. - B a n k i n g P r i n c i p l e s & Operations, Snow White
6.
Publications, 7 th Edition, 2021
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 3 3 3
CO 2 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3 3
CO 5 3 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
23MEFM309 Behavioral Finance Elective 3 - 1 - 4 4 25 75 100 CIA

Course Objectives
C1 To enable the students to understand the basics of Behavioural Finance
To create awareness and understanding on the various theories of Behanvioural
C2
Finance
C3 To elucidate the students on the various financial decision theory paradoxes
To throw light on the non-behavioural finance through the extended knowledge
C4
on Efficient Market Hypothesis
To educate the students on arbitrage, risks in share trade and on contemporary
C5
financial issues.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Behavioral Finance: Introduction,
Traditional vs Behavioural Theory, The Decision
I 9 C1
Making Process and Behavioural Biases, Limits to
Arbitrage.
70
Behavioural Finance Theory and Bubbles: Prospect
II Theory, SP/A Theory, Behavioural Portfolio Theory, 9 C2
Empirical and Statistical detection tests.
Decision Theory Paradoxes: Nash Equilibrium:
Keynesian Beauty Context and The Prisoner’s
III 9 C3
Dilemma, The Monty Hall Paradox, The St. Petersburg
Paradox, The Allais Paradox, The Ellsberg Paradox.
Non-Behavioral Finance: Introduction - The roles of
securities prices in the economy; Efficient markets
hypothesis (EMH) – Definitions - EMH in supply and
IV 9 C4
demand framework - Theoretical arguments for flat
aggregate demand curve; Equilibrium expected return
models.
Demand by Arbitrageurs and Average Investors &
Contemporary Issues: Definition of arbitrageur;
Long-short trades; Risk vs. Horizon; Transaction costs
and short-selling costs; Fundamental risk; Noise-trader
risk; Professional arbitrage; Destabilizing informed
V trading (positive feedback, predation), Definition of 9 C5
average investor; Belief biases; Limited attention and
categorization; Nontraditional preferences – prospect
theory and loss aversion; Bubbles and systematic
investor sentiment - contemporary behavioral finance
issues
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Explain the basics of Behavioural Finance PO6
Compare and classify the awareness and
CO2 understanding on the various theories of Behavioural PO6, PO7
Finance
Categorize the various financial decision theory
CO3 PO2, PO6
paradoxes
Assess the non-behavioral finance through the
CO4 PO6
extended knowledge on Efficient Market Hypothesis
Estimate on arbitrage, risks in share trade and on
CO5 PO6, PO7
contemporary financial issues.
Reading List
Subrahmanyam, A. (2008). Behavioural finance: A review and
1.
synthesis. European Financial Management.
2. Forbes, W. (2009). Behavioural finance. John Wiley & Sons.
Kapoor, S., &Prosad, J. M. (2017). Behavioural finance: A review. Procedia
3.
computer science.
Bloomfield, R. (2010). Behavioural finance. In Behavioural and Experimental
4.
Economics (pp. 32-41). Palgrave Macmillan, London.
71
References Books
Prasaanna Chandra, Behavioural Finance, 2nd Edition, Paperback – 1, Mcgraw
1.
Hill, 2020
Parag Parikh, Value Investing and Behavioural Finance: Insights into Indian
2.
Stock Markets, Mcgraw Hill Education, 2017
Shleifer, Andrei, Inefficient Markets: An Introduction to Behavioral Finance.
3.
Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2000
Thomas Kliestik, Katerina Valaskova, and Maria Kovacova, Advances in
4.
Behavioural Finance and Economics, MDPI, 2021
5. Singh Ranjit, Behavioural Finance, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2019
Sujata K apoor, Jaya M am taProsad, Behavioural Finance, Sage
6.
Publications India Pvt. Ltd., 2019.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 2
CO 2 2 2
CO 3 2 2
CO 4 2
CO 5 2 2
Inst. Hours Marks

Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEFM312 Financial Modelling Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100

Course Objectives
To equip the students with the knowledge of different aspects of financial
C1
modelling and be familiar with using financial functions in a spreadsheet.
To gain an understanding of the valuation tools and techniques used in bond
C2
and equity valuation.
C3 To design and construct useful and robust corporate modelling applications
To learn about the risk and return of a portfolio and how to measure them using
C4
different methods.
To acquaint the students with the fundamentals of derivative modelling and
C5
their application
SYLLABUS
72
Hours Objectives
Introduction to financial modelling & built-in
functions using spread sheets-Introduction to Financial
Modelling- Need for Financial Modelling- Steps for
effective financial modelling - Introduction to Time
I value of money & Lookup array functions: FV, PV, 9 C1
PMT, RATE, NPER, Vlookup, Hlookup, if, countif, etc -
Time value of Money Models: EMI with Single & Two
Interest rates –Loan amortization modelling-Debenture
redemption modeling.
Bond & Equity Share Valuation Modelling-Bond
valuation – Yield to Maturity (YTM): Rate method Vs
IRR method-Flexi Bond and Strip Bond YTM
II 9 C2
Modelling-Bond redemption modelling -Equity share
valuation: Multiple growth rate valuation modelling with
and without growth rates.
Corporate Financial Modelling-Altman z score,
bankruptcy modelling - indifference point modelling –
financial break-even modelling -corporate valuation
III 9 C3
modelling (two stage growth) - business modelling for
capital budgeting evaluation: payback period, npv, irr
and mirr.
Portfolio Modelling-Risk beta and annualized return –
security market line modelling – portfolio risk
IV calculation (equal proportions) - portfolio risk 9 C4
optimization (varying proportions) - portfolio
construction modeling.
Derivative Modelling- option pay off modelling: long
V and short call & put options -option pricing modeling (b- 9 C5
s model) - optimal hedge contract modeling
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Identify the relevance of financial models for various
CO1 PO1,PO2,PO6,PO7
corporate finance purposes.
Estimate the securities by using the modelling
CO2 PO1,PO2, PO6
techniques
Calculate efficient financial budgeting and appraise
CO3 the equity value of a company by applying various PO1,P2,PO6,PO7
methods.
Assess the evaluation of securities through the tools
CO4 PO1,PO2
and techniques of portfolio models
Appraise the aptitude of analyzing the investment
CO5 PO1,PO2
decision-based on derivatives.
Reading List
73
Kienitz, J., &Wetterau, D. (2013). Financial modelling: Theory, implementation
1.
and practice with MATLAB source. John Wiley & Sons.
Spronk, J., &Hallerbach, W. (1997). Financial modelling: Where to go? With an
2.
illustration for portfolio management. european Journal of operational research.
Tankov, P. (2003). Financial modelling with jump processes. Chapman and
3.
Hall/CRC.
Day, A. L. (2001). Mastering financial modelling. A Practitioner's Guide to
4.
Applied.
References Books
Wayne L Winston,” Microsoft Excel 2016-Data Analysis and Business
1.
Modelling”, PHI publications, (Microsoft Press), New Delhi,2017.
Chandan Sen Gupta,” Financial analysis and Modelling –Using Excel and VBA”,
2.
Wiley Publishing House ,2014’
Craig W Holden,”Excel Modelling in Investments” Pearson Prentice Hall, Pearson
3.
Inc,New Jersey,5th Edition 2015
Ruzhbeh J Bodanwala , ”Financial management using excel spread sheet”,Taxman
4.
Allied services Pvt Ltd, New Delhi,3rd Edition 2015.
5. Benninga, Simon. Principles of Finance with Microsoft Excel, 2nd Edition, 2011
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 3 3 2 2
CO 2 3 3 2
CO 3 3 3 2 2
CO 4 3 3
CO 5 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Subject Code Subject Name L T P O Total

CIA
Capital Market and Elective 25 75 100

23MEFM310 2 - 1 - 3 3
Financial Services
Course Objectives
C1 To acquire knowledge on Indian financial systems and its regulators
To gain knowledge on listing and trading securities, Risk management in BSE
C2
& NSE, Index management.
C3 To understand leasing and hire purchase
C4 To familiarize with credit rating and securitization
C5 To know Depositories & Contemporary Issues
SYLLABUS
74
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Indian Financial System:
Regulators: Finance Ministry, Securities Exchange
Board of India, Reserve Bank of India, Forward Market
Commission, Insurance Regulatory and Development
Authority.
Primary Market: Role of Primary Market, Functions,
Intermediaries, methods of floatation of capital – IPO’s,
FPO’s and Rights issues, Investor protection in primary
market, Recent trends in primary market. Book building
I 9 C1
process. Secondary Market: Functions, intermediaries,
Demutualization structure, Major stock exchanges in
India.
Indian Stock Exchanges: Market types, order types and
books. BSE: BOLT System, NSE: NEAT system OTCEI
– Need, Features, Participants, Listing procedure,
Trading and Settlement. Legislative framework guiding
the capital markets and intermediaries.
Listing and trading of Securities:

Listing requirements, procedure, fee- Listing conditions
of BSE and NSE – Delisting. Legislations related to
listing. Trading cycle: T+2, Pay in and Pay out, Bad
Delivery, Short delivery, Auction, Clearing &
Settlement: Different types of settlements -DEMAT
settlement, Physical settlement, Institutional settlement
II and Funds settlement. 9 C2
Risk Management system in BSE & NSE: Margins,
Exposure limits, VAR, Circuit breakers and Surveillance
system in BSE and NSE.
Index Management: Importance of index computation
Methods: Weighted Aggregate Value method, Weighted
Average of Price Relatives method, Free Float method.
Stock market indices in India
Leasing and Hire Purchase
Lease and Hire purchase- – Meaning and Types of
leasing – Legislative frameworks – Matters on
III 9 C3
Depreciation and Tax –Concepts and features – Tax and
Depreciation implications Microfinance: Consumer
Credit - Factoring and Forfaiting
Credit rating & Securitization:
Credit rating: Definition and meaning- Process of credit
IV rating of financial instruments - Rating methodology - 9 C4
Rating agencies – Rating symbols of different
companies. Legislative framework guiding the CRAs.
75
Securitization: Meaning-Features - Special Purpose
Vehicle - Pass Through Certificate & mechanism –
Benefits of Securitization – Issues in Securitization,
Legislative framework guiding the securitization
framework.
Depositories & Contemporary Issues
Depositary services - Role of depositories and their
services — Advantages of depository system – NSDL
and CDSL - Depository participants and their role-
V 9 C5
Stock Broking Services including SEBI guidelines -
Contemporary developments in capital market
performance and implication of securitization in
Indian scenario.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Estimate the Indian financial systems and its
CO1 PO3,PO6
regulators
Summarize the listing and trading securities, Risk
CO2 PO6, PO7
management in BSE & NSE, Index management.
CO3 Explain the leasing and hire purchase PO7
CO4 Prioritize the credit rating and securitization PO2,PO6,PO7
CO5 Summarize the depositories & contemporary Issues PO6,PO7
Reading List
Carow, K. A., & Heron, R. A. (2002). Capital market reactions to the passage of
1. the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999. The Quarterly Review of
Economics and Finance.
Stiglitz, J. E. (2000). Capital market liberalization, economic growth, and
2.
instability. World development.
Mensah, Y. M., & Werner, R. H. (2008). The capital market implications of the
3. frequency of interim financial reporting: an international analysis. Review of
Quantitative Finance and Accounting.
Micu, I., &Micu, A. (2016). Financial technology (Fintech) and its implementation
4. on the Romanian non-banking capital market. SEA-Practical Application of
Science.
References Books
1. Khan M.Y, Financial Services, 8th edition, McgrawHill ,2015,.
K Sasidharan, Alex. K Mathews, Financial Services and System, Tata McGraw
2.
Hill, 2008.
Jeff Madura, Financial Institutions and Markets, 10thEdition, Cengage
3.
Learning,2014..
Stephen Cecchetti, Kermit Schoenholtz, Money, Banking and Financial
4.
Markets, 4thedition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2014.
MadhuVij, Swati Dhawan , Merchant Banking and Financial Services, 1st
5.
edition, McGraw Hill, 2011.
76
Tripathy, NaliniPrava, Financial Services, PHI, Learning Pvt. Ltd. NISM-
6.
Series-VI Depository Operation Exam Work Book, 2007.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 2 2
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 3
CO 4 3 2 3
CO 5 2 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Financial Planning and
23MEFM313 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Wealth Management
Course Objectives
C1 To give clarity on the concept of Personal Financial Planning
C2 To acquire knowledge on the process of Comprehensive Financial Planning
C3 To understand the concept of Insurance & Retirement Planning
C4 To throw light on the Concept of Wealth Management
C5 To provide knowledge on tax planning & issues
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Personal Financial Planning - Financial Planning –
Meaning, need, scope. Evaluating the financial position
I of clients, Preparing & Analyzing household budget - 9 C1
Estimating financial goals - Financial Planning Delivery
Process.
Comprehensive Financial Planning - The role of debt
and financial pressure from debt - Debt counselling.
II Investment for Liquidity and Financial Goals. 9 C2
Risk return principle, Risk Profiling. Human life cycle
and Asset Allocation and Model Portfolios
Insurance Planning & Retirement Planning -
Insurance Planning – Need of life and non-life insurance,
III life insurance need analysis, life insurance products. 9 C3
Retirement Planning – Need, estimating & determining
the retirement corpus, retirement products.
IV Wealth Management - Concept of wealth and 9 C4
77
Measurement of wealth. Spectrum of services, Wealth
management service providers, Product categories and
Service categories - Types of Service Mandates;
Custodian mandate, Advisory mandate, Discretionary
mandate and Mandate mix HNI segmentation and reason
for looking at HNIs.
Understanding the Client Segmentation; Segmentation
based on Personality, Age and way of accumulation, Risk
& return preferences - Client Engagement; Client
profiling, targeting and Building relationships - Finding
HNI Clients; Cross selling, Marketing and partnership
programs, Referral from existing clients, friends and
family
Asset Allocation: Advising the optimal portfolio and the
corresponding asset allocation.
Portfolio Monitoring: Portfolio maintenance and
Portfolio rebalancing.
Tax Planning & Contemporary Issues
Indian Tax Laws for investment and Wealth Management
- Income Tax: Previous Year and Assessment Year,
Gross Total Income, Income Tax Slabs, Advance Tax,
Tax Deducted at Source (TDS), Exempted Income,
V 9 C5
Deductions from Income, Section 80C, section 80CCC,
Section 80CCD, Section 80D, Section 80E, Section
80GG, Long Term and Short Term Capital Gain / Loss,
Speculation Profit / Loss, Capital Gains Tax exemption
under Section 54EC.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Express the concept of Personal Financial Planning PO2, PO7
Demonstrate the process of Comprehensive Financial
CO2 PO2,PO6,PO7
Planning
Explain the concept of Insurance & Retirement
CO3 PO2,PO5
Planning
CO4 Assess the concept of Wealth Management PO7
CO5 Appraise on the tax planning & issues P02, PO7
Reading List
Kochis, S. T. (2006). Wealth Management: A Concise Guide to Financial
1.
Planning and Investment Management for Wealthy Clients. CCH.
Danes, S. M., Huddleston-Casas, C., & Boyce, L. (1999). Financial planning
2. curriculum for teens: Impact evaluation. Journal of Financial Counseling and
Planning.
Hanna, S. D., &Lindamood, S. (2010). Quantifying the economic benefits of
3.
personal financial planning. Financial Services Review.
78
Wu, C. R., Lin, C. T., & Tsai, P. H. (2010). Evaluating business performance of
4.
wealth management banks. European journal of operational research,.
References Books
1. Dun, Bradstreet , Wealth Management, Tata Mcgraw Hill, India, 2009.
JoydeepSen - Financial Planning & Wealth Management: Concepts and Practice,
2.
1st Edition, Shroff Publishers & Distributors Limited, 2020
Sundar Sankaran - Wealth Engine: Indian Financial Planning and Wealth
3.
Management Handbook (2012)
Stuart E. Lucas (2012), Wealth: Grow It and Protect It, Updated and Revised,
4.
Pearson and FT Press, USA
G. Victor Hallman, Jerry Rosenbloom (2009), Private Wealth Management: The
5.
Complete Reference for the Personal Financial Planner, Mcgraw Hill, USA
Gregory Curtis (2012), The Stewardship of Wealth: Successful Private Wealth
6.
Management for Investors and Their Advisors, Wiley.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 2 3
CO 2 3 2 3
CO 3 3 2
CO 4 3
CO 5 2 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
CIA
23MEFM314 Fixed Income Securities Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100

Course Objectives
C1 To orient students about bond and money market instruments
C2 To provide inputs on term structure, interest rates and bond price volatility
C3 To impart knowledge on fixed income portfolio management
C4 To enable them understand the concept of hedging
To enlighten the students on securitization and contemporary issues in
C5
securities management.
SYLLABUS
79
Hours Objectives
Bond and Money market instruments: Bonds, market
participants, Money market instruments -
Organization of Government Bond market and role of
RBI in Government Securities. Bond Prices and
I 9 C1
Yields: Pricing of bonds - Time value of money -
nominal Vs. Real interest rates, coupon rate and
current yield, zero coupon rate. Supply and demand of
bonds. Changes in equilibrium interest rates.
Term structure of interest rates: classical theories of
term structure - Yield curve, zero coupon bond yield
curve. Bond price volatility – Price sensitivity – Bond
II Price Immunization - measurement of duration, 9 C2
modified duration – convexity measurement. Factors
influencing Yield. Term structure of Interest rates –
spread, corporate debt instruments.
Active and Passive Bond Portfolio construction -
Management strategies. Indexing-bond indices.
III 9 C3
Setting portfolio objectives, interpreting portfolio
parameters and performance measurement
Swaps and futures, Credit derivatives – credit default
IV swaps, plain vanilla options and more exotic 9 C4
derivatives
Mortgage-backed securities – collateral mortgage
V obligations, Asset Backed Securities-Collateral debt 9 C5
obligations
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Identify the bond and money market instruments PO6
Summarize the concepts of term structure, interest
CO2 PO7
rates and bond price volatility
CO3 Compare and contrast the fixed income portfolios PO6,PO7
CO4 Appraise the hedging contracts done PO2
CO5 Formulate the management of securities. PO6, PO7
Reading List
Tuckman, B., &Serrat, A. (2011). Fixed income securities: tools for today's
1.
markets. John Wiley & Sons.
Martellini, L., Priaulet, P., &Priaulet, S. (2003). Fixed-income securities:
2. valuation, risk management and portfolio strategies (Vol. 237). John Wiley &
Sons.
3. Fabozzi, F. J. (2008). Fixed income securities. John Wiley and Sons.
Veronesi, P. (2010). Fixed income securities: Valuation, risk, and risk
4.
management. John Wiley & Sons.
References Books
80
Frank J. Fabozz, Bond Markets, Analysis and Strategies, 9th edition, Pearson
1.
India, 2012.
Moorad Choudhry, Masekoldrich, Fixed Income Markets: Instruments,
2.
Applications, Mathematics, 2nd edition,Wiley Finance Series, 2014.
3. Fabozzi, F. J, Fixed income securities, 8th edition, Wiley, 2012.
Choudhry, M, Fixed-income Securities and Derivatives Handbook, 2nd
4.
edition, Wiley, 2010.
Martellini, L, Priaulet, P, Priaulet. S, Fixed-income securities: valuation, risk
5.
management and portfolio strategies, Wiley2005.
Veronesi. P, Fixed income securities: Valuation, risk, and risk management,
6.
1st edition, Wiley.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 2
CO 2 2
CO 3 2 2
CO 4 2
CO 5 2 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Fintech and Investment Elective - - 3 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEFM315
Analysis
Course Objectives
To acquire knowledge on validating the performances of various asset classes and
C1
simulate and provide reasoning on the validation
C2 To study the performances of exchanges traded in Indian Market
To simulate and critically validate the performance of momentum strategy for
C3
financial sectors
C4 To simulate the performance of value investing strategy and construct a portfolio
C5 To study the emerging FinTech players in India
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Lab Experiment 1
Simulate and critically validate the performance of
I various asset classes - Stock (Reliance, HDFC Bank as 9 C1
an example), Gold and Bonds (Government Securities as
an example), in terms of Return, Risk, Sharpe Ratio,
81
over the time period 2011 till current date
Lab Experiment 2
Based on the results in Lab experiment 1, provide the
reasoning as to why a particular asset class have a higher
Risk/Standard deviation as compared to others
Lab Experiment 3
Simulate and provide reasoning, with examples on how
asset allocation across asset classes reduces risk/standard
deviation of the portfolio
Lab Experiment 4
Study the performance of Exchange Traded Funds in
Indian Market, critically evaluate the performance of
ETF and market penetration of ETF’s in India
Lab Experiment 5
Study the performance of Large Cap ETF’s, vs Gold
ETF from the time period 2011 to till Date
II Lab Experiment 6 9 C2
Construct a portfolio with leverage, for a time period
2015 to till date and study how leverage impacted the
performance of the portfolio
Lab Experiment 7
Constructed a market neutral hedged portfolio for
NIFTY50 benchmark, validate the performance from
2016 to till date
Lab Experiment 8
Simulate and critically validate the performance of
Momentum strategy for Financial Sectors, validate the
performance for the time period 2011 till 2014
Lab Experiment 9
Simulate the performance of market neutral Momentum
III strategy for NIFTY50, evaluate the results for the period 9 C3
2011 till date
Lab Experiment 10
Simulate the performance of market neutral momentum
strategy for sectors - Industrials, Technology, Energy
and Communications, provide the reasoning
performance of the strategy
Lab Experiment 11
Simulate the performance of Value Investing strategy,
using Book to Market, Earnings to Price and evaluate
the results for the period 2014 to till date
IV Lab Experiment 12 9 C4
Construct a portfolio with the combination of
Momentum and Value Strategy, evaluate the
performance of the portfolio for the period 2014 till date
Lab Experiment 13
82
Compute the valuation of the Tata Consultancy Services
using discounted cash flow approach
Lab Experiment 14
Compute the valuation of a FinTech start-up using the
discounted cashflow approach
Lab Experiment 15
Study the emerging FinTech players in India and United
States and provide reasoning on the importance of
customer experience in building the product
Lab Experiment 16
Study the role of Government agencies and the FinTech
eco-system in promoting the growth of FinTech sector in
India
Lab Experiment 17
V 9 C5
Study how “Payments” landscape have evolved in India,
China and United States Market, articulate your
reasoning the growth in these markets and with adoption
due to newer technologies
Lab Experiment 18
Study how “Asset Management & Investment
Management” industry. Have evolved in India and
United States market, articulate with reasoning on the
changing business landscape
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Recall on validating the performances of various asset
CO1 classes and simulate and provide reasoning on the PO1,PO2, PO6
validation
Explain the knowledge on the performances of
CO2 PO2,PO6
exchanges traded in Indian Market
Appraise on simulating and critically validating the
CO3 PO1,PO2
performance of momentum strategy for financial sectors
Assess on simulating the performance of value investing
CO4 PO1,PO2
strategy and construct a portfolio
Develop on evaluating the emerging FinTech players in
CO5 PO2
India
Reading List
1. Puschmann, T. (2017). Fintech. Business & Information Systems Engineering,.
Goldstein, I., Jiang, W., & Karolyi, G. A. (2019). To FinTech and beyond. The
2.
Review of Financial Studies.
Brennan, M. J., & Subrahmanyam, A. (1995). Investment analysis and price
3.
formation in securities markets. Journal of financial economics.
Chandra, P. (2017). Investment analysis and portfolio management. McGraw-hill
4.
education.
83
References Books
Osterwalder, A. – Pigneur, Y. (2010): Business ModelGeneration: A Handbook
1.
For Visionaries, Game Changers, And Challengers. New York: John Wiley& Sons
Van der Kleij, E., Tech Giants Becoming Non‐Bank Banks. In: The FinTech
2. Book: The FinancialTechnology Handbook for Investors,
EntrepreneursandVisionaries , 2016
Bhandari, M.: India and the Pyramid of Opportunity.In: The FinTech Book: The
3.
Financial TechnologyHandbook for Investors, Entrepreneurs andVisionaries, 2016
Prasanna Chandra, Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, 5th Edition,
4.
Tata McGraw Hill. 2017
ZviBodie;AlexKane;Alan J. Marcus;Pitabas Mohanty, Investments, 11th Edition,
5.
Tata Mc GrawHill, 2019
6.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 3 3 2
CO 2 3 2
CO 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3
CO 5 2
Inst. Hours Marks

Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
International Financial Elective 25 75 100

23MEFM316 2 - 1 - 3 3
Management
Course Objectives
C1 To give clarity on the concept of international finance
C2 To throw light on Foreign Exchange Market
To acquire knowledge on management of foreign exchange exposure and risk
C3
involved in it.
C4 To understand cross-border investment decisions
C5 To study about multinational financing institutions and contemporary issues
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Introduction to international finance: Introduction, 9 C1
84
Meaning, Nature, scope, Importance, Gold Standard,
Bretton Woods system, Exchange rate regimes, fixed and
floating exchange rates.
Foreign exchange market: Function and Structure of the
Forex markets, major participants, types of transactions
II 9 C2
and settlements, Foreign exchange quotations, process of
arbitrage.
Management of foreign exchange exposure and risk:
Types of Exposure, Foreign Currency Exposure,
III Economic Exposure, Operations exposure, Interest rate 9 C3
exposure. Theories - Purchase Power Parity - Interest
Rate Parity – International Fisher Effect
Cross-border investment decisions: Capital budgeting,
Approaches to Project Evaluation, Risk in Cross-border
IV 9 C4
Investment Decisions, Corporate Risk in Investment
Decisions. Financing Decisions of MNC`s.
Multinational financing institutions and contemporary
issues: The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development, the International Development
V 9 C5
Association, The International Finance Corporation,
International monetary fund, Export and Import
financing.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
CO1 Identify the concept of international finance PO2
CO2 Sketch on the functions of Foreign Exchange Market PO6,PO7
Appraise the knowledge on management of foreign
CO3 PO2,PO7
exchange exposure and risk involved in it.
CO4 Appraise the cross-border investment decisions PO2, PO7
Generalize on multinational financing institutions and
CO5 PO6,PO7
contemporary issues
Reading List
1. Madura, J. (2020). International financial management. Cengage Learning.
Apte, P. G., &Kapshe, S. (2020). International Financial Management|. McGraw-
2.
Hill Education.
Iatridis, G. (2010). International Financial Reporting Standards and the quality of
3.
financial statement information. International review of financial analysis.
Eun, C. S., & Resnick, B. G. (2010). International Financial Mgmt 4E. Tata
4.
McGraw-Hill Education.
References Books
1. Machi Raju International Financial Management, Third Edition, HPH, 2016.
2. V. A Avadhani, International Financial Management, Second Edition, HPH, 2011
3. Eiteman&Stonchill, “Multinational Business Finance”, 12th Edition, Pearson, 2010
85
Cheol Eul& Bruce Resnick, International Financial Management, 7th Edition,
4.
China Machine Press, 2016.
V.K.Bhalla. “International Financial Management for the Multinational Firm”,4th
5.
Edition, S Chand,.2014
6.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 2
CO 2 2 2
CO 3 2 2
CO 4 2 2
CO 5 2 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEFM317 Risks Management in Banks Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To understand risk, risk management, Role of CFO in mitigating risk in banks
C2 To expose to market and exchange rate risk
C3 To familiarize with interest rate risk and liquidity risk
C4 To explore credit risk
To acquire knowledge on operational & Technology risk and other contemporary
C5
issues
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to risk: Understanding Risk - Nature of
Risk, Sources of Risk, Need for risk management,
Benefits of Risk Management, Risk Management
approaches. Risk Classification using ERM Wheel.
I 9 C1
Information Technology support in mitigating risk.
Role of Chief finance Officer, Chief risk officer and
Chief information officer in mitigation of risk in
banks.
Market risk & exchange rate risk: Market Risk –
II 9 C2
Identification-measurement-mitigation-risk and
86
regulatory capital. Portfolio Beta - PV01 - Portfolio
duration - Key rate duration – Convexity - Spread
analysis - Yield curve analysis - Concept of Value at
Risk - Types of VaR measures - VaR reporting to RBI
- Stress testing and back-testing VaR-
ConditionalVaR and its relevance - Comparison
between VaR and cVaR. Exchange rate risk- drivers-
measurement- risk management – forecasting- tools-
futures, options and swaps.
Interest rate risk & liquidity risk: Interest rate risk-
relationship between interest rates and option free
bond prices. Duration and Price volatility. GAP and
earnings sensitivity. Measuring Interest rate risk with
duration gap. Economic value of equity analysis.
Usage of derivatives to manage Interest risk- micro
III hedging- macro hedging- SWAPS - caps – floor 9 C3
Liquidity risk – objectives – CRR & SLR measures -
Funding the bank - Liquidity management - Asset
liability management – objectives- ALCO - functions
– risks. ALM – Risk control and hedging. ALM
systems in Banks - RBI Guidelines. Strategies to
mitigate liquidity risk
Credit risk: Drivers- capital adequacy- risk rating and
pricing - loan policy – capital requirement - credit risk
approach – credit ratings. Credit risk mitigation -
Credit derivatives, Securitization. Credit risk
management strategies – Credit VaR - Analysis of
IV 9 C4
counterparty credit ratings and adjustment of credit
spreads in the valuation etc. - Credit default swaps
(CDS). Sovereign Credit Rating – Rating - Probability
of Default (PD) – LGD - Stress testing - Early
Warning - Scenario Building etc.,
Operational risk & technology risk and contemporary
issues: Operational risk- definition- types- events.
Operational risk management practices- approaches-
organizational setup- responsibilities. Identification-
measurement- monitoring- mitigation- internal audit.
V 9 C5
Strategies to mitigate operational risk.
Technology risk: Identification of the drivers and
strategies to mitigate the technology risk -
Contemporary risk management practices in Indian
Banks.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
87
Understanding risk, risk management, Role of CFO in
CO1 PO7
mitigating risk in banks
CO2 critically assess market risk & exchange rate risk PO2,PO6,PO7
CO3 Assess the interest rate risk & liquidity risk PO7
CO4 Able to Estimate the credit risk , PO2, PO6,PO7
Formulate on the operational & Technology risk and
CO5 PO7
other contemporary issues
Reading List
Raghavan, R. S. (2003). Risk management in banks. Chartered Accountant-New
1.
Delhi.
Oluwafemi, S., Simeon, A. O., & Olawale, O. (2013). Risk management and
2.
financial performance of banks in Nigeria.
Adeusi, S. O., Akeke, N. I., Adebisi, O. S., &Oladunjoye, O. (2014). Risk
3.
management and financial performance of banks in Nigeria. Risk Management.
Saiful, S., & Ayu, D. P. (2019). Risks management and bank performance: The
4. empirical evidences from indonesian conventional and islamic banks. International
Journal of Economics and Financial Issues.
References Books
Anthony Saunders, Marcia Millon Cornett, Financial Institutions Management: A
1.
Risk Management Approach, McGraw Hill, 2014.
Padmalatha Suresh, Justin Paul, Management of Banking and Financial Services,
2.
3rdedition, Pearson Education, India, 2014.
Don M. Chance, Robert Brooks, An Introduction to Derivatives and Risk
3.
Management, 10th edition, Cengage Learning, 2015.
Michel Crouhy, Dan Galai, Robert Mark, The Essentials of Risk Management,
4.
McGraw Hill, 2014.
5. John Hull, Risk Management and Financial Institutions, Wiley, 2012.
Anthony Saunders, Marcia Millon Cornett, Financial Institutions Management: A
6.
Risk Management Approach, McGraw Hill, 2014.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 2
CO 2 3 2 3
CO 3 3
CO 4 3 2 3
CO 5 2
SPECIALIZATION COURSES: MARKETING MANAGEMENT

H

d
Marks
g
o
e
e
t
i.
88
External
Total
CIA
23MEMM30 Advanced Marketing Elective 3 - - - 3 4 25 75 100
4 Research and Consumer 5
Behaviour
Course Objectives
C1 To create an understanding of market research concepts.
C2 To create awareness of sampling techniques and its implications on market
research.
C3 To throw light on models of consumer behavior.
C4 To foster knowledge on determinants of consumer behavior.
C5 To create awareness on the consumer decision-making process.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Introduction: Nature and scope of Marketing Research – 7
Marketing Research as an aid to marketing decision
making – Scientific method – Research designs –
C1
Exploratory, descriptive and conclusive – Secondary
and Primary Data Collection Methods – Questionnaire
Construction Procedure.
II Sampling: Sampling Techniques – Sample Size 9
Determination per survey Application of Marketing
C2
Research: Motivation Research – Advertising Research –
Product Research.
III Models of Consumer Behaviour: Nicosia Model - 8
Howard-Sheth Model – Engel- Blackwell-Miniard
Model, Environment infuences on Consumer: Culture – C3
Social Class – Social Groups – Family– Personal
Influence and Opinion Leadership.
IV Individual Determinants of Consumer Behaviour: 9
Motivation and Involvement – Information Processing –
Learning – Personality and Self Concept – Attitude
Theories and Change. C4
Consumer Decision Processes: Problem Recognition –
Search and Evaluation – Purchasing – Post-purchase
Behaviour.
V Multivariate analysis: Discriminant analysis, Factor 12
analysis, Conjoint analysis, Cluster analysis -
Multidimensional scaling and Multiple Regression - C5
Model Building, Data Visualization Tools – Usage of
forecasting techniques - Time Series Analysis, ARIMA.
Total 45
89
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Understand the basic concepts of marketing research. PO4,PO7
Understand the complexity of sampling techniques and
CO2 PO4, PO6
its implications on market research.
Have insights on models of consumer behavior and helps
CO3 PO6,PO7
them to develop models.
Possess knowledge on determinants of consumer
CO4 PO6
behavior.
CO5 Have insights on consumer decision process. PO2, PO6,PO7
Reading List
Suja R. Nair , Consumer Behaviour & Marketing Research, Himalaya Publishing,
1.
2015
S. Sumathi, P. Saravanavel,Consumer Behaviour & Marketing Research ,
2.
S.Chand,2003
Rajendra Nargundkar ,Marketing Research: Text and Cases .Tata Mc Graw Hill ,
3.
2017
4. G.C.Beri, Marketing Research ,Tata Mc Graw Hill,2013
References Books
1. Leon Schiffman, and Joseph L. Wisenblit., Consumer Behavior, 11th Edition,
Pearson, 2015.
2. Naresh K.Malhotra and Satyabhusan., Marketing Research, 7th Edition, Pearson,
2019.
3. Barbara G Tabachnick and Linda S Fidell, Using Multivariate Statistics, 7th
Edition, Pearson. 2020.
4. Majumdar, Ramanuj, Consumer Behaviour: Insights from Indian Market, PHI
Learning, 2020.
5. S. Ramesh Kumar., Consumer Behaviour: The Indian Context (Concepts and
Cases), Pearson Education, 2rd Edition, 2021.
CO 1 M S
CO 2 M S
CO 3 S S
CO 4 M
CO 5 S M M
S-Strong M-Medium L-Low
H

d
Marks
g
o
e
e
t
i.
90
External
Total
CIA
23MEMM30 Advertising Management Elective 3 - - - 3 4
25 75 100
5 and Sales Promotion 5
Course Objectives
C1 To introduce students to advertising fundamentals
C2 To impart knowledge on advertising media and budget.
C3 To orient students on advertising agencies and its operations.
C4 To make students understand sales promotion campaigns.
C5 To enable students understand the relevance of sales promotion
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Advertising: Advertising, objectives, task and process, 7
market segmentation and target audience – Message C1
and copy development.
II Media: Mass Media - Selection, Planning and 10
Scheduling – Social Media Advertising - Web
C2
Advertising – Integrated programme and budget
planning.
III Implementation: Implementing the programme 10
coordination and control – Advertising agencies – C3
Organization and operation.
IV Sales Promotion: Why and When Sales promotion 10
activities, Consumer and sales channel oriented –
C4
planning, budgeting and implementing and controlling
campaigns.
V Control: Measurement of effectiveness – Ethics,
8 C5
Economics and Social Relevance.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Possess knowledge and good understanding on the
CO1 PO4, PO7
fundamentals of advertising
Have good understanding and knowledge on
CO2 PO2, PO4, PO7
advertising media and budget
Have good orientation on advertising agencies and
CO3 PO5, PO7
its operations.
CO4 Understand sales promotion campaigns. PO4, PO5, PO6
CO5 Understand the relevance of sales promotion PO4, PO6, PO7
Reading List
91
S A Chunawalla, Advertising Management and Sales Promotion, Himalaya
1.
Publishing, 2015
Vv Rathna & S L Guptha, Advertising and Sales Promotion Management,Sultan
2.
Chand,2011
S H H Kazmi & Satish Batra, Advertising and Sales Promotion Management,
3.
Excel Books,2008
Mishra M N ,Sales Promotion and Advertising Management , Mishra M N,
4.
Himalaya Publishing 2015
References Books
1. Advertising and Promotion: An Integrated Marketing Communications
Perspective (SIE) by George E Belch, Michael A Belch, Keyoor Purani, 12 th
edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2021
2. Advertising, Promotion, and other aspects of Integrated Marketing
Communications (Mindtap Course List) by Terence Shimp and J. Craig
Andrews, South-Western College Publishing, 2017.
3. Percy, L. and Rosenbaum-Elliot, R., Strategic Advertising Management,
4 th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2012.
4. Shrimp, T.A., Integrated Marketing Communications in Advertising and
Promotion, 8 th Edition, Cengage Learning India, 2012.
5. Belch, G.E., Belch, M. and Purani, K., Advertising and Promotion, 7 th
Edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2009.
6. Marshall, P., Ultimate Guide to Facebook Advertising, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2011.
CO 1 M S
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 S S M
CO 5 M M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
23MEMM30 Sales and Distribution Elective 3 - - - 3 4 25 75 100

6 Management 5
Course Objectives
C1 To introduce students to sales management and its related software
92
C2 To impart knowledge on sales performance strategies and tactics.
C3 To acquaint students with sales forecasting techniques, sales quotas and sales
force planning
C4 To provide inputs on sales force staffing, training and sales audit.
C5 To orient students on role of distribution in sales management
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Introduction, Nature, Concepts and Scope -
Organization Framework of The Field Sales Force -
Sales force Automation - Types of Field Sales
Organizations – Career in Field Sales Management.
Field – Emerging trend in Sales Management - Sales
Manager – His Tasks and Responsibilities – Relation 9 C1
with Salesman and Relationships with top
Management – Coordinating and Controlling the
Marketing Mix. Operating Environment for Field
Sales Force. Software application in Sales
management. Sales Management Process.
II Information and Planning: Qualities and Role-
Hierarchy of Objectives and Goals, Concept of
Strategies and Tactics. Development of Sales
Performance Standards –Relationship of Performance 9 C2
Standards to Sales Development Function, its Purpose
and Types, Review of Training and Staffing
Programmes.
III Sales Forecasting – Methods and Procedural Steps in
Forecasting - Sales Budgeting - Allocation of Field
Sales Resources. Design Sales Territories, Procedure
for Designing – Determining Manpower
9 C3
Requirements, Recruiting, Methods and The Selection
System. Sales Quotas, Types of Sales Quotas, its
Purpose and Managerial Evaluation. Man Power
Planning – Tasks, Skill, Qualification.
IV Staffing – Responsibilities, tools and Methods of
Selection. Motivational and Compensation Procedures
for Sales Force – Method of Financial Incentives and
its Purpose – Designing A Compensation Plan.
Evaluation of Performance and Control. Salesmanship
– Sales Positions – Theories of Selling – 9 C4
Understanding Consumer Behavior- Training and
Development of Sales force. Sales Training Process,
Designing Training Content- Training for Different
sales personnel, Training Feedback- Sales Audit and
Analysis – Control of Sales Efforts and Costs.
V Distribution: Role of Distribution in the Marketing 9 C5
93
Mix Distribution center
network, suppliers milk run, supply tracking, network
configuration, quality control
monitoring; Role and Functions. Transport and
Handling: Economics of Transportation, Determining
Optimum Mode of Transport.
Organization, Machines, Procedures and
Documentation- Policies; Role of Transport;
Transport in emergencies; safety and security of
goods- Dealer Network: Role of Middlemen/Dealer in
Marketing and Distribution-
Channel Information System- Designing a Channel
information system.
Dealer Functions at Wholesale and Retail Level –
National and International Channel of Distribution-
Strategic Plan of Network
– Location, Selection - Appointment and Termination
of Dealers - Morale and Motivation.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to understand sales management and its
CO1 PO4, PO6
related software
CO2 Know sales performance strategies and tactics. PO1,PO2, PO6
Understand sales forecasting techniques, sales quotas
CO3 PO4, PO6,PO7
and sales force planning
Know the concepts of sales force staffing, training
CO4 PO5, PO6
and sales audit.
Have knowledge on the role of distribution in sales
CO5 PO6,PO7
management
Reading List
Dr.S.S.Guptha, Sales and Distribution Management – Text and Cases an Indian
1.
Perspective,Laxmi Publications Pvt Ltd; 2018
Pingali Venugopal ,Sales and Distribution Management: An Indian Perspective,
2.
Sage, 2008
3. Ramendra Singh , Sales And Distribution Management,Vikas Publishing , 2016
Tapan K. Panda , Sales and Distribution Management ,Oxford University
4.
Press,2011
References Books
1. Still, R.R., Sales Management: Decision Strategy and Cases, 5th Edition,
Pearson,
2011.
2. Tapan K Panda, Sunil Sahadev, Sales Management, Sales and Distribution
Management ISBN: 9780199499045, Oxford University Press, 2019.
3. Pingali Venugopal Sales and Distribution Management: An Indian Perspective,
94
SAGE Publications, 2008.
4. Cron, W.L. and DeCarlo, T.E., Sales Management: Concepts and Cases,
10 th Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
5. Havalder, K. and Cavale, V., Sales and Distribution Management, 2nd Edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2011.
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5
PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 M S
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 M S M
CO 4 M S M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEMM31 Brand Management Elective 3 - - - 3 4 25 75 100
4 5
Course Objectives
C1 Understand brand equity & assess the equity of a brand by applying brand equity
models
C2 Examine brand identity and positioning strategy by applying brand identity &
positioning guidelines/templates/model
C3 Ability to develop a comprehensive go to market strategy for a brand
C4 Evaluate various architecture types & examine brand extension strategies for
success
C5 Ability to conduct brand audit & demonstrate knowledge of brand valuation and
methods
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Introduction: Definition of Brand - Importance of 9
Brands – Branding Challenges and
Opportunities – Brand Equity Concept – Brand Equity
Models – Kepler Brand Identity Model - Brands vs.
C1
Products Constituents of a Brand: Brand Elements –
Brand Identity - Image and Personality – Brand DNA,
Kernel, Codes and Promises – Point of Distribution
and Point of Purchase
II Brand Positioning: Basic Concepts – Risks – Brands 9
C2
and Consumers – Competitive Advantage through
95
Strategic Positioning of Brands – Points of Parity –
Points of Difference –Brand Building: Designing
Marketing Programmes to Build Brands – Role of
Social Media in Brand Building – Managing and
Sustaining Brands Long-Term.
III Brand Image: Image Dimensions, Brand 9
Associations & Image, Brand Identity; Perspectives,
Levels and Prisms. Managing Brand Image – Stages C3
– Functional, Symbolic and Experiential Brands –
Brand Audits – Brand Loyalty – Cult Brands
IV Brand Valuation: Methods of Valuation – Implications 9
for Buying & Selling Brands. Leveraging Brands:
C4
Brand Extension – Brand Licensing – Co-branding –
Brand Architecture and Portfolio Management
V Branding in Practice: Handling Name Changes and 9
Brand Transfer – Brand Revitalisation and
Rejuvenation – Global Branding Strategies –
Building and Managing Brands Across Boundaries – C5
Branding Industrial Products, Services and Retailers
– Building Brands Online – Indianisation of Foreign
Brands and Taking Indian Brands Global.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand brand equity & assess the equity of a brand
CO1 PO4, PO7
by applying brand equity models
Examine brand identity and positioning strategy by
CO2 applying brand identity & positioning PO1, PO2, PO6
guidelines/templates/model
Possess the ability to develop a comprehensive go to
CO3 PO4, PO6,PO7
market strategy for a brand
Evaluate various architecture types & examine brand
CO4 PO1, PO4
extension strategies for success
Ability to conduct brand audit & demonstrate
CO5 PO5, PO6, PO7
knowledge of brand valuation and methods
Reading List
Kevin Lane Keller, Mats Georgson, & Tony Aperia, Strategic Brand Management,
1.
Kindle 2nd Edition, 2013
2. Brand Management, Palgrave Mcmillan, 2021
3. Journal of brand management, Palgrave Macmillan
4. Journal of Product & brand Management ,Emerald Publishing
References Books
1. Aaker, D., Building Strong Brands, Simon & Schuster, 2010.
2. Chevalier, M. and Mazzalovo, G., Luxury Brand Management: A World of
Privilege, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2012.
96
3. Dutta, K., Brand Management: Principles and Practices, Oxford University
Press, 2012.
4. Gupta, N.R., The Seven Principles of Brand Management, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2011.
5. Kapferer, J.N., The New Strategic Brand Management: Advanced Insights and
Strategic Thinking, 5th Edition, Kogan Page, 2012.
6 Keller, K.L., Strategic Brand Management, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2011.
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEMM31 Industrial Marketing Elective 3 - - - 3 4 25 75 100
5 5
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the environment of Industrial Marketing.
C2 To create awareness and understanding of the Organizational buying process.
C3 To provide insights about industrial marketing opportunities.
C4 To have an idea and awareness about Business marketing strategy.
C5 To get familiar about customer relationship management practices and strategies.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I The Environment of Industrial Marketing: A Business 9
Marketing perspective - The Industrial Market: C1
Perspective on the organization buyer.
II Organizational Buying Process: Dimensions of 9
Organizational Buying - Organizational Buying C2
Behaviour.
III Assessing Marketing Opportunities: Business 9
Marketing Intelligence - Segmenting the Organizational
C3
Market - Organizational Demand Analysis: Measuring
Market Potential and Sales Forecasting.
IV Business Marketing Strategy: Business Marketing 11 C4
97
Planning: Strategic Perspective - Managing the
Business Product Line - Business Marketing Channels -
Business Pricing Function - Advertising Sales
Promotion and Personal Selling Function - Controlling
Industrial Marketing Strategy.
V Customer Relationship Management: Managing your 7
customer service/sales profile - Choosing your CRM
C5
strategy - Tools for capturing customer information -
Managing Relationships through conflict.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Be aware of the environment of industrial marketing. PO4, PO6
CO2 Possess knowledge of the organizational buying process. PO2, PO6, PO7
CO3 Have insights on industrial marketing opportunities. PO6,PO7
CO4 Learn business marketing strategy. PO6, PO7
Have better understanding on customer relationship
CO5 PO4,PO6,PO7
management.
Reading List
1. Milind T.Phadtare ,PHI,Kindle
2. Hory Sarkar Mukerjee, Industrial Marketing ,Kindle
3. Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing,Emerald Group Publishing
4. International Journalmof Industrial Marketing,Macrothink Institute,USA
References Books
1. Phadtare, Milind T., Industrial Marketing, Prentice-Hall, 2nd edition, 2021.
2. Basu, S.K., Sahu, K. C. , Rajiv, B.., Industrial Organization and Management,
Prentice-Hall, 1st edition, 2021.
3. Francis Cherunilam., Industrial Marketing Text and Cases, 1st edition, Himalaya
Publishing House, 2022.
4. Biemans, W.G., Business to Business Marketing; A Value-driven approach, 1st
edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.
5. Ghosh, P.K., Industrial Marketing, 1st edition, Oxford University Press, 2005.
CO 1 M M
CO 2 S M M
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S M M

H

d
Marks
g
o
e
e
t
i.
98
External
Total
CIA
23MEMM30 Services Marketing Elective 3 - - - 3 4 25 75 100
7 5
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Services marketing and
Service Sector
C2 To provide insights on Marketing Mix In Service Marketing
C3 To throw light on Effective Management Of Service Marketing
C4 To elucidate on Quality of Services ,GAPS and factors influencing Services
Marketing
C5 To create awareness and importance of various service sectors like Health,
Hospitality, travel, hotels and Tourism ,Professional Service, Public Utility
Services & Educational Services
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I
Marketing Services: Introduction - Growth of the service
sector - The Concept of Service - Characteristics of
9 C1
Service – Classification of Service – Designing of the
Service, Blueprinting, Using Technology, Developing
Human Resources, Building Service Aspirations.
II Marketing Mix In Service Marketing: The Seven Ps:
Product Decision, Pricing, Strategies And Tactics,
Promotion Of Service And Placing Of Distribution 9 C2
Methods For Services. Additional Dimension In Services
Marketing – People, Physical Evidence And Process.
III Effective Management Of Service Marketing: Marketing
Demand And Supply through Capacity Planning and
9 C3
Segmentation – Internal Marketing of Services –
External versus Internal Orientation of Service Strategy.
IV Delivering Quality Service: Causes Of Service – Quality
Gaps. The Customer Expectations Versus Perceived
Service Gap. Factors And Techniques To Resolve This
Gap Customer Relationship Management.
Gaps in Services – Quality Standards, Factors and
9 C4
Solutions – The Service Performance Gap – Key Factors
and Strategies for Closing the Gap. External
Communication to the Customers – The Promise versus
Delivery Gap – Developing Appropriate and Effective
Communication about Service Quality
V Marketing Of Service With Special Reference: Financial 9 C5
99
Services – Health Service - Hospitality Services
including travel, hotels and tourism - Professional
Service - Public Utility Services - Educational Services.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Possess knowledge and understanding on the basic
CO1 concepts of managing Services marketing and Service PO4,PO7
Sector
Possess knowledge on Marketing Mix in Service
CO2 PO6
Marketing
Have insights on Effective Management of Service
CO3 PO6,PO7
Marketing
Learn Quality of Services,GAPS and factors influencing
CO4 PO6
Services Marketing
Have better understanding on various service sectors like
Health, Hospitality, travel, hotels and
Tourism,Professional Service, Public Utility Services &
Educational Services
Reading List
R. Srinivasan, Services Marketing: The Indian Context 4th Edition, PHI,Edition,
1.
2014
2. Jayantha Chatterjee Christopher Lovelock,Pearson,2017,Kindle
3. Journal of services marketing,Emerald Insight
4. Journal of service management,Emerald Group Publishing Ltd
References Books
1. Bateman, J.E. and Hoffman, D., Services Marketing, 4thEdition, Cengage
Learning, 2011.
2. Gronoos, C., Service Management and Marketing: Customer Management in
Service Competition, 3rdEdition, Wiley India, 2011.
3. Jauhari, V. and Dutta, K., Services: Marketing, Operations and Management,
Oxford University press, 2009.
4. Lovelock, C., Wirtz, J. and Chatterjee, J., Services Marketing, 7thEdition,
Pearson, 2019.
5. Srinivasan, R., Services Marketing: Indian Context, PHI Learning, 2012.
6. Zeithaml, V., Bitner, M.J., Gremler, D. and Pandit, A., Services Marketing,
5thEdition, Tata McGraw-Hill,2017
CO 1 M S
CO 2 S
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M
CO 5 S S M M
100
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEMM30 Customer Relations Elective 3 - - - 3 4 25 75 100
8 Management 5
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basics and evolution of CRM
C2 To provide insights on CRM Concepts
C3 To throw light on Planning for CRM and strategy its development in an

organization
C4 To elucidate on CRM and Marketing Strategy
C5 To create awareness and importance of CRM Planning and Implementation
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Evolution of Customer Relationship:

CRM-Definition, Emergence of CRM Practice,
Factors responsible for CRM growth, CRM process,
I framework of CRM, Benefits of CRM, Types of CRM, 9 C1
Scope of CRM, Customer Profitability, Features
Trends in CRM, CRM and Cost Benefit Analysis,
CRM and Relationship Marketing.
CRM Concepts: Customer Value, Customer

Expectation, Customer Satisfaction, Customer
Centricity, Customer Acquisition, Customer
II Retention, Customer Loyalty, Customer Lifetime 9 C2
Value. Customer Experience Management, Customer
Profitability, Enterprise Marketing Management,
Customer Satisfaction Measurements, Web based
101
Customer Support.
Planning for CRM:
Steps in Planning-Building Customer Centricity,

Setting CRM Objectives, Defining Data
Requirements, Planning Desired Outputs, Relevant
III 9 C3
issues while planning the Outputs, Elements of CRM
plan, CRM Strategy: The Strategy Development
Process, Customer Strategy Grid.
CRM and Marketing Strategy:
CRM Marketing Initiatives, Sales Force Automation,

IV Campaign Management, Call Centers. Practice of 9 C4
CRM: CRM in Consumer Markets, CRM in Services
Sector, CRM in Mass Markets, CRM in
Manufacturing Sector
CRM Planning and Implementation:
Issues and Problems in implementing CRM,

V Information Technology tools in CRM, Challenges of 9 C5
CRM Implementation. CRM Implementation
Roadmap, Road Map (RM) Performance: Measuring
CRM performance, CRM Metrics.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
To familiarize the students to the basic and evolution

CO1 PO4,P06,PO7
of CRM
CO2 To provide insights on CRM Concepts PO2,PO3
To throw light on CRM and strategy its development

CO3 PO5,PO6,PO8
in an organization
CO4 To elucidate on CRM and Marketing Strategy PO1,PO5
102
To create awareness and importance of CRM
CO5 PO3,PO5,PO7
Planning and Implementation
Reading List
1.
“How to Win at CRM” Strategy, Implementation, Management,ebook
2. The Art of CRM: Proven strategies for modern customer relationship
management Kindle Edition
3.
Electronic Customer Relationship Management,Kindle Edition
References Books
1.
Kincaid, J., Customer Relationship Management: Getting it right, Pearson, 2005.
2. Kumar, V. and Reinartz, W.J., Customer Relationship Management: A Databased

Approach, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
3. Makkar, U. and Makkar, H.K., Customer Relationship Management, Tata McGraw-
Hill Education, 2011.
4.
Peelen, E., Customer Relationship Management, Pearson, 2008.
5. Shanmughasundaram, S., Customer Relationship Management: Modern Trends and

Perspectives, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2008.Education, 2010.
6.
Kincaid, J., Customer Relationship Management: Getting it right, Pearson, 2005.
CO 1 2 3 2
CO 2 3 2
CO 3 2 3 3
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 3 2 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
23MEMM30 Retail Marketing Elective 3 - - - 3 4 25 75 100

9 5
Course Objectives
C1 To educate students and enable to understand and analyze current retailing
103
trends and strategies.
C2 To develop the students towards managing the retail stores and organizations.
C3 To identify the nuances of visual merchandising and its elements.
C4 To know the consumer purchase decision process in the context of organized
retailing.
C5 To emphasis on global retailing strategies.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Retailing – Definition, scope and importance in the
globalized era, organized and unorganized retailing,
emerging trends in retailing – e-tailing, mega shopping
malls, the modern retail store. Major types of Retail
Organizations, corporate chains, voluntary chains, retail 9 C1
cooperatives, franchise organizations and
merchandizing conglomerates / retail store types / retail
classification of stores, restaurants and service
providing offices.
II The Retail Store - Retail stores management / Roles
and responsibilities of retail store managers / Human
resource management – recruiting, hiring, training and
development, performance management, payroll, work
place scheduling / Store business operations –
materials management, coordination with purchase
department / finance and accounts / Problem solving /
9 C2
Safety and security.Store Essentials – Classification of
grocery items
/ Store Essentials – Location / Store designs / Display
accessories / Store atmospherics / Developing own
brands / The power of mega retailers over manufacturers
/ Dimension attributes and its components that affect
retail outlet selection.
III Visual merchandizing components – merchandize as
focal point, choice of colours, display themes, display to
complement store strategy, spotless cleanliness,
frequent change of displays and essentials of good
display, lighting / special display kinds – window,
marquee, freestanding or island, counter, brand corner,
end cap cascade or waterfall displays / Store Exterior – 9 C3
façade, details, texture.Store Aids – Gadgets that aid
retailing – barcode readers, credit card swipe machines,
money counters, counterfeit detectors, cash register,
coin counter, bill strapping machine, money vacuum
sealing machine. Graphics and Signage / Props / POP’s
/ Planogram.
IV Retail strategies – Supply chain management - 9 C4
104
managing material, information and financial flows /
critical success factors /drivers, elements and goals /
basic retail strategies – low price high turnover,
discounted prices across all categories, lifestyle goods
value price / exclusive goods premium price strategy /
retail formatting / retail mix / building customer loyalty
/ customer relationship management.Retail Consumer
Behavior – Difference between consumer and shopper /
Frugal, impulsive, compulsive and tightwad buyers /
Sub classification of shopping orientation / Catering to
service consumers – gaps model for improving retail
service quality / retail research.
V Retail Strategies for Global Growth – Building
sustainable global competitive advantage, adapting to
local customs and culture, adopting global culture and
practices / Different entry strategies – direct investment, 9 C5
joint venture, forming strategic alliances and
franchising. Online shopping – different formats, retail
convergence.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to enhance knowledge about current retailing
CO1 PO6,PO7
trends and strategies.
The students would be able to develop insights
CO2 PO1,PO2, PO7
towards managing the retail stores and organizations.
Know the significance of visual merchandising
CO3 PO4, PO6,PO7
strategies.
Develop knowledge and Understanding on consumer
CO4 PO4, PO6
buying behavior
Be able to understand the importance of global
CO5 PO4,PO6
retailing strategies.
Reading List
1. The Open University, Retail Marketing, Kindle
2. Barry Berman, Retail Management, Kindle Edition
3. Journal of retailing ,Elsevier
4. International Journal of Sales, Retailing and Marketing,Circle International
References Books
1. Berman, B., Evans, J. and Mathur, M., Retail Management: A Strategic
Approach, 11th Edition, Pearson, 2011.
2. Dunne, P. and Lusch, R., Retail Management, South-Western, 2009.
3. Gilbert, D., Retail Marketing Management, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2006.
4. Goldrick, P., Retail Marketing, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2002.
5. Miller, D., Retail Marketing, Tilde University Press, 2011.
105
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEMM31 Rural Marketing Elective 3 - - - 3 4 25 75 100
0 5
Course Objectives
C1 To discuss the various aspects of rural marketing as an integral part of marketing
management and develop an understanding of rural marketing.
C2 Differentiate the rural market environment from the urban and semi-urban
markets.
C3 Understand the factors influencing the rural consumer behavior and their
brandloyalty.
C4 To analyze rural markets through marketing mix while applying the marketing
concepts suitable to the rural markets.
C5 To evaluate pricing and distribution strategies for rural consumers.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Rural Marketing– Definitions, myths and realities of 9
rural marketing, potential of the Indian rural market,
the rate of growth and market share of rural market for
consumer and non durable goods. Needs, Wants and
Demands of the Rural Customer. Values and
satisfaction that spell satisfaction for the rural
C1
customer. The Rural Marketing Environment – Rural
demography – the percentage of youth and their
influence on family buying. Economic capacity and
potential of rural market. Lack of technological support
and infrastructure. Political environment and Rural
Culture and its influence on rural marketing.
II Rural Consumer Behavior – Cultural and sub cultural 9
C2
influences of different regions and within regions.
106
Caste and social divisions and their influence.
Influence of city educated youth, city bred
daughter/son in law, village heads on rural buying.
Occupation, lifestyle, influence of men over women
and other determinants in rural marketing choice.Rural
Marketing Segmentation – Geographic / Climatic /
Water resources based / Nearness to town based /
Industrialization based / Access by road or railway
based / Demographic based – Population concentration,
Socio Economic Classification, Income based.
III Product – Specifically designed to suit rural environment 9
/ Products that work without electricity on batteries
/Colours to choose rural choice (bright and colourful and
not subtle and somber) Smaller packages that are less
priced / Value based but not cheap products that hurt C3
rural sensitivities. Pricing – Pre conceived notions do not
help / Pricing related to Crop Harvest Times / Special
Occasion Pricing / Pricing relating to rural Festivities
and Fairs (Thiruviza), Easy Payment terms.
IV Place of Sale – Lack of outlets, transportation and 9
warehousing, cost / service dilemma / the village shop
that sells all from groceries to sanitary, cement,
consumer durables and so on. The power of the delivery
cum sales van. Other non conventional delivery
mechanisms such as sales through computer based
kiosks, self help groups, retired army personnel.
Promotion – Logos, symbols and mnemonics to suit rural
understanding. Picture based brands /Packaging should C4
carry pictures for easy identification (Detol Sword /
Nirma dancing girl) Selecting Proper Media Mix – TV /
Radio / Cinema / Outdoor / Audio visual units / Publicity
vans or bullock carts / Contacted Audio visual vans /
Group demonstrations / Puppet Shows / Harikathas /
Music CD’s / Word of Mouth Promotions / Interpersonal
Rural Specific Media through touch, feel and talk modes
of communication.
V Rural Sales Force Management – Importance of Hiring 9
Salesmen willing to work in Rural Environment /
Possess rural culture and congruence / Attitude suited to
Rural Culture / Knowledge of local language, culture and
habits / Ability and willingness to several products at a
C5
time.Corporate and Government Efforts and Innovations
– Mckinsey Study / Hansa Research / National Council
of Agricultural and Economic Research / FICCI and
Ernst and Young Studies / DCM Hariyali Kisan Bazar /
ITC Choupal Sagar / Godrej Agrovet (GAVL), HUL’s -
107
Fair and Lovely, Lipton / Project Shakti / Hindustan
Petroleum’s Rasoi Ghars or community kitchens to
popularize and sell LPG cylinders (cooking gas).
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Have an understanding about basic concepts of rural
CO1 PO4, PO6
marketing.
Be able to Differentiate the rural market environment
CO2 PO6
from the urban and semi-urban markets.
Have In depth understanding the factors influencing the
CO3 PO4.PO6,PO7
rural consumer behavior and their brand loyalty.
Be able to apply the marketing concepts suitable to the
CO4 PO4, PO6
rural markets.
Be able to understand pricing and distribution strategies
CO5 PO2, PO4, PO6
for rural consumers.
Reading List
1. Sanal Kumar Velayudhan, Rural Marketing,Kindle
2. Pradeep Kashyap,Rural Marketing,Kindle
3. International journal of Rural Management,Sage
4. International Journal of trend in scientific research and development,
References Books
1. Bhatia, T., Advertising and Marketing in Rural India, 2nd Edition, Macmillan
Publishers India Ltd., 2007.
2. Dogra, B. and Ghuman, K., Rural Marketing: Concepts and Practices, Tata
3. Kashyap, P., Rural Marketing, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2012.
4. Krishnamacharyulu and Ramakrishnan, L., Cases in Rural Marketing: An
Integrated Approach, Pearson, 2008.
5. Krishnamacharyulu and Ramakrishnan, L., Rural Marketing: Text and Cases, 2nd
Edition, Pearson, 2011.
6. Velayudhan, S.K., Rural Marketing: Targeting the Non-Urban Consumer, 2nd
Edition, Response Books, 2007.
PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 M S
CO 2 S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S S
CO 5 M M S
108
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEMM31 International Marketing Elective 3 - - - 3 4 25 75 100
6 5
Course Objectives
C1 To increase globalization by integrating the economies of different countries.
C2 To assist developing countries in their economic and industrial growth by inviting
them to the international market thus eliminating the gap between the developed
and the developing countries.
C3 To assure sustainable management of resources globally.
C4 To propel export and import of goods globally and distribute the profit among all
participating countries.
C5 To enhance free trade at global level and attempt to bring all the countries together
for the purpose of trading.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I International Marketing Environment:
Factors/Dimensions influencing International Marketing
9 C1
– Controllable and Uncontrollable factors in
International Marketing.
II Product Policy – International Product Life Cycle –
Export Pricing.
International Marketing Decision: Marketing
Decision – Market Selection Decision – Market
Entry Decision – Marketing Mix Decision.
International Marketing Research: Marketing
9 C2
Information System – Market Research – Marketing
Research – Methodology for Marketing Research –
International Research Strategy – Desk Research and
Filed Research – Market Oriented Information –
International Marketing Intelligence – Competitive
Intelligence.
III International Sales Contract: Major Laws – INCO
Terms – Standard clauses of International sales Contract
– Role of Indian Council of Arbitration / International
Chamber of Commerce in solving Trade disputes.
9 C3
International Trade Liberalization: General Agreement
on Tariff and Trade (GATT) – World Trade
Organization (WTO) – GATS – UNCTAD – Trade
Blocks: Customs Union – EU – Intra – African Trade:
109
Preferential Trade Area (PTA) – European Free Trade
Area (EFTA) – Central American Common Market
(CACM) – Latin American Free Trade Association
(LAFTA) – North American Free Trade Agreement
(NAFTA)
– Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) –
CARICOM – GSTP – GSP – SAPTA – Indian Ocean
RIM initiative – BIM ST – EC – World Bank, IMF,
International Finance Corporation – Multinational
Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA). World Trade in
Services – Counter Trade – World Commodity Markets
and Commodity Agreements.
IV India’s Foreign Trade: Recent Tends in India’s
Foreign Trade – India’s Commercial Relations and
Trade Agreements with other countries – Institutional
Infrastructure for Export Promotion in India – Export
Assistance – Export Finance – Export Processing
Zones (EPZs) – Special Economic Zones (SEZs) –
Exports by Air, Post and Sea – Small Scale Industries
(SSI) and Exports – Role of ECGC - Role of EXIM
Bank of India – Role of Commodity Boards – Role of
State Trading Agencies in Foreign Trade – STC,
MMTC, etc.
9 C4
Export Regulations: Procedure for export of goods –
Quality control and Pre-shipment Inspection – Excise
Clearance – Customs Clearance – Port Formalities –
Exchange Regulations for Export – Role of Clearing
and Forwarding Agents. Procedure for Executing an
Export Order – Export and Import Documentation -
Export Packing – Containerisation – World Shipping
– Liners and Tramps – Dry ports- Project Exports –
Joint Ventures - Marine Insurance and Overseas
Marketing - Export Payment – Different Modes of
Payment and Letters of Credit.
V World Trade and India: - Globalisation and Role of
Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) - Overview of
9 C5
Export – Import Policy of India – Basic Objectives,
Role and Functions of Export Promotion Councils.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Identify and analyse opportunities within international
CO1 PO4, PO7
marketing environments
CO2 Utilise cases, readings and international business reports PO4, PO7
110
to evaluate corporateproblems/opportunities in an
international environment; Select, research, and enter a
new international market;
Prepare an international marketing plan; Develop a
CO3 comprehensive course of action for a business firm PO2, PO4
using formal decision making processes;
CO4 Possess understanding and knowledge on Export trade PO4, PO6, PO7
Have comprehensive knowledge and understanding on
CO5 PO4, PO6
the role and functions of Export Promotion Councils
Reading List
1. R.Srinivasan, International Marketing, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2008
Roger Bennett, Jim Blythe, International Marketing: Strategy Planning, Market
2.
Entry & Implementation, Kogan Page, 2002
3. Journal of International Marketing, SAGE Publications
4. Journal of International Business Studies, Palgrave MmMillan
References Books
1. Baack, D., Harris, E. and Baack, D., International Marketing, Sage Publications,
2012.
2. Cateora, P., Graham, J. and Salwan, P., International Marketing, 13th Edition, Tata
3. Czinkota, M. and Ronkainen, I., International Marketing, 8th Edition,South-
Western, 2007.
4. Onkvisit, S. and Shaw, J., International Marketing: Analysis and Strategy, 3rd
Edition, PHI Learning, 2009.
5. Paul, J. and Aserkar, R., Export Management, Oxford University Press, 2008.
6. Salvatore, D., International Economics: Trade and Finance, 10th Edition, Wiley,
2012.
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M S M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits

External
Total
CIA
111
23MEMM31 Advanced Selling and Elective 3 - - - 3 4
25 75 100
7 Negotiation Skills 5
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of selling and sales

C1
organizations
C2 Understand the theories of personal selling and selling strategies
C3 To learn the negotiation skills
C4 The importance of negotiation intelligence and its usefulness
C5 Understand the development of salesforce organization
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Concepts of Selling and Sales Organization:
Sales Management - Evolution of sales function -

Objectives of sales management positions - Functions of
Sales executives - Relation with other executives.
I 9 C1
Sales Organization and Relationship: - Purpose of
sales organization - Types of sales organization
structures - Sales department external relations -
Distributive network relations.
Theories of personal selling and selling strategies:
Theories of personal selling - Types of Sales

II executives - Qualities of sales executives - 9 C2
Prospecting, pre-approach and post-approach -
Organizing display, showroom & exhibition -Sales
Presentations.
Negotiation strategies and Stages:

III Negotiation strategies – Distributive Negotiations- 9 C3
Integrative Negotiations - Conflict and Dispute
Resolution - Reasons for negotiations breakdowns -
112
Legal aspects in Sales & Negotiation - Negotiation
stages - The Preparation Stage - Preparing a range of
objectives - Constants and variables - Researching the
other party - The Discussion Stage - Rapport building
- Opening the negotiation - Questioning techniques -
Listening skills - Controlling emotions - Art of
persuasion and emotions – ethics in sales.
Negotiating Intelligence, Bargaining & Closing:
Negotiating Intelligence - Influencing and

assertiveness skills - Spotting the signs - non-verbal
communication and voice clues - The Proposing Stage
IV - Stating your opening position - Responding to 9 C4
offers – Adjournments - Administering Contracts and
Role of Negotiations - The Bargaining and Closing
Stage - Making concessions - Closing techniques -
Confirming agreement.
Sales force Administration & Management:
Sales Analysis - Sales quotas - sales budget - sales

V territory allocation - sales audit - Sales Force 9 C5
Management - Recruitment and Selection - Sales
Training - Sales Compensation -Contemporary Issues.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
On completion of this course, students will; ProgramOutcomes
Outcomes
Possess the knowledge on the basic concepts of the

CO1 P01, PO3, PO7
sales organization.
CO2 Possess knowledge about theories of selling PO1, PO2, PO7, PO8
CO3 Have insights negotiation strategies PO1, PO3, PO6
CO4 Have understanding about negotiation skills PO2, PO5, PO7
Develop knowledge about salesforce administration

CO5 PO1, PO3, PO8
and management
113
Reading List
Selling and Negotiation Skills - A Pragmatic Approach - Prashant Chaudhary –

1.
Sage publishing
2. Advanced negotiation techniques, A McCarthy, S Hay - Springer
3. Negotiation Skills, AF Galal - books.google.com
Commercial negotiation skills,

4.
S Ashcroft - Industrial and Commercial Training, - emerald.com
References Books
Naresh K. Malhotra (2019) Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation, 7th

1.
Edition Pearson Education,ISBN-13: 978-0134734842.
Dawn Iacobucci (2014), Marketing Models: Multivariate Statistics and

2. Marketing Analytics, Createspace Independent Publishing Platform, ISBN 13:
9781502901873.
V. Kumar, Robert P. Leone, David A. Aaker, George S. Day and Gopal Das
3. (2018), Marketing Research, 13th Edition, Wiley Publication, ISBN:
9788126577125
Hair, J.F., Jr., Black, W.C., Babin, B.J. & Anderson, R.E. (2014). Multivariate
4. data analysis: Pearson new international edition (7th ed.). Upper Saddle River,
N.J.: Pearson Education. ISBN: 9781292021904.
Sarstedt, M.; Mooi, E. (2019), A Concise Guide to Market Research: The

5. Process, Data, and Methods Using IBM SPSS Statistics. Third Edition, Berlin:
Springer Berlin.
Naresh K. Malhotra (2019) Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation, 7th

6.
Edition Pearson Education,ISBN-13: 978-0134734842.
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S
CO 5 S S S
114
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEMM31 Channel Management Elective 3 - - - 3 4
25 75 100
8 Strategies 5
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Marketing Channels
C2 To provide insights on Channel Design
C3 To throw light on Channel Implementation
C4 To elucidate on Channel Institutions
C5 To create awareness and importance of Channel performance assessment
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Marketing Channels: Meaning –
I Structure – Functions - Importance - Types - Contribution 9 C1
of channel partners to marketers and consumers.
Channel Design: Channel design – Demand, supply and
Channel efficiency - Types of channels based on
II segmentation – Supply side channel analysis – Channel 9 C2
flows and efficiency analysis – Channel Structure and
Intensity – Gap analysis
Channel Implementation: Channel power – Getting it,
using it, keeping it – Managing Conflict to Increase
III Channel Coordination – Strategic Alliances in 9 C3
Distribution – Vertical Integration in Distribution – Legal
Constraints on marketing channel policies.
Channel Institutions:
Retailing, Wholesaling, Franchising, Electronic Marketing
Channel - Logistics and Supply Chain Management -
IV Omni and Hybrid Channels - Channel proliferation – 9 C4
online, offline, business to business, business to
consumer, vertical and backward channel integration.
Channel performance assessment:

Evaluation of Channel members’ performance – Criteria –
V Process - Channel Efficiency – Channel Compensation – 9 C5
Performance Metrics
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
115
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of
CO1 P01, PO3, PO7
Marketing Channels
PO1, PO2, PO7,
CO2 To provide insights on Channel Design
PO8
CO3 To throw light on Channel Implementation PO1, PO3, PO6
CO4 To elucidate on Channel Institutions PO2, PO5, PO7
To create awareness and importance of Channel
CO5 PO1, PO3, PO8
performance assessment
Reading List
1. Channel strategy - Springer LINK
2. Channel Management - ResearchGate
3. Channel Management - SAGE Journals
4. Journal of Marketing Channels
References Books
Palmatier, R., Stern, L., & El-Ansary, A., Marketing Channel Strategy Routledge
1.
2016.
2. K. G. Hardy , Allan J. Magrath(1988) , Marketing Channel Management
Meenal Dhotre, Channel Management and Retail Marketing 2010, Himalaya
3.
Publishing House
4. Furey, T., & Friedman, L. (2012). Channel Advantage, The. Routledge.
Fotiadis, T., & Folinas, D. (2017). Marketing and Supply Chain Management:
5.
A Systemic Approach. Routledge.
Anne T. Coughlan, Erin Anderson, Louis W. Stern and Adel I. El – Ansary,
6.
Marketing Channels, 7th Edition 2008, Pearson
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits

External
Total
CIA
23MEMM31 Customer Engagement Elective 3 - - - 3 4

25 75 100
9 Marketing 5
116
Course Objectives
C1 Understand how to build good customer relationships
C2 Acquire methods for uncovering the customer’s needs
C3 Understand the importance of making a persuasive case
C4 Learn how to say ‘no’ to unreasonable demands
C5 Master techniques for structuring effective customer meetings
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Concepts and Meaning of Customer Engagement:

Customer Relationship Management, Customer
Experience Management and Customer Engagement –
I Customer Engagement Behaviour: Behavioral 9 C1
perspectives of customer engagement and Theoretical
Foundations – The Process of Customer Engagement -
Metrics for Engaging Customers
Customer Engagement and Brand Relationships:

Connective Brands with Customers - Assessing
Customer Engagement and brand relationship -
II 9 C2
Customer Engagement in virtual brand community –
Social Network platforms - Customer Engagement in
offline brand community.
Conceptualizing and Measuring Customer

Engagement Value: Customer Brand Value, Customer
III 9 C3
Lifetime Value, Customer Referral Value, Business
Reference Value.
Engagement, Interactivity, Social Media and

Technology: Customer Influence Value, Customer
IV Knowledge Value - Managing the Customer 9 C4
Engagement Value Framework - Organizational
Challenges
Emerging Customer Engagement: Antecedents and

V outcomes of Customer Engagement - Developing a 9 C5
Spectrum of Positive to Negative Citizen Engagement
117
- Negative Customer Brand Engagement in Blogs -
Contemporary Issues in customer engagement.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Explain and illustrate the strategic role of data PO3, PO4, PO7
CO1
analytics in digital marketing.
Identify and evaluate appropriate tools and PO3, PO8

CO2
techniques to analyse digital marketing performance.
Apply a variety of data collection and analysis PO3, PO8

CO3 technologies for the purposes of digital marketing
analysis.
Interpret digital marketing data analysis and PO2, PO5, PO7

CO4 translate it into tangible strategic and tactical
insights.
Consider the ethical considerations of big data in PO4, PO5, PO7

CO5
sustainable businesses.
Reading List
1. A Pansari, V Kumar - Customer engagement marketing, 2018 - Springer
Customer engagement: Contemporary issues and challenges

2.
RJ Brodie, LD Hollebeek, J Conduit - 2015 - books.google.com
Past, present, and future of customer engagement

3. WM Lim, T Rasul, S Kumar, M Ala - Journal of Business Research, 2021 -
Elsevier
Strategic customer engagement marketing: A decision making

framework
4.
A Alvarez-Milán, R Felix, PA Rauschnabel… - Journal of Business …, 2018 -
Elsevier
118
References Books
Kumar V (2014), Profitable Customer Engagement Concept, Metrics and

1.
Strategies, Sage Publications Pvt. Limited, New Delhi, India
Palmatier, Robert W., Kumar, V., Harmeling, Colleen M. (2018), Customer

2.
Engagement Marketing, Palgrav Macmillan, India
Linda Pophal (2014), The Everything Guide To Customer Engagement:

3. Connect with Customers to Build Trust, Foster Loyalty, and Grow a Successful
Business, Adams Media, Massachusetts, USA.
Roderick J. Brodie, Linda D. Hollebeek and Jodie Conduit (2016), Customer

4.
Engagement, Contemporary Issues and Challenges, Routledge
5. Engagement Marketing by Goodman Gail F. John Wiley & Sons Inc (2018)
Customer Engagement Marketing- Robert W. Palmatier, V. Kumar, Colleen

6.
M. Harmeling (2018)
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M S M
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits

External
Total
CIA
23MEMM31 Elective 3 - - - 3 4
Digital Marketing 25 75 100
1 5
Course Objectives
119
Understand the digital marketing space and acquire knowledge on digital
C1
marketing strategy
C2 To learn and comprehend on SEO and SEM
C3 To acquire knowledge on the various channels of SMM
C4 To learn, understand, and evaluate Search analytics and Web analytics
C5 To create awareness and understanding on google analytics
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Digital Marketing Strategy: Digital vs. Traditional

marketing- Online marketing space - Significance of
digital marketing - Online marketing mix - E-products -
I 9 C1
STP - E-price - E-Promotion - Affiliate marketing -
Online tools for Content Marketing – Market influence
analytics in Digital Eco System.
SEO:Keyword strategy – SEO strategy – SEO success

factors – On page and Off page techniques - Search
II 9 C2
Engine Marketing (SEM) – Working of Search Engine –
SEM Components.
Social Media Marketing: Social Media Channels –

Email marketing – SMS marketing - Social Media
Strategy - Web PR and Online reputation management -
Adwords - PPC Advertising - Video SEO - Conversion
III Optimization Monitoring - trends analysis – dashboards - 9 C3
segmentation - Navigation analysis (funnel reports, heat
maps, etc.).
Search and Web Analytics: Search analytics Current

trends & challenges - web analytics & Web 2.0, multi-
IV channel marketing management, web mining & predictive 9 C4
analytics - Understanding the key fabric of the Web -
Sources of data: clickstream data, online surveys, usability
research - Clickstream data collection techniques - web
120
server log analysis - page tagging - Web metrics and Key
Performance Indicators (KPIs): simple views, visitor
counts, measuring content, engagement, conversions, etc.
Framework for mapping business needs to web analytics
tasks - Data collection architecture- Introduction to
OLAP, Web data exploration and reporting - Introduction
to Splunk.
Google Analytics: Key features and capabilities of

Google analytics - how Google analytics works -
implementing Google analytics - getting up and running
with Google analytics - navigating Google analytics -
V 9 C5
using Google analytics reports - Google metrics - using
visitor data to drive website improvement - focusing on
key performance indicators- integrating Google analytics
with third-party applications.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
To examine and explore the role and importance of

CO1 digital marketing in today’s rapidly changing business P01, PO3, PO7
environment.
To focusses on how digital marketing can be utilised

PO1, PO2, PO7,
CO2 by organisations and how its effectiveness can
PO8
measured.
To know the key elements of a digital marketing

CO3 PO1, PO3, PO6
strategy
To study how the effectiveness of a digital marketing

CO4 PO2, PO5, PO7
campaign can be measured
To demonstrate advanced practical skills in common

CO5 digital marketing tools such as SEO, SEM, Social PO1, PO3, PO8
media and Blogs.
Reading List
121
M Bala, D Verma - … (2018). A Critical Review of Digital Marketing …, 2018 -
1.
papers.ssrn.com
Digital marketing: global strategies from the world's leading

2. experts
YJ Wind, V Mahajan - 2002 - books.google.com
Digital marketing: A practical approach

3.
A Charlesworth - 2014 - taylorfrancis.com
Modern trends in the development of digital marketing

4. NI Arkhipova, MT Gurieva - RSUH/RGGU Bulletin. Series …, 2018 -
ideas.repec.org
References Books
Rob Stokes, (2014), e-marketing: The Essential Guide to Digital Marketing,

1.
5thedition, Quirk Education.
Dave Chaffey, Fiona Ellis-Chadwick, Richard Mayer, Kevin Johnston, (2012),

Internet Marketing: Strategy, Implementation and Practice, Prentice Hall.Liana
2.
Evans, (2010), Social Media Marketing: Strategies for Engaging in Facebook,
Twitter & Other Social Media, Que Publishing.
Vandana Ahuja, (2015), Digital Marketing, 1stedition, Oxford University

3.
Press.
Avinash Kaushik, (2009), Web Analytics 2.0: The Art of Online

4.
Accountability and Science of Customer Centricity.

5.

6.
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S
122
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Marketing Analytics 25 75 100
2 5
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Marketing analytics.
C2 To provide insights on Business Strategies.
C3 To throw light on Product and Price analytics.
C4 To elucidate on distribution analytics.
C5 To create awareness and importance of sales analytics.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Marketing Analytics Framework: Introduction to

Marketing Analytics and Models. Market Insight -
Market Data Source – treatment of outliers, Market
sizing, PESTLE Market analysis, Porter Five Force
I 9 C1
Analysis Market segment identification, targeting and
positioning - Tools and Techniques: Regression,
Cluster Analysis, and Perceptual Mapping
Techniques.
Business Strategy and Operations: Analytics based

strategy selection with strategic models - Strategic
II Scenarios, Strategic Decision Models, and Strategic 9 C2
Metrics.
Business Operations: Forecasting - Predictive
123
Analytics - Data Mining - Balanced Scorecard -
Critical Success Factors.
Product and Price Analytics: Product analytics:

Conjoint Analysis model - Decision Tree Model -
Portfolio Resource Allocation - Product/ service Metrics,
III Attribute Preference testing. 9 C3
Price Analytics: Pricing Techniques - Pricing
Assessment - Profitable pricing - Pricing for Business
Markets - Price Discrimination.
Distribution and Promotions Analytics: Distribution

Analytics: Distribution Channel Characteristics - Retail
Location selection, Channel Evaluation and Selection -
Multi-channel Distribution.
IV 9 C4
Promotion Analytics: Promotion Budget estimation -
Promotion Budget Allocation – Ad value equivalence
model - Promotion Metrics for traditional Media -
Promotion Metrics for social media.
Sales Analytics: E commerce sales model, sales

metrics, profitability metrics and support metrics -
V Rapid decision models - data driven presentations - 9 C5
contemporary issues and opportunities in application
of marketing analytics in different sectors.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand the basic concepts of Marketing

CO1 P01, PO3, PO7
analytics.
CO2 Analyse and Implement Business Strategies. PO1, PO2, PO7, PO8
CO3 Use differential Product and Price analytics. PO1, PO3, PO6
CO4 Compare and employ on distribution analytics. PO2, PO5, PO7
124
CO5 Use appropriate sales analytics. PO1, PO3, PO8
Reading List
Marketing analytics: Methods, practice, implementation, and links to other fields

1.
SL France, S Ghose - Expert Systems with Applications, 2019 - Elsevier
Marketing analytics for customer engagement: a viewpoint

2. S Nagaraj - International Journal of Information Systems and Social …, 2020 -
igi-global.com
3. Journal of Marketing Analytics - Palgrave Macmillan
4. Applied Marketing Analytics | Henry Stewart Publications
References Books
Stephen Sorger, (2013), MARKETING ANALYTICS, Strategic Models and

1.
Metrics, First Edition, Admiral Press.
Gary L. Lilien and Arvind Rangaswamy (2014), Marketing Engineering:

2. Computer Assisted Marketing Analysis and Planning, 2nd edition, Trafford
Publishing UK.
Wayne L. Winston (2014), Marketing Analytics: Data-Driven Techniques with

3.
Microsoft Excel, First Edition, Wiley, Indianapolis.
Paul W. Farris, Neil T. Bendle, Phillip E. Pfeifer, David J. Reibstein (2010),

4.
Marketing Metrics, 2nd Edition, Pearson USA.
Mike Grigsby (2018), Marketing Analytics: A Practical Guide to Improving

5. Consumer Insights Using Data Techniques, 2nd Edition, NY: Kogan Page
Limited, New York.
Rajkumar Venkatesan, Paul W. Farris, Ronald T. Wilcox, Marketing Analytics

6. Essential Tools for Data-Driven Decisions, University of Virginia Press, 1st
Edition, 2021.
CO 1 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 3
CO 3 2 3 3
125
CO 4 3 2 3
CO 5 3 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEMM32 3 - - - 3 4
Marketing Metrics Elective 25 75 100
0 5
Course Objectives
C1 To understand market share and concept of customer profitability.
C2 To provide fundamental knowledge on product and portfolio management.
C3 To understand the Margins & Profits, Pricing Metrics, price sensitivity.
C4 To provide fundamental knowledge on promotional and Advertising metrics
C5 To expose the students to Linking marketing metrics to financial performance
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Market Share and Customer Profitability: Market

share: Share of Mind, Share of Heart -Market share in
Units – Market share in Revenue, Relative Share -
Competitive analysis - Market Concentration - Market
I Penetration – BDI-CDI. 9 C1
Customer Profitability - the value of individual
customers and Relationships - Customers Regency
and Retention. Prospect Value - Average acquisition
cost - Average retention cost.
126
Product & Portfolio Management: Trial, Repeat,
Penetration, and Volume Projections ,Growth:
Percentage and Compound Annual Growth Rate,
II Cannibalization Rates and Fair Share Draw - Brand 9 C2
equity metrics -Conjoint utilities and consumer
projections - Segment utilities - Conjoint utilities and
volume projections.
Margins & Profits, Pricing Metrics: Unit Margin-

Margin percentage - Channel Margins - Average Price
per unit - Price per statistical unit - Variable and fixed
costs-Marketing spending- Contribution per unit-
Contribution margin percentage - Break even sales -
III Target volume - Target revenues. 9 C3
Price sensitivity and optimization - setting prices to

maximize profits - Price Premium, Reservation Price,
Percent Good Value- Price elasticity of demand -
optimal price - residual elasticity
Promotions and Advertising Metrics: Promotion

Metrics: Temporary price promotions - Baseline Sales,
Incremental Sales, and Promotional Lift ‐ Redemption
Rates for Coupons / Rebates. The central measures of
advertising coverage and effectiveness - Model for
IV consumer response to advertising – 9 C4
Advertising Metrics: Impressions, Gross Rating

Points, and Opportunities to See Cost per Thousand
Impressions (CPM) Rates. Reach/Net Reach and
Frequency. Share of Voice Impressions
Sales force and Channel Management: Linking

marketing metrics to financial performance – Workload -
Sales potential forecast - Total sales force effectiveness -
Sales force organization, performance, and
V compensation. 9 C5
Distribution coverage and logistics. Sales Force

Coverage, Sales Force Goals. Sales Force Results.
Sales Force Compensation. Facings and Share of
Shelf Out of Stock and out-of-Service Levels - Direct
127
product profitability – GMROI - Net profit-Return on
sales-Return on investment - Economic profits – EVA
– payback – NPV – IRR – ROMI - Application of
marketing metrics in organizations.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Able to understand market share and concept of

customer profitability.
Become familiar with fundamental knowledge on

CO2 PO2, PO5, PO6,
product and portfolio management.
Able understand the Margins & Profits, Pricing

Metrics, price sensitivity.
Become familiar fundamental knowledge on

promotional and Advertising metrics
Become familiar about Linking marketing metrics to PO1, PO3, PO5, PO7,
CO5
financial performance PO8
Reading List
Key marketing metrics: the 50+ metrics every manager needs to

1. knowP Farris, N Bendle, P Pfeifer, D Reibstein - 2017 -
books.google.com
Content marketing metrics: Theoretical aspects and empirical

2. evidence
E Rancati, N Gordini - European Scientific Journal, 2014 - core.ac.uk
Marketing metrics: The definitive guide to

measuring marketing performance
3.
PW Farris, N Bendle, PE Pfeifer, D Reibstein - 2010 - books.google.com
128
Marketing metrics:: Status of six metrics in five countries
4. P Barwise, JU Farley - European Management Journal, 2004 - Elsevier
References Books

1.
Stephen Sorger, (2013), MARKETING ANALYTICS, Strategic Models and

2.
Metrics, First Edition, Admiral Press.
Gary L. Lilien and Arvind Rangaswamy (2014), Marketing Engineering:

3.
Computer-Assisted Marketing Analysis and Planning, Trafford Publishing UK
Wayne L. Winston (2014), Marketing Analytics: Data-Driven Techniques with

4.
Microsoft Excel, Wiley, Indianapolis.
Customer Experience 3.0: High-Profit Strategies in the Age of Techno Service,

5.
john A goodman, Amacom, 2014.

6.
CO 1 3 3 3 2
CO 2 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3 2 2
CO 4 3 2 2 3
CO 5 3 2 3 3 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits

External
Total
CIA
23MEMM32 New Product Strategies Elective 3 - - - 3 4

25 75 100
1 5
129
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of New Product Strategy
To provide insights on Generation of new product ideas and identifying new

C2
market opportunities
To throw light on Selecting Market opportunity and Designing new market

C3
offers
C4 To elucidate on Brand identity development
C5 To hypothesize and implement new product Entry Strategies
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Basics of New Product Strategy: New Product

Strategy-decisions- consumer behavior adoption and
I 9 C1
diffusion of innovations; characteristics, purpose, risk
in new products; PLC.
Idea Generation and Development: Generation of

new product ideas and identifying new market
II 9 C2
opportunities, New Product Planning Process-stage
gate system and its application.
The Product offer: Selecting Market opportunity and

III Designing new market offers-Concept Generation and 9 C3
Evaluation, Developing and Testing Physical offers.
New Product Brand Development and Pricing

Strategies: Importance of Brand decisions and Brand
IV 9 C4
identity development; Pricing of a new product, Pre-
test Marketing.
New Product Launch: Entry Strategies - Pre-launch,

V 9 C5
during launch and Post launch preparations.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
130
Course
Outcomes
Be familiar with the basic concepts of New Product

CO1 P01, PO3, PO7
Strategy
Be well versed in Generation of new product ideas

and identifying new market opportunities
Select Market opportunities and Designing new

CO3 PO1, PO3, PO6
market offers
CO4 Develop Brand identity development PO2, PO5, PO7
Hypothesize and implement new product Entry

CO5 PO1, PO3, PO8
Strategies
Reading List
1. Product Strategy & Roadmaps, Kindle Edition, 2017
Roman Picher, Strategize: Product Strategy and Product Roadmap Practices for
2.
the Digital Age, Kindle Edition, 2016
3. Journal of Product Innovation, 2004 - Wiley Online Library
4. Industrial Marketing Management, 2009 - Elsevier
References Books
Ulrich, Karl, Eppinger, Steven, (2012), Product Design and Development,

1.
5thedition, McGraw-Hill.
Crawford, Merle, Di Benedetto, Anthony, (2014), New Products Management,

2.
11th edition, McGraw-Hill.
Robert G.Cooper, (2011), Winning at New Products, Creating Value through

3.
Innovation, 4th edition, Basic Book, Perseus Books Group.
Bettencourt, Lance, (2010), Service Innovation: How to Go from Customer

4.
Needs to Breakthrough Services, McGraw-Hill.
Jaime Levy (2021), UX Strategy: Product Strategy Techniques for Devising

5.
Innovative Digital Solutions, O'Reilly Media, Inc.
131
Ulrich, Karl, Eppinger, Steven, (2012), Product Design and Development,
6.
5thedition, McGraw-Hill.
CO 1 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 3
CO 3 2 3 3
CO 4 3 2 3
CO 5 3 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Strategic Marketing 25 75 100
3 5
Course Objectives
C1 To learn fundamentals of strategic marketing
C2 To have understanding about external environmental analysis
C3 To know about strategic marketing advantage
C4 To have insights about market resource allocation and customer value
To get familiar about implementation and contemporary issues in marketing

C5
strategy
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Introduction to Strategic Marketing: 9 C1
132
Fundamentals of Marketing Strategy - Market scope -
competitive advantage - strategic target and strategic
advantage - consumer and business markets.
External environmental analysis:
Political, economic, socio cultural, technological

II forces and strategic uncertainty in marketing. Analysis 9 C2
of effects Scenario analysis and forecasting for
marketing.
Strategic marketing advantage:
Strategic marketing group analysis – Types of

Strategic marketing group - Strategic marketing group
III mapping - positional advantage and sources of 9 C3
advantage in marketing – Creating and Challenging
Competitive Advantage – Creating Corporate
Advantage.
Marketing Resource allocation and customer value:
Meaning – Types and Principles of Resource

allocation models – Allocation between advertising
IV and sales promotion – Allocation to new media - 9 C4
Allocation across markets and countries – Allocation
to future research issues - Portfolio methods used for
product market combination for different SBUs.
Implementation issues in marketing strategy and

Contemporary Issues: Marketing mix policies,
V control, implementation and marketing organization 9 C5
issues. Effect of current digital era on marketing
strategy.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
On completion of this course, students will; Program Outcome
Outcomes
CO1 Understand fundamentals of strategic marketing P01, PO3, PO7
133
Learn and understand about external environmental
analysis
Having knowledge about strategic marketing

CO3 PO1, PO3, PO6
advantage
Derive insights about market resource allocation and

CO4 PO2, PO5, PO7
customer value
Familiar about implementation and contemporary

CO5 PO1, PO3, PO8
issues in marketing strategy
Reading List
1. D. W. Cravens, N Piercy, Strategic marketing, academia.edu, 2006
RMS Wilson, C Gilligan Strategic Marketing Management, taylorfrancis.com,

2.
2012
Strategic marketing and marketing strategy: domain, definition,

3. fundamental issues and foundational premisesR Varadarajan -
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 2010 – Springer
4. Journal of Strategic Marketing, Taylor & Francis,
References Books
Ferrell, O. C., & Speh, T. W. (2017). Marketing Strategy, Loose-Leaf Version.

1.
Cengage Learning.
West, D. C., Ford, J., & Ibrahim, E. (2015). Strategic marketing: creating
2.
competitive advantage. Oxford University Press, USA.
Andaleeb, S. S., & Hasan, K. (Eds.). (2016). Strategic marketing management

3. in Asia: case studies and lessons across industries. Emerald Group Publishing
Limited.
Abratt, R., & Bendixen, M. (2018). Strategic Marketing: Concepts and Cases.
4.
Routledge
Morgan, R. E. (2016). Strategic marketing: New horizons in theory and

5. research. J. Rudd, M. Jaakkola, & G. W. Marshall (Eds.). Emerald Group
Publishing Limited.
6. Ferrell, O. C., & Speh, T. W. (2017). Marketing Strategy, Loose-Leaf Version.
134
Cengage Learning.
CO 1 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 3
CO 3 2 3 3
CO 4 3 2 3
CO 5 3 3 3
SPECIALIZATION COURSES: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
Subject Code Subject Name L T P O d C o
ory e
i H I t
r
t o A a
n
s u l
a
r l
s
Human Resources 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR304 Elective
Development
Course Objectives
To understand the requirements of HRD Professional in the present content
C1
with the developmental perspective of HRD.
To analyse and explore the models and factors influencing employee behavior
C2
and Learning.
To explore the developing needs of Human capacity and its impact of HRD
C3
initiatives.
C4 To understand the training need & explore the technique for development.
C5 To explore the recent trends in career planning & development.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Definition, Scope and objectives -
Evolution of HRD - Developmental Perspective of
I HRD - HRD at macro and micro levels: Outcomes of 9 C1
HRD in the National and Organizational contexts.
Qualities and Competencies required in a HRD
135
professional. Importance of HRD in the Present
Context. Development of HRD Movement in India.
Difference between HRM and HRD Organisation of
HRD Function.
Human Resource Development System: HRD
Mechanisms – Climate and Culture – Influences of
Employee Behaviour – Model of Employee Behaviour –
External and Internal Factors Influencing Employee
Behaviour.
II 9 C2
Learning and HRD: Learning Principles –
Maximizing Learning – Individual Differences in the
Learning Process – Learning Strategies and Styles –
Recent Developments in Instructional and Cognitive
Psychology.
Developing Human Capacity: Aptitude - Knowledge -
Values - Skills of Human Relations - Responsiveness -
Loyalty and Commitment - Transparency - Leadership
III Development. 9 C3
Evaluating HRD: Human Resource Accounting - HR
Audit and Benchmarking - Impact Assessment of HRD
initiatives on the bottom-line of an organization.
Training and Development: Meaning and Scope of
training - education and development; Training need
analysis - Types of training Internal and external – On -
IV job Training & Job shadowing, SGTA- Outbound 9 C4
Training - Attitudinal training - Principles Involved in
Selection of Training Method – Techniques of Training
Different Levels - Training effectiveness.
Career Planning and Development: Definition -
objectives – importance – career development –Career
path defining- principles of theories career planning –
steps involved – succession planning.
V Recent Trends in HRD: Training for trainers and HRD 9 C5
professionals – Goal-directed work system behavior-
Dynamics of HR & Employee Engagement-
Sustainable Human Development- Promoting Research
in HRD.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Understand the need of the HRD professionals. PO1, PO8
Integrate the concept and practical implication of
CO2 PO3, PO5
learning & behavior.
CO3 Understand the developing need of Human capacity. PO3, PO5
CO4 Understand Training need & its development. PO1, PO2, PO4
136
Have a better understanding of career planning &
CO5 PO6, PO7, PO8
development.
Reading List
Brian Becker, Mark Huselid, Dave Ulrich, ‘The HR Scorecard’, Harvard
1.
Business School Press.
Kirsten & Martin Edwards, ‘Predictive HR Analytics: Mastering the HR
2.
Metric’, Kogan Page.
KirsWayne Cascio, John Boudreau, ‘Investing in people. Financial Impact of
3.
Human Resource Initiatives’.
4. Tomas Chamorro-Premuzic, ‘The Talent Delusion’.
References Books
Gibb, S., Human Resource Development: Foundations, Process, Context,
1.
3rdEdition, Palgrave Macmillan, 2011.
McGuire, D. and Jorgensen, K., Human Resource Development, Sage South
2.
Asia, 2011.
Noe, R. and Deo, A., Employee Training and Development, 5th Edition, Tata
3.
4. Rishipal, Training and Development Methods, S.Chand, 2011.
Saks, A., Performance Management through Training and Development,
5.
Cengage Learning, 2010.
Werner, J.M. and DeSimone, R.L., Human Resource Development, 5thEdition,
6.
Cengage Learning, 2012.
Methods of Evaluation
Continuous Internal Assessment Test
Assignments/mini project/practical
Internal
demonstrations 40 Marks
Evaluation
Seminars
Attendance and Class Participation
External
End Semester Examination 60 Marks
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Methods of Assessment
Recall (K1) Simple definitions, MCQ, Recall steps, Concept definitions
Understand/
MCQ, True/False, Short essays, Concept explanations, Short summary or
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Application Suggest idea/concept with examples, Suggest formulae, Solve problems,
(K3) Observe, Explain
Problem-solving questions, Finish a procedure in many steps, Differentiate
Analyze (K4)
between various ideas, Map knowledge
Evaluate
Longer essay/ Evaluation essay, Critique or justify with pros and cons
(K5)
Check knowledge in specific or offbeat situations, Discussion, Debating or
Create (K6)
Presentations
137
CO 1 M M
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M M M
CO 5 M M M
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I t
r
t o A a
n
s u l
a
r l
s
23MEHR305 Performance Management Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To summarize basic concepts of performance management.
C2 To employ, and design performance management process.
C3 To interpret optimal use of performance analysis techniques.
C4 To elucidate role of Performance Management system and standards in place.
C5 To constitute and appraise high performance teams.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Performance Management Definition –
History, Dimensions of – Role in Organizations –
I Characteristics of an ideal Performance Management 9 C1
Systems – Challenges of a Poorly Implemented
Performance Management System.
Performance Management Process: Defining
Performance – Determinants of Performance –
Approaches to Measuring Performance – Performance
II 9 C2
in Performance Management – Process of Performance
Management – Performance Management and Human
Resource Management.
Performance Planning: Ongoing support and
coaching Theories of Goal-setting – Setting
Performance Criteria – Components of Performance
III 9 C3
Planning - Objectives of Performance Analysis –
Performance standards; BIS, ISO
9001/27001/14001/18001- Crisis Management-
138
Performance Analysis Process.
Performing Review and Discussion: Performing
Review and Discussion: Significance of Performance
Review in Performance Management – Process of
Performance Review. Performance Ratings: Factors
IV 9 C4
affecting Appraisals – Methods and Errors – Reducing
Rater Biases. Performance Review Discussions:
Objectives – Process – Role of Mentoring and
Coaching in Performance Review.
Managing Team Performance: Managing Team
Performance: Types of teams and Implications for
Performance Management – Purpose and Challenge of
Team Performance Management – Rewarding Team
V 9 C5
Performance
Implementing Performance Management System:
Factors affecting Implementation – Pitfalls of
Implementation – Traditional Practices in the Industry.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Recognize and apply performance management
CO1 PO2, PO6
techniques.
Design performance management process across
CO2 PO2, PO8
various business units.
Formulate, comply and implement performance
CO3 PO2, PO4, PO7
analysis tools and standards.
Construct performance review and employ
CO4 PO1, PO5
Performance Management system.
CO5 Critique team management strategies. PO1, PO5
Reading List
1. Sir John Whitmore, ‘Coaching for Performance’
2. Andrew S Grove, ‘High output Management’
3. Camille Fournier, ‘The Manager’s Path’
4. Christopher D lee, ‘Performance Conversations’
References Books
Aguinis, H., Performance Management, 4th Edition, Chicago Business Press,
1.
2019.
Jason Lauritsen, Unlocking High Performance: How to use performance
2. management to engage and empower employees to reach their full potential, 1st
Edition, Kogan Page, 2018.
T V Rao, Performance Management: Toward Organizational Excellence, 2nd
3.
Edition, SAGE response, 2015.
Armstrong, M., Armstrong’s Handbook of Performance Management, 4th
4.
Edition, Kogan Page, 2012.
5. Madhu Arora, Poonam Khurana, Sonam Choiden, Performance Management-
139
Happiness and Keeping Pace with Technology, 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2020.
Hedda Bird, The Performance Management Playbook, 1st Edition, Pearson,
6.
2022.
Assignments/mini project/practical
Internal
demonstrations 40Marks
Evaluation
Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Check knowledge in specific or offbeat situations, Discussions, Debating or
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M S
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I t
r
t o A a
n
s u l
a
r l
s
140
23MEHR306 Organizational Development Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To generalize a fair comprehension of basic concepts on OD.
C2 To assimilate design elements of OD.
To summarize the effects of Organizational culture and reinforcing
C3
techniques.
C4 To illustrate the effectiveness of working in teams.
C5 To interpret constructs of well-being and approaches to achieving a balance.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Introduction- evolution- basic values
and assumptions- foundations of OD- Process of OD -
managing the phases of OD- Organizational diagnosis
I 9 C1
– OD Techniques - Questionnaire, interview, work task
force- collecting, analyzing- feedback of diagnostic
information.
Approaches: Key Organizational Designs –
Procedures-Differentiation & Integration - Basic
II Design – Dimensions Determination of Structure- 9 C2
Forces Reshaping Organization – Life Cycles in
Organization.
Organizational culture: Key Role of Organizational
Culture - Functions & Effects of Organizational
III 9 C3
Culture - Leaders role in shaping and reinforcing
culture, Developing a Global Organizational Culture.
Groups & teams: Work Groups & Teams - Preparing
for the world of work Group Behavior - Emerging
IV 9 C4
issues of Work Organization and Quality of Work Life
– Career stage model – Moving up the career ladder.
Wellbeing: Stress and Well Being at Work: Four
approaches to stress - Sources of stress at work,
V 9 C5
consequences of stress - Prevalent Stress Management
- Managerial implications.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Comprehend and justify basic concepts on OD. PO2, PO6
CO2 Assimilate and design OD process. PO4, PO8
Summarize Organizational culture and use reinforcing
CO3 PO3
techniques.
CO4 Illustrate effectiveness of working in teams. PO1, PO5
Interpret constructs of wellbeing and approaches to
CO5 PO1, PO3, PO5
achieving a balance.
Reading List
141
1. Laslo Bock, ‘Work Rules-Insights from inside Google’
2. Edgar H Schein, ‘Organisational Culture and Leadership
3. Kirk Blackard, James W Gibson, ‘Capitalizing on conflict’
4. Peter S Cohan, ‘Value Leadership’
References Books
Anderson, D., Organization Development: The Process of Leading
1.
Organizational Change, 5th Edition, Sage Publication 2019.
W. Warner Burke, Debra A. Noumair, Organization Development: A Process
2.
of Learning and Changing 3rd Edition, Pearson FT Press, 2015.
French, W., Bell, C. and Vohra, Organization Development: Behavioral
3. Science Interventions for Organization Improvement, 6th Edition, Pearson
Higher Education, 2017.
Cummings, T., Theory of Organization Development and Change, 9th Edition,
4.
South-Western, 2011.
Cheung-Judge, M. and Holbeche, L., Organization Development: A
5.
Practioner’s Guide for OD and HR, Kogan Page, 2nd Edition, 2015.
Ramanarayan, S. and Rao, T.V., Organization Development: Accelerating
6.
Learning and Transformation, 2nd Edition, Sage India, 2011.
Internal Assignments/mini project/practical demonstrations
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M
CO 4 M S
142
CO 5 M M S
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I t
r
t o A a
n
s u l
a
r l
s
Industrial and Labour 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR307 Elective
Relations
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Industrial Relations in
C1
order to aid in understanding how an industry functions.
C2 To provide insights on Industrial Harmony and Conflicts
C3 To throw light on Labour Relations, Joint consultation
C4 To explicate on Trade Union, Problems and role of Indian Trade Unions.
C5 To elucidate on Collective Bargaining, Tripartite Machinery
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Industrial Relations: The changing concepts of
Industrial relations- Factors affecting employee
I 9 C1
stability. Application on Psychology to Industrial
Relations. Codes of Conduct.
Industrial Harmony and Conflict: Harmonious
relations in industry- importance and means; cause of
industrial disputes- Machinery for settling of disputes-
Negotiation- Conciliation- Mediation- Arbitration and
II 9 C2
Adjudication- Strikes- Lock-outs- Lay-off and
Retrenchment- Code of Discipline- Grievance
procedure-Labour management co- operation;
Worker’s participation in management.
Labour Relations: Changing concept of management
labour relations- Statute laws- Tripartite conventions-
development of the idea of social justice- limitation of
III management prerogatives increasing labour 9 C3
responsibility in productivity. Joint Consultation:
Principal types- Attitude of trade unions and
management- Joint consultation in India.
Trade Unions: Trade Unions and their growth-
IV 9 C4
economic- social and political conditions leading to the
143
development of trade unionism- Theories of trade
unionism- Aim and objectives of trade unions- Structure
and governing of trade unions.
Problems and Role of Indian Trade Unions:
Recognition and leadership- Finances and
Membership- Compulsory versus free membership-
Political activities- Welfare- Legislation- Majority and
Minority unions- Social responsibilities- positive role
in economic and social development.
Collective Bargaining: Meaning- Scope- Subject matter
and parties- Methods and tactics- Administrations of
collective bargaining agreements- Charter of Demands &
V Counter Demands- Fair and unfair labour practice. 9 C5
Tripartite Machinery: At the center and in the states-
I.L.O. – Its functions and role in labour movement –
Industrial health and safety- Industrial legislations.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Generalize with the basic concepts of Industrial
CO1 PO2, PO6
Relations.
Enumerate insights on Industrial Harmony and
CO2 PO4, PO8
Conflicts.
CO3 Have insights on Labor Relations, Joint Consultation PO8
Summarize best practices of Trade Union, Problems
CO4 PO1, PO5
and role of Indian Trade Unions
Demonstrate policies for Collective Bargaining,
CO5 PO1, PO3, PO5
Tripartite Machinery.
Reading List
1. Campbell Balfour, ‘Industrial Relations in the common market’
2. Michael Poole, ‘Theories of Trade unionism’
3. Srikanth Goparaju, ‘Industrial Relations in Modern India’
4. Glenn Diesen, ‘Great Power Politics in the fourth Industrial Revolution’
References Books
Tripathi PC, Gupta C B & Kapoor N D., Industrial Relations and Labour
1.
Laws., 6th Edition 2020.
Sen, R., Industrial Relations: Text and Cases, 2nd Edition, Macmillan
2.
PublishersIndia, 2009.
Monappa, Nambudri and Selvaraj, Industrial Relations and Labour Laws, 2nd
3.
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2012.
PRN Sinha, and Sinha Indu Bala, Industrial Relations, Trade Unions and
4.
Labour Legislation, Pearson, 3rd Edition, 2017.
Sivarethinamohan R, Industrial Relations and Labour Welfare, PHI Learning,
5.
1st Edition 2010.
6. VenkataRatnam, C. S., Industrial Relations, Oxford University Press, 2nd
144
Edition, 2017.
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M M S
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I t
r
t o A a
n
s u l
a
r l
s
23MEHR320 Career Management Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25
75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To comprehend the dimensions of career planning and career development,
145
career management.
To demonstrate techniques of self-assessment and changing landscapes of
C2
career management.
To discuss and debate on contemporary issues in career management, Career
C3
Anchors, and solutions for working families.
To introspect and design Process of Career planning and career development,
C4
predict and construct Career Road Maps.
To summarize and select appropriate Learning and Development for Career &
C5
Organizational growth
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Career Management: Meaning and
overview of career, career planning, career
development and career management – Differences
I 9 C1
between Career Management, Career Development and
Career Planning. Objectives and importance of career
management.
Self-Assessment and Career Management: Self-
Assessment and Career Management - Understanding
the new career - Changing landscape of careers,
II 9 C2
Protean career, Career and identity, Understanding
lifestyle and personal vision. Managing your career:
Skills assessment and peer coaching.
Contemporary Issues in Career Management:
Contemporary issues in Career Management -
Developing Career and Work-life implications- Work,
III gender and dual career couples. Lifespan career 9 C3
development, Career Anchors, Fast track Careers Vs
Slow track careers, Mid Life career blues. Career
challenges and solutions for working families.
Career Management System in Organization:
Career Management from Organizational Point of
View - Career Planning Vs Succession Planning,
IV Process of Career planning and career development. 9 C4
Career management strategies. Career Management
Systems. Career guidance and counseling. Managers
Role in Career Management. Career Road Maps.
Role of Learning in Career Growth: Learning and
Development for Career & Organizational growth;
V Strategies of getting organizations into learning mode; 9 C5
Expanding your Horizons. Learning Culture - Learning
Management Systems.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
146
Comprehend fairly the dimensions of career planning
CO1 PO4, PO6
and career development, career management.
Demonstrate techniques of self-assessment and
CO2 PO2, PO8
changing landscapes of career management.
Debate and conclude the contemporary issues in
CO3 career management, Career Anchors, and solutions PO3, PO6
for working families.
Introspect and design Process of Career planning and
CO4 career development, predict and construct Career PO1, PO8
Road Maps.
Summarize and select appropriate Learning and
CO5 PO1, PO3, PO6
Development for Career & Organizational growth
Reading List
Ben Horowitz, ‘The Hard Thing About Hard Things: Building A Business
1.
When There Are No Easy Answers’.
2. Angela Duckworth, ‘Grit: The Power Of Passion and Perseverance’.
Elaine Welteroth, ‘More Than Enough: Claiming Space For Who You Are (No
3.
Matter What They Say)’.
Amy Cuddy, ‘Presence: Bringing Your Boldest Self To Your Biggest
4.
Challenges’.
References Books
Bill Burnett, Dave Evans, Designing Your Life: How to Build a Well-Lived,
1.
Joyful Life, Knopf Publisher, 1st edition 2016.
2. John Lees, Career Road Map, Acorn Books Ltd, 1st edition 2016.
Greenhaus, J.H., Callanan, G. A., and Godshalk, V.M. 2009, Career
3.
Management 3rd Edition, The Dryden Press, Harcourt College Publishers
Harrington, Brad and Hall, Douglas T. (2008). Career management and work /
4. life integration: Using Self-Assessment to Navigate Contemporary Careers, 1st
edition Sage Pub.
Dr. Gandham Sri Rama Krishna, Dr. N.G.S. Prasad, Miss Ch. Maheswari
5. Rambai, Encyclopedia of Personality Development and Career
Management,1st Edition 2016 Himalaya publishing house Pvt. Ltd.
Jonothan P West, Career Planning, Development, and Management: An
6.
Annotated Bibliography Routledge, 1st edition 2017.
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/ MCQ, True/False, Short essays, Concept explanations, Short summary or
147
Comprehend overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M M S
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I t
r
t o A a
n
s u l
a
r l
s
Emotional Intelligence and 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR309 Elective
Managerial Effectiveness
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Emotional Intelligence
C2 To provide insights on Emotional Competencies
C3 To throw light on Emotional literacy
C4 To elucidate on significance of Emotional Intelligence
C5 To create awareness and importance of Emotional Learning in organizations
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Emotional Intelligence: Emotional
Brain, Theories of Emotion, Emotional Intelligence,
I 9 C1
concept and its evolution, Differences between
emotional quotient and intelligent quotient.
Emotional Competencies: The emotional competency
II 9 C2
framework- Self-awareness, self-regulation,
148
motivation, social awareness (empathy) and Social skill
(relationship management), Measuring Emotional
Intelligence- The emotional competency inventory.
Emotional literacy: Emotional intelligence and
emotional literacy, Managing aggression and
III depression, Emotional literacy training- developing 9 C3
emotional skill (awareness), cognitive skills and
behavioural skill.
Emotional Intelligence at work place: The role of EI
IV in leadership, EI and Leadership styles, Need of EI in 9 C4
Building Teams.
Emotional Learning in organizations: Training of EI
in organization, developing emotional competencies
V 9 C5
through relationship at work and implementing EI
programs.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Recognize and apply basic concepts of Emotional
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO7
Intelligence
CO2 Enumerate and chart Emotional Competencies PO3, PO6, PO8
CO3 Annotate and signify Emotional literacy PO6, PO7
CO4 Be aware of using Emotional Intelligence tools PO1, PO7, PO8
Hypothesize and assimilate importance of Emotional
CO5 PO1, PO6, PO7
Learning in organizations
Reading List
1. Goleman, Richard Boyatzis, Annie McKee, ‘Primal Leadership’.
2. Travis Bradberry, Greaves, ‘Emotional Intelligence 2.0’
Colleen Stanley, ‘Emotional intelligence for sales success: Connect with
3.
customers and get results’
4. David R. Caruso, Peter Salovey, ‘The Emotionally Intelligent Manager’.
References Books
Daniel Goleman, Emotional Intelligence, Bloomsbury Publishing India Private
1.
Limited, 25th Anniversary Edition 2020.
2. Rajagopalan Purushothaman, Emotional Intelligence, SAGE Essentials, 2021.
Dalip Singh ,Emotional Intelligence at Work :A Professional Guide, SAGE, 1st
3.
Edition 2015.
4. M S Battacharya, Emotional Intelligence, Excel Publications, 1st Edition 2007.
Deepa R, Unearthing your Emotional Intelligence, Notion Press, 1st Edition,
5.
2020.
Sumner Redstone , Peter Knoble ,A Passion to Win: An Autobiography ,
6.
Simon & Schuster, 1st Edition 2001.
Internal Continuous Internal Assessment Test 40 Marks
149
Evaluation Assignments/mini project/practical demonstrations
Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S S M
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M M S
CO 5 M S M
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I t
r
t o A a
n
s u l
a
r l
s
23MEHR321 HR Analytics Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 2575 100
Course Objectives
C1 To derive a strong understanding of HR Analytics, Process and impact
C2 To expand the learning on statistics and toolkits of HRM
C3 To summarize the best practices in HR analytics
C4 To collate and appraise optimal methods for measuring HR contribution
150
C5 To develop and construct HR regulations and reporting requirements
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to human resource analytics:
Understanding HR indicators, metrics and data, HR
Analytics Process, Frameworks for HR Analytics:
I 9 C1
LAMP Framework, HCM 21 Framework. Application
of analytical techniques to evaluate human capital
impact on business.
Statistics for HRM: Statistical analysis for HR,
Toolkits, Compensation KPIs, Power interest
II 9 C2
stakeholder matrix, Data models, Creating dash boards,
analyzing and reporting.
Best Practices in HR analytics:
Staffing, supply and demand forecasting, Total
compensation analyses, Performance Analytics,
III 9 C3
Attrition Analytics, Learning and Development
Analytics, Diversity Analytics, Employee engagement
analytics - Employee satisfaction analytics.
Measuring HR contribution:
Developing HR Scorecard, Developing HR Analytics
IV Unit: Analytics Culture, Analytics for decision making, 9 C4
Analytics for Human Capital in the Value Chain-
Balance Score card – ROI –Predictive Analytics.
HR regulations and reporting requirements: HR
Policies, Procedures and guidelines, Key regulations
and reporting requirements, connecting missions or
V 9 C5
goals to HR Benchmarks and metrics, Reporting &
Advising - the 4 rules of reporting HR analytics -
importance of data visualization.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Gain clarity on the concept of HR Analytics PO1, PO2, PO6
CO2 Explore on statistics and toolkits PO1, PO3, PO6
Contrasting and assimilating best practices in HR
CO3 PO2, PO6
analytics
Demonstrate in analyzing optimal methods for
CO4 PO1, PO6
measuring HR contribution
Design and construct HR regulations and reporting
CO5 PO1, PO2, PO6
requirements
Reading List
Mong Shen Ng, ‘Predictive HR Analytics, Text Mining & Organizational
1.
Network Analysis (ONA)’
2. Nigel Guenole, Jonathan Ferrar, and Sheri Feinzig, ‘The Power of the People:
151
Learn How Successful Organizations Use Workforce Analytics to Improve
Business Performance’
Steve van Wieren, ‘Quantifiably Better: Delivering Human Resource (HR)
3.
Analytics from Start to Finish’
Erik van Vulpen, ‘The Basic Principles of People Analytics: Learn How to Use
4.
HR Data to Drive Better Outcomes for Your Business and Employees’
References Books
Martin Edwards, Kirsten Edwards, Predictive HR Analytics: Mastering the HR
1.
Metric, Kogan Page, 2nd Edition, 2019.
Pease G., Beresford B., Walker L., Developing Human Capital: Using
2. Analytics to Plan and Optimize your Learning and Development Investments.
Wiley, 1st Edition, 2014.
Fitz-Enz, J., The New HR Analytics: Predicting the Economic Value of Your
3. Company's Human Capital Investments, American Management Association
Amacom, 1st Edition, 2018.
Bassi, L., Carpenter, R., and McMurrer, D., HR Analytics Handbook, Reed
4.
Business, McBassi & Company, 1st Edition, 2012.
Sesil, J. C., Applying advanced analytics to HR management decisions:
5. Methods for selection, developing incentives, and improving collaboration.
Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Pearson Education, 1st Edition, 2017.
Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya, Hr Analytics: Understanding Theories and
6.
Applications, Sage Publications India Private Limited, 1st Edition, 2017.
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
152
CO 1 M M S
CO 2 M M S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M M M
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I t
r
t o A a
n
s u l
a
r l
s
23MEHR310 Learning and Development 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Elective
Course Objectives
To introduce L&D Organisations, Models, Practices and Experiential
C1
Learning Cycles.
To assimilate arguments towards designing L&D framework, Mapping
C2
organizational learning maturity and Skill Gap Analysis.
C3 To introspect the ethical implications and L&D delivery and Design Thinking.
C4 To demonstrate coaching and implementation of L&D strategies.
To evaluate the L&D approaches, Learning theories, Learning Analytics and
C5
redesign continuous learning
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Learning & Development Foundation:
The Design & Dynamics of Learning- Contemporary
Skills for Efficient Facilitation- Contemporary
Frameworks & Tools to Evaluate L&D Programs-
I 9 C1
Leadership & Management Development-
Organizational Design & Development-Learning Vs
Training, Training Cycle, Experiential Learning
Cycles-Creating Learning ecosystems.
Learning and Development Strategy: Objectives
and learning outcomes-Sequencing learning content-
Training & Learning Methods-Monitoring, Assessing
II 9 C2
and Evaluation-Building a Culture of Learning-
Learning Strategy- Setting Up the Learning
Landscape-Mapping organizational learning maturity,
153
Setting up learning programs and strengthening the
informal learning landscape; Skill Gap Analysis-
Learning Key Techniques.
Delivery: Delivery Styles, L&D activities, Physical
Environment – Tools & Techniques, digital learning
III content, Delivery and Evaluations; Role of Learning 9 C3
and Development Practitioners-Issues, Design
Thinking; Ethics in Learning and Development.
Coaching Strategy: Introduction to Coaching -
Evidence-Based Coaching-Coaching Process-
Models- Benefits; Mentoring Process- Models-
IV 9 C4
Benefits; Social Media and Collaborative Learning;
Learning & Development In Organisations: Strategy,
Evidence And Practice.
Learning Engagement, Evaluation and Learning
Analytics: Learner Engagement, Factors affecting
Learning, Psychology and Neuroscience of Learning-
Strategies for learning enhancement and engagement.
V Learning Evaluation theory and thinking -process and 9 C5
practice-Evaluation Methods, Approaches, Tools-
Analyzing and reporting recommendations.
Learning Analytics: Collecting Learning Data -
Implementing Learning Analytics.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Comprehend the importance of L&D Organisations
CO1 and design Models, Practices and Experiential PO1, PO2, PO6
Learning Cycles.
Assimilate arguments towards designing L&D
CO2 PO1, PO6, PO8
framework and Mapping Organisational Learning.
CO3 Introspect the ethical implications of L&D delivery. PO6, PO8
Illustrate implementation of coaching and
CO4 PO1, PO6, PO8
implementation of L&D strategies.
Design and evaluate the L&D approaches for
CO5 PO1, PO2, PO6
continuous learning and development.
Reading List
1. Boller, Fletcher, ‘Design Thinking for Training and Development’
Sharon Boller, Karl Kapp, ‘Play to Learn: Everything You Need to Know
2.
About Designing Effective Learning Games’
3. Michelle Weise, ‘Preparing for Jobs That Don't Even Exist Yet’
Jaime Roca, Sari Wilde, ‘The Connector Manager: Why Some Leaders Build
4.
Exceptional Talent – and Others Don’t’
References Books
1. Rebecca Page-Tickell, Learning and Development: A Practical Introduction
154
(HR Fundamentals Book 15), 2nd edition, 2018 by Kogan Page.
Kathy Beevers, Andrew Rea, David Hayden, Learning and Development
2.
Practice in the Workplace 2019, CIPD - Kogan Page; 4th edition.
Michelle R. Weise, Long Life Learning, Preparing for Jobs that Don't Even
3.
Exist Yet, 1st Edition, Wiley 2020.
Sharon Boller, Laura Fletcher, Design Thinking for Training and
4. Development: Creating Learning Journeys That Get Results, ATD Press, 1st
edition, 2020.
Thomas Garavan, Carole Hogan, Amanda Cahir-O'Donnell & Claire Gubbins,
5. Learning & Development in Organisations: Strategy, Evidence and Practice, 1st
edition, Oak Tree Press, 2020.
Andrew Mayo, Creating a Learning and development strategy, 2nd edition,
6.
Viva CIPD, 2017.
Internal Assignments/mini project/ demonstration sessions
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Application Suggest ideas/concepts with examples, Suggest formulae, Solve problems,
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 M M S
CO 2 M S M
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M M M
CO 5 M M M
155
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I t
r
t o A a
n
s u l
a
r l
s
23MEHR319 Organizational Change Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To gather meaning and nature of organizational change and change process
C1
and models.
To comprehend the management of change and effective ways of managing
C2
change
C3 To familiarize about the change agents
C4 To summarize an in-depth analysis of OD interventions
C5 To draw insights on HR management interventions.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Organizational Change: Meaning, Nature, Forces for
change- change agents- Change process-Types and
forms of change- Models of change- Resistance to
I 9 C1
change – individual factors – organizational factors –
techniques to overcome change- Change programs –
job redesign.
Management of Change: Diagnosing the organization,
determining the desired future state, Implementation
Action, Evaluating the Action, Institutional Action
Research.
II 9 C2
Effective Ways of Managing Change: Evolutionary
and Revolutionary change in organization: Continuous
versus discontinuous changes, Uni-directional and
cyclic changes.
Change Agents: Change Agents: Skills – External
and Internal Change Agents - Resistance to change-
III 9 C3
Managing the resistance to change - Levin’s change
model.
OD Intervention: Human process interventions-
Individual, group and inter-group human relations-
IV 9 C4
structure and technological interventions- strategic
interventions – sensitivity training – survey feedback,
156
process consultation – team building – inter-group
development.
HR Management Interventions:
Performance management, employee development,
Workforce diversity and wellness. Strategic
V interventions - Mergers and acquisitions - 9 C5
Organizational Culture Change - Team Intervention,
third-party peace-making, Structural Intervention,
Comprehensive OD Interventions.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Comprehend the meaning and nature of
PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7,
CO1 organizational change and change process and
PO8
models.
Gain knowledge about the management of change
and effective ways of managing change
CO3 Contrast and hypothesize the change agents PO2, PO6, PO7, PO8
Gain in-depth knowledge about OD interventions PO1, PO5, PO6, PO7,
CO4
PO8
Draw insights about HR management interventions. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO6,
CO5
PO7, PO8
Reading List
William and Susan Bridges, ‘Managing Transitions: Making the Most of
1.
Change’.
John Kotter and Holger Rathgeber, ‘Our Iceberg Is Melting: Changing and
2.
Succeeding Under Any Conditions’.
Al Comeaux, ‘Change (the) Management: Why We as Leaders Must Change
3.
for the Change to Last’.
4. Spencer Johnson and Kenneth Blanchard, ‘Who Moved My Cheese’.
References Books
Palmer. I, Dunford. R, Akin. G,(2016), Managing organizational change: A
1.
multiple perspectives approach, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill Irwin
R. G. Priyadharshini, Organizational Change and Development, Cengage
2.
Learning, 1st Edition 2015.
Thomas G. Cummings, Christopher G. Worley: Organisation Development
3.
And Change, Thomson Learning, 11th Edition, 2020.
Paul Gibbons, The Science of Successful Organizational Change: How Leaders
4. Set Strategy, Change Behavior, and Create an Agile Culture, Pearson FT Press,
1st Edition 2015.
Organizational, Design, and Change-Gareth R. Jones, Pearson Education, 5th
5.
Edition 2007.
Dipak Kumar Bhattacharya, Organizational Change & Development, OUP
6.
India, 1st Edition, 2011.
157
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 M M S M M
CO 2 M M S M
CO 3 M S M M
CO 4 M S M M M
CO 5 M M S M M M
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I t
r
t o A a
n
s u l
a
r l
s
23MEHR311 Strategic HRM Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students with the basic concepts of Strategic Management
C2 To provide insights into Environmental Forecasting
C3 To throw light on Human Resource Strategy
158
C4 To elucidate on Strategic Human Resource Processes
To create awareness and importance of New Economic Policy and HRM
C5
Strategy
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Strategic Management: Nature and Significance;
Dimensions of Strategic Decisions; Strategic
Management Model and components; Strategy
I 9 C1
Formulation: Formulating a Company Mission;
Forces Influencing the Strategy Formulation; Porter’s
Model;
Environment Forecasting: Analyzing the Company
Profiles; Formulating Long-Term Objectives and
Grand Strategies; Strategy Implementation;
II 9 C2
Institutionalizing the Strategy; Structure, Leadership
and Culture, Evaluating the Strategy; Corporate
Strategy and Global Strategy.
Human Resource Strategy (HRS): Concept,
Approaches, HRS and Business Strategy; Change
III Management Strategies, Training and Development 9 C3
Strategies; Organizational Performance and HRS:
HRM Strategy and Difficulties in its implantation
Strategic Human Resource Processes: Workforce
Utilization and Employment Practices; Efficient
Utilization of Human Resources; Dealing with
employee shortages; selection of employees; Dealing
IV with employee surpluses and special implementation 9 C4
challenges. Reward and development systems;
Strategically Oriented Performance Management
Systems; oriented compensation systems and
employee development.
New Economic Policy and HRM Strategy: Role of
Human Resources in Strategy Formulation:
V Integrating Human Resources in Strategic Decisions; 9 C5
HRS and HRIS; Human Resource Strategy: Some
Key Issues, HRM Strategy for Future.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Comprehend the application of Strategic
Management
Evaluate Corporate Strategy & aid in Environment
CO2 PO1, PO6, PO7
Forecasting
Develop strategies, approaches for higher
CO3 PO1, PO2, PO6
Organisational Performance
159
Elucidate on Strategic Human Resource Processes
CO4 PO1, PO6, PO7
and resource utilization
Analyse and formulate New Economic Policy and
CO5 PO2, PO6, PO7
HRM Strategy
Reading List
J.C. Spender, ‘Business Strategy: Managing Uncertainty, Opportunity, and
1.
Enterprise’.
Mark Schaefer, ‘Return On Influence: The Revolutionary Power of Klout,
2.
Social Scoring, and Influence Marketing’.
3. Niraj Dawar, ‘Tilt: Shifting Your Strategy from Products to Customers’.
W. Chan Kim, ‘Blue Ocean Strategy, Expanded Edition: How to Create
4.
Uncontested Market Space and Make the Competition Irrelevant’.
References Books
Ananda Das Gupta, Strategic Human Resource Management Formulating and
1. Implementing HR Strategies for a Competitive Advantage, Productivity Press
New York-Rouledge, 1st Edition 2020.
Tanuja Agarwala, Strategic Human Resource Management, Oxford University
2.
Press, 1st Edition 2007.
Gary Rees & Paul Smith,Strategic Human Resource Management An
3.
International Perspective,Sage,3rd Edition, 2021.
Marielle G. Heijltjes,Strategic Human Resource Management, Sage
4.
Publications Ltd. (UK), 1st Edition 2000.
Rajib Lochan Dhar : Strategic Human Resource Management, Excel Books
5.
New Delhi, 1st Edition 2010.
David Ulrich, Jon Younger, Wayne Brocbank, ‘HR from the Outside In: Six
6. Competencies for the Future of Human Resources (BUSINESS BOOKS)’,
McGraw Hill. 1st Edition, 2012.
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate Longer essay/ Evaluation essay, Critique or justify with pros and cons
160
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 M M S M
CO 2 M S M
CO 3 M M S
CO 4 M M M
CO 5 M M M
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . t T
Categ C
Subject Code Subject Name L T P O d e o
ory I
i H r t
t o A
n al
s u a
r l
s
23MEHR314 Talent Management Elective 3 - - 1 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To have a clear understanding of the concept of talent management and its role
C2 To acquire knowledge on talent planning
C3 To obtain knowledge on talent acquisition and retention
To understand the concept of competency mapping and models of competency
C4
mapping
C5 To understand the methodology to be followed in competency mapping
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Talent Management: Definition,
Meaning of Talent Management, Objectives & Role
of Talent Management in building the sustainable
competitive advantage to a firm, Key Processes of
Talent Management, Benefits of Talent Management,
Talent vs. knowledge people, Source of Talent,
I 9 C1
Consequences of failure in managing talent , Tools
for Managing Talent.
Building blocks of talent management: competencies
– performance management, conducting performance
reviews, Appraising executive talent, selecting the
right appraisal.
161
Talent Planning – Understanding the needs and
mind set of employees, Succession management
process, Integrating succession planning and
career planning, designing succession planning
II 9 C2
program, talent development budget,
contingency plan for talent; building a reservoir
of talent, compensation management within the
context of talent management.
Talent Acquisition and Retention – Talent Acquisition-
Defining Talent Acquisition, Develop high potential
employees, High performance workforce, Importance
of Talent Development Process, Steps in developing
III 9 C3
talent. Talent Retention: SMR Model ( Satisfy,
Motivate and Reward), Employee Retention Programs,
Career Planning and Development, Best practices in
employee retention.
Competency Mapping: Concepts and definition of
competency; types of competencies, Features of
competency, approaches to mapping methods,
Competency mapping procedures and steps , 5-
level competency model, Developing competency
IV 9 C4
models from raw data- data recording, analyzing
the data, content analysis of verbal expression,
validating the competency models, how
competencies relate to career development and
organizational goals.
Methodology of Competency
Mapping: Competency models people capability
maturity model, developing competency
framework, competency profiling, competency
V mapping tools, use of psychological testing in 9 C5
competency mapping , competency-based
interviewing, assessment of competencies through
360 degree feedback, BEI, CIT, validation of
competencies.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Have a clear understanding the concept of talent
CO1 PO2,PO4,PO5
management and its role
CO2 Have knowledge on talent planning PO1,PO4
CO3 Have knowledge of talent acquisition and retention PO3,PO5,PO8
Have an understanding of the concept of competency
CO4 PO1,PO6
mapping and models of competency mapping
CO5 Have an understanding the methodology to be followed PO1,PO7
162
in competency mapping
Reading List
1. Talent management, William J Rothwell
2. Talent Management for the 21st century, P Cappelli-HBR
3. Strategic Talent Management, Robert J Greene
4. Reinventing Talent Management, Edward E Lawler
References Books
Seema Sanghi, The Handbook of Competency Mapping, Sage Publications, 3rd
1.
Edition, 2016
Lance A. Berger, The Talent Management Handbook, Making Culture a
2. Competitive Advantage by Acquiring, Identifying, Developing, and Promoting the
Best People Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2018.
Edward J Cripe, Competency Development Guide, Workitect Inc., 1st Edition,
3.
2012.
Lyle M. Spencer, Signe M. Spencer, Competence at work: Models for Superior
4.
Performance, John Wiley Publishing,1st Edition 2008.
Rao T.V., Performance Management: Toward Organizational Excellence, SAGE,
5.
2nd Edition, 2015.
Sumati Ray Anindya Basu Roy, Competency Based Human Resource
6.
Management, SAGE, 1st Edition, 2019.
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M S M
163
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S M
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . t T
Categ C
ory I
i H r t
t o A
n al
s u a
r l
s
23MEHR315 Workplace Counselling Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to Understanding Workplace Counseling and role of
C1
counsellor.
To summarize and establish setting a counseling ecosystem, Training of
C2
Counsellors, Understanding Burnout and ambiguous decision making.
To extrapolate problems at workplace, Relationship concerns in the Family &
C3
Workplace and counseling interventions.
C4 To interpret counseling evaluation formats, documentations and resolving issues.
To justify ethical code of conduct in counseling and restricting undue influences at
C5
work.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
INTRODUCTION: Meaning and Definition of
Counselling - Counselling process – Building the
counselling relationship and facilitating initial disorder –
In depth exploration - Understanding Workplace
I 9 C1
Counselling – History.
Counsellor Qualities - Confidentiality, Unconditional
Positive regard, Empathy, Active Listening, Six ways
of responding.
SETTING UP COUNSELING IN THE
WORKPLACE: Assessing need for workplace
counselling - Preparing, Assessing, Contracting,
II Terminating counselling within an Organization. 9 C2
Training of Counsellors: Methods of training
counsellors- Dynamics of counselling training- Training
Ecosystem, Culture and tools.
164
Models - Counselling Orientation - Brief Therapy -
Problem Focused - Work Oriented - Manager Based -
Internal, External based – Welfare -Organizational
Change.
Group counseling, Family Counseling- Preventive and
Proactive Counseling.
Understanding Burnout, compassion fatigue,
dilemma and ambiguous decision making,
professional uncertainty.
DEALING WITH SPECIFIC WORK PROBLEMS:
Employee problem counseling - Problems of
Absenteeism, Turnover, Work Stress, BOSS, ROSS,
Depression, Substance Abuse. Sexual Harassment,
III 9 C3
Work-life balance, Unethical behavior in work place,
Travel stress, Relationship concerns in the Family and
Workplace, Psychosomatic Disorders, Internet
Addiction Disorder, Eating Disorders.
EVALUATIONS: Needs Theory and Self Awareness,
Johari window, learning to use free associations -
Setting boundaries in Counselling - Strategies for the
client to explore, understand and resolve the problem -
IV 9 C4
Formative and Summative Evaluation, Methods of
evaluation- Analyzing, Recording and escalation
procedures. Resolving client issues - Field force
analysis.
ETHICS: Ethical issues in decision making, training,
and counselling - Ethical responsibilities for Employers,
employees and stakeholders - Ethics governing
counselling.
V 9 C5
Understanding undue influences - Setting guidelines
for workplace relations, ethical code of conduct,
whistle blowing mechanisms, EEO, transparent
support system within Organization.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand Workplace Counselling need and
CO1 PO1,PO5
assume role of a counsellor
Summarize and establish setting a counseling
CO2 PO8
ecosystem
Design solutions to workplace counseling through
CO3 PO4,PO7
interventions
Contrast counseling evaluation formats and
CO4 PO2,PO6
implement appropriately
CO5 Compare and justify ethical code of conduct in PO3
165
counseling and construct guidelines
Reading List
1. The effectiveness of workplace counselling, J Mc Leod
2. Guidelines for counselling in the workplace, R Hughes A Kinder
3. Counselling in the workplace, A Coles
4. Counselling in organisations, M Carroll
References Books
S Narayana Rao, Prem Sahajpal, Counselling and Guidance, 3rd edition, TATA
1.
McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
Thomas M. Skovholt, Michelle Trotter-Mathison, The Resilient Practitioner:
2. Burnout and Compassion Fatigue Prevention and Self-Care Strategies for the
Helping Professions, 3rd Edition, Routledge 2016.
Jan Sutton, William Stewart, Learning to Counsel, Develop the Skills, Insight and
3.
Knowledge to Counsel Others, 4th edition, 2017, Robinson Publishing.
Amy Cooper Hakim, Working with Difficult People, Second Revised Edition:
4. Handling the Ten Types of Problem People Without Losing Your Mind, Tarcher
Perigee, 2nd edition, 2017.
5. John Ballard, Decoding the Workplace, Gildan Media, 1st edition, 2018.
Samuel T. Gladding, Counseling: A Comprehensive Profession, Pearson Education,
6.
8th edition, 2018.
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M
CO 2 S
166
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . t T
Categ C
ory
i H I r t
t o A n al
s u a
r l
s
23MEHR312 Human Capital Planning Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the basic concepts of Human resource planning
C2 To know the sources of recruitment and recent trends in recruitment.
C3 To explore selection and induction processes in an organization.
C4 To know and use various promotions, transfers and separations.
C5 To learn ethical issues in human capital planning.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Human Resource Planning (HRP):
Objectives of HRP - Significance and methods of HRP -
Methods of Forecasting, Demand and supply forecasting
I 9 C1
- Models of HRP, Job Analysis, Job Specification, Job
Description, Job evaluation, linking HRP with strategic
business plan.
Sources of Recruitment:
Recruitment plan and methods, Recruitment policy,
Features of a good recruitment policy, Employee
II 9 C2
Referral Initiatives, E-Recruitment /Online recruitment
Technique - Recent trends in Recruitment, Evaluation of
a recruitment program.
Selection & Induction:
Selection: Selection Process, Selection Methods,
Selection Test, different types of selection tests,
Interview Techniques, Different types of interviews,
III Skill Gap Analysis 9 C3
Placement: Differences between recruitment, selection
and placement
Induction: Purpose – Objectives – Process and
Principles – Factors of Effective Induction
167
Promotion:
Promotion Procedure & Program, Demotion.
IV Transfer - Purpose and Procedure – Types. 9 C4
Separations – Terminations – Dismissals – Suspension –
Retrenchment – Layoffs – Resignations – VRS.
Ethical Issues:
Ethical issues in Human Capital Planning - Ethical
V issues in Recruitment and Selection, Ethical issues in 9 C5
Attrition and Retention, Ethical issues in Appraisal -
Enhancing the effectiveness of Recruitment & Selection.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand about the basic concepts of Human
CO1 PO1
resource planning
Know the sources of recruitment and recent trends
CO2 PO2
in recruitment.
Use appropriate selection and induction processes
CO3 PO4
in an organization.
Know various promotions, transfers and
CO4 PO2
separations.
CO5 Learn the ethical issues in human capital planning. PO3,PO8
Reading List
The cumulative nature of the entrepreneurial process: The contribution of human
1. capital, planning and environment resources to small venture performance Sigal
HaberaArie Reichelb
Strategic thinking, strategic planning, strategic innovation and the performance of
2.
SMEs: The mediating role of human capital, Nagwan AlQershi
Beyond HR: The New Science of Human Capital
3.
By John W. Boudreau, Peter M. Ramstad
Human capital and regional development
4.
Alessandra Faggian, Félix Modrego, and Philip McCann
References Books
Heneman III. H.G, Judge. T.A, R.L. Heneman, 1st Edition 2014, Staffing
1.
Organizations, McGraw-Hill Education
Kenneth McBey, Strategic Human Resources Planning, Cengage learning, 5th
2.
Edition, 2015.
3. Dipak Kumar B, Human Resource Planning, Excel, 3rd Edition, 2016.
Stewart. C.J, Cash. C.J. Jr, (2014), Interviewing: Principles and Practices,14th
4.
edition, McGraw-Hill.
H.R. Appannaiah, H.A. Bhaskara, (2021) – Human Capital Management, First
5.
edition – Himalaya publishing house.
William J Rothwell, H. C. Kazanas, Planning & Managing Human Resources:
6.
Strategic Planning for Personnel Management, HRD Press Inc., 2nd Edition, 2014.
168
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S
CO 2 M
CO 3 M
CO 4 S
CO 5 M M
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I r
t
t o A n
a
s u l
a
r l
s
Human Resource Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR313
Information System
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Data & Information
C2 To provide insights on Data Management for HRIS
169
C3 To throw light on HR Management Process & HRIS
C4 To elucidate on HR Management Process II & HRIS
To create awareness and importance of Security, Size & Style of Organizations &
C5
HRIS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Data & Information: Needs for HR Manager – Sources
of Data – Role of IT in HRM – IT for HR Managers –
Concept, Structure, & Mechanisms of HRIS –
Programming Dimensions & HR Manager – Survey of
I Software Packages for Human Resource Information 9 C1
System including ERP Software such as SAP, Oracles
Financials and Ramco’s Marshal [only data input, output
& screens] ,EHRM ,Objectives, Advantages &
Disadvantages.
Data Management for HRIS: Data Formats, Entry
Procedure & Process, Data Storage & Retrieval,
Transaction Processing , Office Automation,
II 9 C2
Information Processing & Control Functions, Design of
HRIS, Relevance of Decision Making, Concepts for
Information System Design
HR Management Process in HRIS: Modules on HR
Planning, Recruitment, Selection, Placement, Module on
Performance Appraisal System, Training &
III 9 C3
Development Module, Module on Pay & other Related
Dimensions, Information System’s support for Planning
& Control.
HRIS Application: HR administration – Outsourcing –
Job shadowing – HR planning Sub System – Data input
IV - Data Capturing for Monitoring & Review – Outflow – 9 C4
Report – Information Processing for Decision Making -
DSS – Overview of HR metrics.
HRIS Security and Privacy: Security - Style of
Organizations – Security of Data and Operations of
HRIS Modules –Problems during IT Adoption Efforts
V 9 C5
and Processes to Overcome – Cyber Security – Needs –
Approaches – Principles – Types – Information Security
Management in HRIS.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be familiarized with the basic concepts of Data &
CO1 PO4
Information
CO2 Have knowledge on Data Management for HRIS PO2
CO3 Know about HR Management Process & HRIS PO1
170
CO4 Will use HR Management Process II & HRIS PO2,PO5
Will be aware of the importance of Security, Size &
CO5 PO6,PO8
Style of Organizations & HRIS
Reading List
Human resource information systems (HRIS) and technology trust
1.
Susan K. Lippert, Paul Michael Swiercz
Human Resource Information Systems (HRIS) in HR Planning and Development
2.
in Mid to Large Sized Organization, AshaNagendra Mohit Deshpande
Human Resource Information Systems (HRIS) of Developing Countries in 21st
3.
Century: Review and ProspectsG. M. Azmal Ali Quaosar, Md. Siddikur Rahman
Human Resource Information Systems (HRIS): Providing Business with Rapid
4. Data Access, Information Exchange and Strategic Advantage
Dr. Kenneth A. Kovach, Charles E. Cathcart, Jr.
References Books
Michael J. Kavanagh , Mohan Thite ,Human Resource Information Systems:
1. Basics, Applications, and Future Directions ,Sage Publications Pvt Ltd,3rd Edition,
2019.
Sathish.M.Badgi, Practical Guide to Human Resource Information Systems,PHI,
2.
1st Edition 2012.
Kavanagh, Human Resource Information Systems: Basics, Applications and
3.
Future Directions, Sage South Asia Edition, 1st Edition 2011.
P.K. Gupta ,Susheel Chhabra ,Human Resource Information System ,Himalaya
4.
Publishing House, 1st Edition, 2015.
Michael J. Kavanagh , Mohan Thite ,Human Resource Information Systems:
5. Basics, Applications, and Future Directions ,Sage Publications Pvt Ltd,3rd Edition,
2019.
Michael Armstrong, A Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice,
6.
Kogan Page,10th Edition, 2006.
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
171
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S
CO 2 M
CO 3 M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M S
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I t
r
t o A n
a
s u l
a
r l
s
23MEHR316 Stress Management Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the concept of stress management
C2 To understand the impact of stress
C3 To analyse the stress reduction techniques
C4 To study the strategies to cope up with stress
C5 To develop resilience to stress
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Stress Management: Introduction to
stress: Meaning, Definition, Eustress, Distress, Stressor-
emotional, intellectual, environmental,
I occupational/educational performance, social, physical, 9 C1
and spiritual stressors- Types of stress: Acute stress,
Episodic Acute stress and chronic stress, Sources of
stress, signs and Symptoms,
Impact of Stress: Physiological Impact of stress,
Psychological Impact of stress, Social Impact of stress,
II Types of intervention, The General Adaptation 9 C2
Syndrome - Fight or flight response, Stress warning
signal
Stress Reduction Techniques: Challenging Stressful
III 9 C3
Thinking, Problem Solving and Time Management,
172
Psychological and Spiritual Relaxation Methods,
Physical Methods of Stress Reduction, Preparing for the
Future: College and Occupational Stress
Coping Strategies: Coping Mechanisms: Appraisal
focused, Emotional focused and Problem focused -
IV 9 C4
Stress problem solving Sequence - ABCDE problem
solving Model
Developing Resilience to Stress: Understanding stress
level, Role of Personality Pattern, Self Esteem, Locus of
V Control, Role of Thoughts Beliefs and Emotions, Life 9 C5
Situation Intrapersonal: Assertiveness, Time
Management
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Have a clear understanding on the concept of stress
CO1 PO3
management
Illustrate the impact of stress and predict Stress
CO2 PO2
warning signals
Develop ability to analyse the stress reduction
CO3 PO1, PO4
techniques
Acquire the ability to identify the strategies to cope
CO4 PO5,PO6
up with stress
CO5 Develop resilience strategies to stress PO7,PO8
Reading List
Family stress management: A contextual approach, P Boss, CM Bryant, JA
1.
Mancini
Preventive Stress Management in Organizations, Thomas A. Wright, PhD, Joyce
2.
A. Adkins, PhD, Debra L. Nelson
3. Stress Management, Richard Pettinger
Stress and stress management,
4.
Crampton, Suzanne M; Hodge, John W; Mishra, Jitendra M; Price, Steve.
References Books
Kajal A. Sharma, Cary L. Cooper, D.M. Pestonjee, Organizational Stress Around
1.
the World Research and Practice, Routledge, 1st Edition, 2022.
Rachel Lewis, Joanna Yarker, Emma Donaldson-Feilder, Preventing Stress in
2. Organizations: How to Develop Positive Managers, Wiley Blackwell, 1st Edition,
2011.
Joe Martin - Managing Stress in the Workplace How to Get Rid of Stress at Work
3.
and Livea Longer Life, 1st Edition, 2014.
Emily Nagoski , Amelia Nagoski , Burnout: The Secret to Unlocking the Stress
4.
Cycle, Ballantine Books, 1st Edition, 2019.
Kelly McGonigal, The Upside of Stress: Why Stress Is Good for You, and How to
5.
Get Good at It, Avery Publishers, 1st Edition 2016.
6. Ashley Weinberg, Valerie Sutherland, Organizational Stress Management: A
173
Strategic Approach, Palgrave Macmillan, 5th Edition 2010.
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M
CO 2 M
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M M
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I t
r
t o A a
n
s u l
a
r l
s
23MEHR317 Competency Mapping Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To recognize and identify importance of competency-based framework
174
C2 To comprehend types and methods of competency
C3 To demonstrate use of competency tools, framework and clusters
C4 To audit competency implementation cycles and drive high performance
C5 To steer stakeholders’ confidence and implement competency model
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: History and Origin of Competency -
KSA Vs Competency - Reasons for Popularity of
I Competency - Competency & EVA -Criticisms- 9 C1
Iceberg Model of Competency - Operant &
Respondent Traits of Competency.
Functions: Types: Threshold Competencies -
Differentiating Competencies - Generic or Key
II Competencies - Functional or Technical Competencies - 9 C2
Leadership or Managerial Competencies- developing a
Competence Matrix.
Framework: Sources of competence information- Tools
of competencies: Behavioural Event Interview-
Behavioural Description Interview- Benchmarking
III Established Models. 9 C3
Competency Clusters - HR Generic Competency
Model -Supervisory Generic Competency Model-
Industry Specific Models.
Assessment: HR Competence audit-Role of Assessment
centres- Strategies to address the gaps - Integrating the
Competency Model - Competency based Recruitment
and Selection - Competency Based Performance
IV 9 C4
Appraisal - Competency Based Succession & Career
Planning - Competency Based Compensation and
Benefits - Competency based Training & Development
- Reassess competencies and evaluate ROI.
Resistance and Implementation: Understanding
Resistance -Strategies to acquire stakeholder
confidence-Stakeholder’s Map-Resolving resistance.
Clarifying Implementation Goals & Standards - Action
V 9 C5
Plan - Define Performance Effectiveness Criteria -
Identify a Criterion Sample - Data Gathering & Interim
Competency Model - Finalize & Validate Competency
Model.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Recognize the importance of competency-based
CO1 PO2
framework
CO2 Comprehend types and methods of competency PO1,PO4
175
CO3 Demonstrate use of competency tools and clusters PO5
Schematize audit plans for competency
CO4 PO6
implementation cycles
Negotiate stakeholders’ confidence and implement
CO5 PO7,PO8
competency model
Reading List
1. Competency Mapping – A Drive For Indian Industries, Rajeshwaree A
2. Competency Mapping of the Employees, N. Anisha
Competency Mapping in Indian Industries -A Case Study,
3.
Amey Choudhari
4. Competency Measurement Model, Dario russo
References Books
Seema Sanghi, The Handbook of Competency Mapping: Understanding,
1. Designing and Implementing Competency Models in Organizations, SAGE
Publications India, 3rd edition, 2016.
Sumati Ray Anindya Basu Roy, Competency Based Human Resource
2.
Management, SAGE Publications India Pvt Ltd, 1st Edition, 2019.
Sudhir Warier, Competency Management – A Practitioner's Handbook:
3. Develop Self, Businesses, Communities & Societies, Notion Press, 1st Edition,
2019
Mahesh Kuruba, Role Competency Matrix: A Step-By-Step Guide to an
4.
Objective Competency Management System, Springer,1st Edition, 2019.
David D Dubious, Competency-Based Human Resource Management:
5. Discover a New System for Unleashing the Productive Power of Exemplary
Performers, Davies-Black Publisher, 1st Edition, 2010.
Lyle M Spencer, Signe M Spencer, Competence at Work: Models for Superior
6.
Performance, Wiley India, 1st Edition, 2008.
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate Longer essay/ Evaluation essay, Critique or justify with pros and cons
176
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S
CO 4 M
CO 5 M M
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I r
t
t o A n
a
s u l
a
r l
s
23MEHR318 International HRD Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To summarize and comprehend the expanding role of global corporations
C2 To demonstrate the functioning of international assignments
C3 To elucidate development of global IHRM practices
C4 To interpret compliance norms of global organizations
C5 To introspect future of sustainable IHRM practices
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
IHRD: Scope of IHRD- Positivist and Interpretive
views on Culture, Values, Power-Cross Cultural
Management, Model, Dimensions; Comparison between
HRD India and Globalization.
I 9 C1
Learning Theories globally and implications-Career
development in multinational and multicultural
environment-Schein’s career anchors-Holland’s
vocational preference inventory.
Processes: Transfer of employment practices across
borders-The four influences framework-IHRM
II approaches-Factors affection-Implications. 9 C2
International Assignments and Employment
practices- motives-Process-Dimensions of success
177
and failure. Expatriation- Developing International
Staff and Multinational Teams, Approaches to
International Compensation.
Development & Practices: Multinational companies
and Host companies-Sustainable practices of host and
divergent country employment arrangements-Global
Employment Relations.
III Training & Development in global environment- 9 C3
Krikpatrick’s Taxonomy-Expatriate Training, PMS -
Transition of Expats to global leaders-Global and local
sourcing-Compliance to Labour Market-Capitalist Vs
Socialist Market economies.
Practices in Economies: PMS in different economies-
Total Rewards in International Context-Components-
Complexities-approaches.
IV 9 C4
Global Context: EEO-Gender Sensitivity-Diversity-
Inclusivity- Onshoring, offshoring, Friendshoring-
Models of strategic HRD.
Sustainability: Repatriation-issues-best practices;
Sustainable practices through Ethics and CSR; Green
HRD; Ethical Issues-dispute settlement-International
labour contract.
V 9 C5
Knowledge Management-Transfer; Changing and
Future Trends: International labour standards,
Managing Remote Work -issues-digital privacy and
decent work.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Demonstrate IHRM factors influential in global
CO1 PO2,PO4
corporations
CO2 Design IHRM elements for global assignments PO1,PO5
Critique and conclude developmental strategies for
CO3 PO2
IHRM practices
CO4 Implement and audit compliance IHRM norms PO6
CO5 Predict and appraise sustainable IHRM practices PO8
Reading List
International HRD: context, processes and people – introduction
1.
Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy, and Ronan Carbery
Theoretical frameworks for comparing HRD in an international context, Jean
2.
Woodall
The Issue of International Values and Beliefs: The Debate for a Global HRD Code
3.
of Ethics, Darlene Russ-Eft, Timothy Hatcher
International Technology Transfer For Competitive Advantage: A Conceptual
4.
Analysis Of The Role Of HRD, A. Ahad M. Osman‐Gani
178
References Books
K Ashwathappa, International Human Resource Management, TATA McGraw
1.
Hill, 2nd Edition, 2017.
Anne-Wil Harzing, Ashly Pinnington, International Human Resource
2.
Management, SAGE, 4th Edition, 2014.
Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy, Ronan Carbery, Handbook of International
3. Human Resource Development: Context, Processes and People, Edward Elgar
Publishing, 3rd Edition, 2017.
Peter J. Dowling | Marion Festing | Allen D. Engle, International Human
4.
Resource Management, CENGAGE INDIA,7th Edition , 2017.
Edwards Tony, Chris Rees, International Human Resource Management:
5. Globalization, National Systems and Multinational Companies, Pearson
Education India, 3rd Edition, 2016.
Yongsun Paik , Charles M. Vance, Managing A Global Workforce :
6. Challenges And Opportunities In International Human Resource Management,
PHI Learning, 2nd Edition, 2013.
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S
CO 4 M
CO 5 M
179
I Marks
n
C s E
r t x
e . T
Categ t
ory e
i H I r
t
t o A n
a
s u l
a
r l
s
Compensation and Rewards Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100
23MEHR308
Management
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of compensation
C2 To provide insights on compensation planning
C3 To throw light on compensation Pay
C4 To elucidate on Executive compensation
C5 To create awareness and importance of Wage administration in India:
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Compensation: types of compensation, conceptual
framework of compensation management, Theories of
wages – criteria of wage fixation – Institutional and
I cultural factors on compensation practices – National 9 C1
differences in compensation – Compensation system
design issues: Compensations Philosophies,
compensation approaches – Strategic
Compensation Planning: Developing a total
compensation strategy – Competitive Advantage – Job
evaluation systems, the compensation structure- Wage
II 9 C2
and salary surveys, the wage curve, pay grades and rate
ranges, preparing salary matrix, fixing pay, significant
compensation issues.
Variable Pay: Strategic reasons for incentive plans,
administering incentive plans, individual incentive
plans, group incentive plans ,team compensation,
ESOPs, Performance measurement issues, incentive
application and globalization, Managing Employee
III Benefits: Nature and types of benefits, employee 9 C3
benefits programs security benefits, retirement security
benefits, health care benefits, time–off benefits, benefits
administrations, employee benefits required by law,
discretionary major employee benefits, employee
services designing a benefits package.
IV Executive Compensation: Elements of executive 9 C4
180
compensation and its management, Executive
compensation in an international context, Wage
Determination: Principles of wage and salary
administration, methods of wage determination in India;
internal and external equity in compensation systems.
Wage Administration in India: wage policy in India,
wage boards: structure, scope and functions, Pay
Commissions. International Compensation, global
V convergence of compensation practices - Pay for 9 C5
performance for global employees -practices in different
industries, Employee benefits around the world, CEO
pay in a global context, Beyond compensation.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Be familiarized with compensation PO4,PO8
CO2 Understand Compensation Planning PO1,PO2
CO3 Design Executive Compensation PO2,PO6
CO4 Understand Wage administration in India PO6,PO7
Be aware of the importance of Wage administration in
CO5 PO8
India
Reading List
1. A Strategic Perspective on Compensation Management, Milkovich, George T.
2. Compensation Management, Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya
Employees Perception Towards Compensation Management Practices in Software
3.
Industry: An Indian Evidience,Dr. Das Kishore Kumar
4. Compensation in Organizations, Sara L. Rynes, Barry Gerhart
References Books
1. B. D. Singh ,Compensation and Reward Management ,Excel Books,2012.
Richard I. Henderson, Compensation Management in a Knowledge-Based World,
2.
Pearson Education,10th Edition, 2011.
Tapomoy Deb, Compensation Management, Text and Cases, Excel Books, 1st
3.
Edition, 2009.
4. Milkovich, Newman & Gerhart, Compensation, TMH, 10th Edition, 2011.
Jerry M. Newman ,Barry Gerhart & George T. Milkovich ,Compensation,
5.
McGrawHill,12th Edition, 2020.
6.
40 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
181
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S
SPECIALIZATION COURSES: SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Data Base Management Elective 3 - - - 3 45

23MESM304 25 75 100
System
Course Objectives
C1 To provide insights to the database concepts and modeling.
C2 To throw light on RDBMS and basic structure of SQL.
To familiarize on integrity & domain constraints and normalization using
C3
functional, multivalued, join dependencies.
C4 To create awareness and importance of object oriented data model.
C5 To elucidate on database system architectures.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
182
Introduction – Data Models – Database languages –
Transaction – Storage management – Database
administrator – Users – overall system structure –
I Entity – Relationship 9 C1
Model – Basic concepts –Mapping constraints –
keys – E - R Diagram – Weak Entity Sets –reduction
of E- R Diagram to tables.
Relational Model – structure – relational algebra –
extended operations – Modifications on a database –
II views – SQL – basic structure – set operations – 9 C2
aggregate functions – Nested Sub queries – derived
relations, views.
Integrity constraints – Domain constraints –
referential integrity – assertions – triggers –
functional dependencies – relational database design
III 9 C3
– decomposition – normalization using functional,
multivalued, Join dependencies– Domain – Key
Normal form – alternative approaches.
Object Oriented data Model – Languages – Object
Relational databases: Nested Relations – Complex
IV types and object Orientation – Querying with 9 C4
complex types – creation of complex values and
objects – comparison.
Database System Architectures : Centralized
Systems, Client server systems, Distributed systems,
Parallel databases – introduction –inter query –intra
query, intra-operation –interoperation parallelism –
V distributed databases –distributed data storage– 9 C5
network transparency –Query processing –
Transaction model–Commit protocols –coordinator
selection –concurrency control –deadlock handling –
multi database systems.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
CO1 Summarise the database concepts and modeling. P02, P06
Recall the concept of RDBMS and basic structure P01, P06
CO2
of SQL.
CO3 Generalise on integrity & domain constraints and P01, P05, P06
183
normalization using functional, multivalued, join
dependencies.
Formulate one’s understanding on object oriented P01, P06
CO4
data model.
Criticise and compare the database system P02, P05, P06
CO5
architectures.
Reading List
T. William Olle, Database management system, Encyclopedia of Computer
1.
Science
Journal of Intelligent Information Systems - Integrating Artificial Intelligence and
2.
Database Technologies, Springer
3. Knowledge and Information Systems, Springer
4. Journal of Network and SystemsAn International
Management,Journal
Springer
TEXT BOOKS
C.J. Date, A.Kannan, S.SwamiNadhan, An Introduction to Database systems, ,
1.
Pearson, 8th Edition, 2003
2 Paneerselvam, R; Database Management Systems; PHI; 2018
SatinderBal Gupta; Aditya Mittal; Introduction to Database Management; Laxmi
3
Publication; 2009
Raghu Ramakrishnan;JohannesGehrke; Database management systems; third edition;
4
McGraw Hill; 2000
Rajiv Chopra; Database management sytems: A Practical approach; 5th edition; S Chand
5
and company; 2008
References Books
1. A Silberschatz, H Korth, S Sudarshan, “Database System and Concepts ”,
McGraw-Hill, 6th Edition, 2013
2. Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke, Data base Management Systems,
McGraw-Hill 3rd Edition, 2014.
ElmasriNavathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, Pearson Education, 7th
3.
Edition, 2015
4.
Rob, Coronel, “Database Systems”, Seventh Edition, Cengage Learning, 2006.
Total 100 Marks
CO – PO MAPPING
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M S M
CO 4 S M
CO 5 S S M
184
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Elective 3 - - - 3 4
23MESM305 System Analysis and Design 5 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students on the fundamentals of system analysis and design.
C2 To provide insights on computer-assisted tools and types of automated tools.
C3 To throw light on review and selection fact-finding techniques.
C4 To elucidate on the essentials of design designing effective output.
To create awareness and importance on software design & documentation and
C5
case studies on various domains.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
System Analysis Fundamentals: Introduction to
System, System Analysis and Design, Need for
System Analysis and Design, Role of the System
I 9 C1
Analyst System Development Strategies: SDLC,
Structured Analysis Development Method, System
Prototype Method.
Case Tools:Benefits of Computer-Assisted Tools,
Categories of Automated Tools, Case Components
II Organizations as System: Interrelatedness and 9 C2
Interdependence of System, System Process,
Boundaries, System Feedback, Managing Project.
Review and Selection Fact-Finding
Techniques:Interview, Questionnaire, Record Review,
Observation Data Flow Diagram: Advantages,
Notations, Rules, Leveling, Logical and Physical
III 9 C3
DFD. Data Dictionary: Importance, Data Elements,
Describing Process Specification Structured
Decisions: Decision Tree, Decision Tables, Structured
English.
IV The Essentials of Design Designing Effective 9 C4
185
Output:Objectives, Types of Output, Method, Factors
to consider - Designing Effective Input: Objectives,
Guideline for Form design, Screen and Web Forms,
Designing User Interface: Objectives, Types of user
interface, Designing Accurate Data – Entry
Procedures: Objectives, Effective coding, Data-Entry
Method, Ensuring data quality through input
validation
Quality Assurance through Software Engineering -
Design of Software, Software design and documentation:
Structured Flowcharts, HIPO, Warnier /Orr Diagrams
Managing Quality Assurance: Level of Assurance, Level
of Test Implementation of Information System: Training
V 9 C5
Strategies, Conversion, Post Implementation Review -
Case Studies - Financial Accounting System - Payroll
System – Library System - Inventory System - Online
Banking System - Railway Reservation system(Input,
Output, DFD)
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Recall the fundamentals of system analysis and
CO1 P01, P02
design.
Describe the computer-assisted tools and types of P02, P06
CO2
automated tools.
Analyse the review and selection of fact-finding P01, P04
CO3
techniques.
Formulate the essentials of designing effective P02, P06
CO4
output.
Organise your understanding on software design & P01, P06
CO5
documentation and case studies on various domains.
Reading List
1. Finite Elements in Analysis and Design, Elsvier
2. Formal Methods in System Design, Springer
3. Journal of Systems and Software, Elsevier
Telecommunication Systems - Modelling, Analysis, Design and Management,
4.
Springer
186
Text book
1 V Rajaraman; Analysis and Design of Information Systems; PHI; 2018
2 J B Dixit; Structured system Analysis and Design ; Laxmi Publications; 2007
3 AruneshGoyal; System Analysis and Design ; PBI Learning; 2011
4 Dr V k Jain; System Analysis and Design handbook; Dreamtech Press; 2000
5 Preeti Gupta; Structured System Analysis and Design; Firewall Media; 2005
References Books
Hoffer J. A, George J.F, Valacich J.S, Modern Systems Analysis and Design,
1.
Pearson Education, 6th Edition, 2011
Alan Dennis and Barbara Wixom, Roberta M. Roth, Systems Analysis and
2.
Design, Wiley, 2018.
Whitten J. L, Bentley L. D, Systems Analysis and Design Methods, McGraw Hill,
3.
2005.
4. Kenneth E. Kendall, Julie E. Kendall, Systems Analysis and Design, Pearson
5. Education,
Elias 10th Edition,
M. Awad, 2019. and Design, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd, 2010
System Analysis
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 S S
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
187
23MESM306 Decision Support System Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To provide insights on components and characteristics of DSS.
To throw light on modeling process, model directory and model base
C2
management system.
C3 To familiarize on data structure and data base languages.
C4 To create awareness and importance of dialog management, user interface and
C5 visual
To interactive
elucidate modeling. of decision support system.
on development
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Decision concept – Steps – Decision
I Support System – Components – Characteristics – 9 C1
Classifications and Applications.
Model Management: Model – Modeling Process –
Types of Models – Optimization – Simulation –
II Heuristic: Descriptive – Predictive Model Base – 9 C2
Modeling Languages – Model Directory, Model Base
Management System – Model Execution, Integration
and Command Processing – Model Packages.
Data Management System: Data Base – Sources of
III Data – Data Directory – Data Structure and Data Base
9 C3
Languages – Query Facility – Data Management
System – DBMS as DSS Development Tool.
Dialog Management: User Interface – Graphics –
Multimedia – Visual Interactive Modeling – Natural
IV 9 C4
language processing – Speech Recognition and
Understanding – Issues in User interface.
Development of Decision Support System:
Development Process – Software and Hardware; Data
V 9 C5
Acquisition – Model Acquisition – Dialog development
– Integration – Testing and Validation – Training and
Implementation.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Have insights on components and characteristics of
CO1 P01, P02
DSS.
CO2 Possess knowledge on DSS architecture; P02, P04
approaches to development; and models in DSS.
188
Possess knowledge on Group DSS and Executive P01, P05
CO3
Information Systems (EIS).
CO4 Have better understanding on AI and expert P02, P06
Learn and understand on development of decision P01, P06
CO5
support system.
Reading List
1. Decision Support Systems and Electronic Commerce, Elsevier
2. Decision Support Systems, Science Direct
3. Decision Sciences – Wiley Online Library
Soft Computing - A Fusion of Foundations, Methodologies and Applications
4.
Springer
Text Books
1 Sitansu S Mittra; Decision Support Systems: Tools and Techniques; Wiley; 1986
RamanathanSugumaran; John Degroote; Spatial Decision Support System: Principles and

2
Practices; Taylor and Francis; 2011
3 V S Janakiraman; Sarukesi, K; Decision Support Systems; PHI; 2008
B Ravindranath; Decision Support Systems and Data Warehouses; NewAge International;

4
2003
References Books
Efraim Turban, Jay E. Aronson, Ting-Peng Liang, Ramesh Sharda, Decision
1.
Support & Business Intelligent Systems, Pearson Education, 8th Edition, 2007
Mallach, Efrem G, Decision Support & data Warehouse Systems –McGraw-Hill,
2.
2002
Marakas, George. M, Decision Support Systems in the 21st century – Pearson
3.
Education, 1999
Daniel J Power, Decision Support Systems – Concepts and Resources for
4.
Managers: Quorum Books, 2002
Efraim Turban, Ramesh Sharda, DursunDelen, Business Intelligence and
5.
Analytics – Systems for decision support, Pearson, 2018
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 S M
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S M
189
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MESM307 E-Business Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students on the web designing software tools.
To provide insights on data warehousing and application of e-commerce in
C2
various sectors.
C3 To throw light on E-Marketing and ERP tools & modules
C4 To elucidate on E-security, Internet governance and cyber law issues.
C5 To create awareness and importance of E-commerce in service sector; and
privacy & information rights
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction : Introduction to World Wide Web –
Intelligent Web Designing – Software Tools – IP, TCP,
I 9 C1
HTTP, HTML, Cryptography – Consumer Interface
Technologies – OLAP and Data Mining
Principles – Potential – Knowledge Management –
Data Warehousing – Application of E-Commerce in
II Different Sector – Service, Industry, Domestic – 9 C2
Multidisciplinary Approach to E-Commerce, Customer
Relation Management.
Business Model – E-Marketing – Intelligent Agents –
Economics in E-Commerce – Equilibrium Price –
III 9 C3
Supply Chain Management – ERP Tools and Modules
– Opportunities and Challenges – Mobile Commerce
Online Payment – E-Security – Security Protocols –
How sites are hacked – Internet Governance – Firewall
IV Legal Issues: Software Intellectual Property Law – 9 C4
Contract Law for E-Business – Cyber Law Issues -
Interpol
190
E-Commerce Industries: Online Retail Sector – Online
Financial Services – Online Travel Services – Online
V Career Services – Online Publishing – Online 9 C5
Entertainment Consumer Protection: Privacy and
Information Rights – Warranties and New Products.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Summarise the knowledge on the web designing
CO1 P05, P06, P07
software tools.
Describe the application of data warehousing and P02, P04
CO2
of e-commerce in various sectors.
Explain the tools of E-Marketing and ERP & its P02, P06
CO3
modules.
Interpret the issues associated with E-security, P02, P03, P06, P07
CO4 Internet governance and cyber law.
Explain the role of E-commerce in service sector; P04, P06
CO5
and privacy & information rights
Reading List
1.
Information Systems and e-Business Management, Springer
2.
Electronic Commerce Research, Springer
3. Dien D. Phan , E-Business Management Strategies: A Business-To-Business
Case Study, Information Systems Management, Taylor & Francis
4. E-business model design, classification, and measurements, Thunderbird
International Business Review, Wiley Online Review
Text Books
Joseph P T, “E-Commerce: An Indian Perspective”, PHI Publications, 5th Edition,
1.
2015.
UrmiDatta&NehaSomani, “E-commerce and Business Communication”, Oxford
2.
University Press, 1st Edition, 2017
3 E commerce: An Introduction;AmirManzoor; Lambert Academic Publishing;
2019
4
MamtaBhusry; E Commerce; Firewall Media; 2005
5
V Rajaraman; Essentials of E Commerce Technology; PHI Learning; 2009
References Books
191
David Whiteley, “E-Commerce: Strategy, Technologies and Applications”, Indian
1.
Edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2017.
Jelassi, Tawfik, Martínez-López, Francisco J, “Strategies for e-Business -
2.
Concepts and Cases on Value Creation and Digital Business Transformation”,
Kenneth C Laudon and Carol GuercioTraver, “E-Commerce – Business,
3.
Technology, Society”, Pearson Publication, 15th Edition, 2019.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 S M
CO 3 M S
CO 4 S S S S
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MESM308 Internet of Things (IoT) Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To provide insights to the students on the basic concepts of IoT
C2 To throw light on the various models related to IoT architecture.
C3 To familiarize on the design and building blocks of IoT.
C4 To create awareness and importance of data analytics tools for IoT.
C5 To elucidate on IoT related case-studies and real world applications.
SYLLABUS
Details No. of Course
UNIT
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Evolution of Internet of Things - Physical
Design of IoT - Logical Design of IoT - IoT Enabling
I 9 C1
Technologies - IoT Levels and Deployment Templates -
Domain Specific to IoTs.
IoT Architecture: ETSI, IETF, OGC architectures - IoT
II reference model - Domain model - information model - 9 C2
functional model - communication model - IoT reference
192
architecture.
Building IoT: IoT Systems - Logical Design using Python -
IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints: What is an IoT Device -
III Basic building blocks of an IoT device - Exemplary Device: 9 C3
Raspberry Pi - Programming Rashberry Pi with Python -
Other IoTDevices.
IoT Data Platform: Data Analytics for IoT: Introduction -
Apache Hadoop - Using Hadoop Map Reduce for Batch Data
IV 9 C4
Analysis - Apache Oozie - Apache Spark - Tools for IoT -
Introduction - Chef: Setting up Chef.
Case Studies and Real-World Applications: Real world
design constraints - IoT Physical Servers & Cloud Offerings -
V Case Studies Illustrating IoT Design: Introduction - Asset 9 C5
management – Smart Cities - Environment - Productivity
Applications.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course On completion of this course, students will; Program
Outcomes Outcomes
CO1 Infer the basic concepts of IoT. P04, P06
Comparison on the various models related to IoT P02, P04, P05
CO2
architecture.
Recall the design and building blocks of IoT. P01, P02, P06, P07
CO3
Assess the importance of data analytics tools for IoT. P02, P06, P07
CO4
Analyse the IoT related case-studies and real world P01,P02,P03,P06, P07
CO5
applications.
Reading List
1. Internet of Things – Science Direct
2. International Journal of Internet of Things and Cyber-Assurance, Inderscience
S Li, LD Xu, S Zhao, The internet of things: a survey, , Information systems frontiers,
3.
Springer
F Wortmann, K Flüchter ,Internet of things - Business & Information Systems
4.
Engineering, Springer
Text Books
ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, - Internet of Things – A hands-on approach,

1.
University Press, 2015
DrKamleshLakhwani; DrHemant Kumar Gianey; Joseph KoftWireko; Internet of Things;
2
BPB Publications; 2020
193
Sunil Cheruvu; Anil Kumar; Ned Smith; Demystufying Internet of Things Security:
3
Successful IoT; Apress; 2019
4 RajkumarBuyya; Amir VahidDastjerdi; IoT: Principles and Paradigms; Elsevier; 2016
5 AbhikChaudhry; Internet of things, for things and by things; Taylor and Francis; 2019
References Books
Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison, Michahelles, Florian (Eds), ―Architecting the
2.
Internet of Things‖, Springer, 2011.
Honbo Zhou, ―The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware Perspective‖, CRC
3.
Press, 2012.
Jan Holler, VlasiosTsiatsis , Catherine Mulligan, Stamatis , Karnouskos, StefaAvesand.
4.
David Boyle, "From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things – Introduction to a
Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi , ―The Internet of Things – Key
5.
applications and Protocols‖, Wiley, 2012
Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, John Wiley
6.
& Sons, 2013.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 S S M M
CO 4 M S S
CO 5 S S S M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External

CIA
23MESM313 Cloud Computing Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100

Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students on the history and models of cloud computing.
To provide insights on characteristics, challenges and virtualization concepts
C2
of cloud computing.
To throw light on cloud computing applications such as Amazon AWS,
C3
Microsoft Azure and Google App Engine.
194
C4 To elucidate on cloud access, cloud provenance and cloud security.
To create awareness and importance of governance and the future of cloud
C5
based system in organization.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
History of Cloud Computing: History of Centralized
and Distributed Computing - Overview of Distributed
Computing, Cluster computing, Grid computing.
I 9 C1
Technologies for Network based systems- System
models for Distributed and cloud computing- Software
environments for distributed systems and clouds.
Introduction to Cloud Computing: Introduction to
Cloud Computing- Cloud issues and challenges -
Properties - Characteristics - Service models,
Deployment models. Cloud resources: Network and
II API - Virtual and Physical computational resources - 9 C2
Data-storage. Virtualization concepts - Types of
Virtualization- Introduction to Various Hypervisors -
High Availability (HA)/Disaster Recovery (DR) using
Virtualization, Moving VMs .
Cloud Computing Applications: Cloud Programming
and Software Environments – Parallel and Distributed
III Programming paradigms – Overview on Amazon AWS 9 C3
and Microsoft Azure – Overview on Google App
Engine – Emerging Cloud software Environment.
Cloud Security: Cloud Access: authentication,
authorization and accounting - Cloud Provenance and
IV metadata - Cloud Reliability and fault-tolerance - Cloud 9 C4
Security, privacy, policy and compliance Cloud
federation, interoperability and standards.
Governance and the future of Cloud: Organizational
Readiness and Change Management in the Cloud Age,
Legal Issues in Cloud Computing, Achieving
V Production Readiness for Cloud Services, How Cloud 9 C5
Will Change Operating Systems, Future of Cloud TV &
Cloud-Based Smart Devices, Cloud and Mobile, Home-
Based Cloud Computing.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
195
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Quote on the history and models of cloud
CO1 P04, P06, P07, P08
computing.
Analyse the characteristics, challenges and P01, P04, P05
CO2
virtualization concepts of cloud computing.
Comprehend on cloud computing applications such P01, P02, P03, P06, P07
CO3 as Amazon AWS, Microsoft Azure and Google
App Engine.
Compare and contrast on cloud access, cloud P05, P06, P07. P08
CO4
provenance and cloud security.
Organise your thoughts on governance and the P01,P02,P03,P04, P07
CO5
future of cloud based system in organization.
Reading List
1.
Journal of Cloud Computing, Advances, Systems and Applications, Springer Open
2. Special Issue on Cloud-based Media Computing and Communications, Computer
Communications, Elseiver
L Qian, Z Luo, Y Du, L Guo , Cloud computing: An overview, international
3.
conference on cloud computing, 2009 - Springer
Lizhe Wang, Gregor von Laszewski, Andrew Younge, Xi He, Marcel Kunze, Jie
4. Tao & Cheng Fu, Cloud Computing: a Perspective Study, New Generation
Computing, Springer
Text Books
1. Kris Jamsa, Cloud Computing, Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2013
Kumar Saurahb, Cloud Computing – Insights into new era infrastructure, Wiley
2.
India, 2nd Edition, 2012
3. Rao, M N ; Cloud Computing; Prentice Hall India; 2015
4. Pandey, U S; Chaudhary, Kavita; Cloud Computing; S chand and company; 2014
5. Nayan B Ruparelia; Cloud computing; MIT Press; 2016
References Books
RajkumarBuyya, James Broberg and AndrzejGoscinski, Cloud Computing –
1.
Principles and Paradigms, John Wiley & Sons, 2011
2. Barrie Sosinsky, “ Cloud Computing Bible” John Wiley & Sons, 2011
Tim Mather, SubraKumaraswamy, and ShahedLatif, Cloud Security and Privacy
3.
An Enterprise Perspective on Risks and Compliance, O'Reilly, 2009
Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox and Jack J. Dongarra, Distributed and cloud
4.
computing from Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things, Morgan Kaufmann,
CO-PO MAPPING
196
CO 1 S M S S
CO 2 S M S
CO 3 M S S S M
CO 4 S M S S
CO 5 S M M S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Enterprise Resource Elective 3 - - - 3 45
23MESM309 25 75 100
Planning (ERP)
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basics of ERP models, structures and
C2 advantages
To brief the advancement of IT and data management
C3 To throw light on ERP marketplace dynamics
C4 To elucidate on implementation of ERP
C5 To orient to open source ERP and future directives
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
ERP Introduction: Origin, Evolution and Structure and
Benefits: o Conceptual Model of ERP, Scenario and
I 9 C1
Justification of ERP in India, Various Modules of ERP,
Advantage of ERP.
Advancement of IT and Impact on organizations data
management: Data warehousing, Data Mining, Online
II 9 C2
Analytic Processing (OLAP), Product Life Cycle
Management (PLM).
ERP Marketplace and Marketplace Dynamics: Market
Overview, Marketplace Dynamics, and The changing
III ERP Market. ERP- Functional Modules: Introduction, 9 C3
Functional Modules of ERP Software Integration of
ERP, Supply chain and Customer Relationship
197
Applications.
ERP Implementation: Business Process mapping and
re-engineering, ERP Implementation Life Cycle, Role
of Consultants, Vendors and Employees. Critical
IV Success Factors: Guiding Selection and Evaluation of 9 C4
ERP, Strategies and CSF for Successful ERP
Implementation, Causes of ERP Failure.
Practical Module: ERP & E-Commerce, Future

Directives- in ERP, Integrating ERP into organizational
V 9 C5
culture. Using an open source ERP tool for orienting
students to ERP.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Define the basics of ERP models, structures and
CO1 P01, P02, P07
advantages
Comprehend and categorize the advancement of IT P05, P06, P07
CO2
and data management
CO3 Summarise the ERP marketplace dynamics P01, P02, P07
CO4 Compare and design implementation of ERP P01, P02, P05. P06
Contrast and use open source ERP towards future P03, P04,P05, P07, P08
CO5
directives
Reading List
1. Business Process Management Journal, Emerald insight
2. Journal of Business Research, Elsevier
T Huang, K Yasud, Comprehensive review of literature
3.
survey articles on ERP - Business Process Management Journal, Emerald
H Klaus, M Rosemann, GG Gable, What is ERP?, Information systems
4.
frontiers, Springer
Text Books
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) Text and Case Studies, Mr. C.S.V. Murthy,
1.
Himalaya Publication, 2008.
Dr. Ashim Raj Singla, Enterprise Resource Planning 2nd Edition, Cengage
2.
Learning, 2019.
S. Sadagopan, ERP-A Managerial Perspective, McGraw Hill,1999.
3.
198
K Ganesh; Sanjay Mohapatra; AnbuShankar,S P; Enterprise Resource Planning:
4.
Fundamentals of Design and Implementation; Springer; 2014
S Parthasarathy; Enterprise Resource Planning: A Managerial and Technical
5.
Perspective; NewAge Publications; 2007
References Books
1. Alexis Leon , Enterprise Resource Planning McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2018
David L. Olson , Managerial Issues of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems,
2.
McGraw Hill, 2008.
F. Robert Jacobs and D. Clay Whybark, Why ERP? A primer on SAP
3.
Implementation, McGraw Hill, 2000.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 S S M
CO 2 S S M
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S S S
CO 5 S M M M S
Inst. Hours Marks

Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Software Project and Quality Elective 3 - - - 3 45

23MESM310 25 75 100
management
Course Objectives
To comprehend and reflect on overview of project planning, project evaluation,
C1
project analysis and technical planning, software estimation
To elaborate and critically analyze Resource scheduling and management,
C2
CMM, key process indicators, process monitoring and control.
To generate and align Critical Chain Project Management, Test Maturity Model
C3
& Six Sigma and collate reports.
To evaluate existing Adaptive Project Framework and build quality models
C4
based on Six Sigma & Lean Process Model.
199
To contrast Software configuration management processes and audit quality
C5
standardisations.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction:Project Overview - Traditional Project
Management - Scoping the Project - Identifying Project
Activities-An overview of project planning, project
I evaluation, project analysis and technical planning, 9 C1
software estimation. Organizational quality goals, policy,
quality plans, certification, accreditation, process
measurements, audits.
Requirements: Estimating Duration, Resource
Requirements and Cost - Constructing and Analyzing
the Project Network Diagram - Finalizing the
Schedule and Cost Based on Resource Availability -
II Organizing and Conducting the Joint Project Planning 9 C2
Session. Capability Maturity Model: CMM & CMMI,
goals, commitment, ability, measurement &
verification, maturity levels, key process areas, key
process indicators, process monitoring and control.
Project Teams: Recruiting Organizing and Managing
the Project Team - Monitoring and Controlling Progress -
Closing out the Projects - Critical Chain Project
Management - Activity planning, project schedules,
III 9 C3
sequencing and scheduling projects. Test Maturity Model
& Six Sigma: Overview, Key Process Areas, TPI
framework of test quality, levels of maturity, assessment,
analysis, reporting.
Framework: Introduction to the Adaptive Project
Framework - Version Scope - Cycle Plan - Cycle
Build - Client Checkpoint - Post-Version Review -
IV network planning model, shortening project duration, 9 C4
Identifying critical activities. Six Sigma & Lean
Process Model: quality criteria, quality metrics,
frameworks, process wastages, operational processes,
guidelines and templates
Standardisations: Variations to APF- Software
configuration management, Basic functions,
V 9 C5
Responsibilities, standards configuration management,
prototyping, models of prototyping. Organizational
200
Considerations - Project Portfolio Management -
Project Support Office Case study - PRINCE Project
management standards. Audits: ISO, CMM, People
CMM, TMM, Six Sigma.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Comprehend and reflect on overview of project
CO1 planning, project evaluation, project analysis and P01, P02, P06, P07
technical planning, software estimation
Critically analyze Resource scheduling and P05, P06, P07
CO2 management, CMM, key process indicators, process
monitoring and control.
Generate and align Critical Chain Project P01, P02, P06
CO3 Management, Test Maturity Model & Six Sigma and
collate reports.
Evaluate existing Adaptive Project Framework and P01, P02, P05. P06
CO4 build quality models based on Six Sigma & Lean
Process Model.
Contrast and conclude Software configuration P04, P05, P07, P08
CO5 management processes and audit quality
standardisations.
Reading List
1.
Software Quality Journal, Springer
2.
International Journal of Project Management, Elsevier
MJ Parzinger, R Nath, A study of the relationships between total quality
3.
management implementation factors and software quality, Total quality
management, Taylor & Francis
K Kautz, EÅ Larsen Diffusion theory and practice: Disseminating quality
4.
management and software process improvement innovations, Information
Technology & People, Emerald
Text Books
1 Ashfaque Ahmed; Software Project Management: A process driven approach;
T& F; 2011
2 PankajJalote; Software Project Management in Practice; Pearson Education ;
2002
3 PriyadarshiniTripathy; KshirasagarNaik; Software Testing and Quality
Assurance; Wiley Publishing; 2011
201
4 Bharat BhushanAgarwal; ShivangiDhall; Software Project Management; Laxmi
Publication; 2011
5 K K Singh; Akansha Singh; software Project management; Umesh Publication;
2011
References Books
1. Richard L. Chamberlain, Planning Quality Project Management of (EMR/EHR)
Software Products (HIMSS Book Series), CRC Press, 1st Edition 2017.
Ronald Cummings - John, Owais Peer, Leading Quality: How Great Leaders
2. Deliver High Quality Software and Accelerate Growth, ROI Press,1st Edition
2019.
Greg Caldwell, Lean Mastery: 8 Books in 1 - Master Lean Six Sigma & Build a
3. Lean Enterprise, Accelerate Tasks with Scrum and Agile Project Management,
Optimize with Kanban, and Adopt The Kaizen Mindset, Greg Caldwell
Publishing, 1st Edition 2020.
4. Tom C. Witt, IT Best Practices: Management, Teams, Quality, Performance,

and Projects, CRC Press,1st Edition 2018.
5. Linda Westfall, The Certified Software Quality Engineer Handbook, ASQ
Quality Press, 2nd Edition, 2017.
6. Stephan Goericke, The Future of Software Quality Assurance, 1st 2020, Springer
Open.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 S M M S
CO 2 S M S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S S
CO 5 S M S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
23MESM311 Data Warehousing Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100

Course Objectives
C1 To provide insights to the characteristics and architecture of data warehouse.
202
To throw light on the fundamentals, classification and major issues in data
C2
mining.
C3 To familiarize on APRIOIRI principle & Algorithm and Association rule
C4 To create awareness and importance of classification techniques, decision tree
C5 andelucidate
To Bayesianon
Belief Networks.
the various clustering techniques.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Data warehouse: Introduction to Data warehouse,
Difference between operational database systems and
data warehouses, Data warehouse Characteristics, Data
warehouse Architecture and its Components,
Extraction-Transformation-Loading, Logical(Multi-
I Dimensional), Data Modeling, Schema Design, Star 9 C1
and Snow-Flake Schema, Fact Constellation, Fact
Table, Fully Addictive, Semi-Addictive, Non-Addictive
Measures; Fact-Less-Facts, Dimension Table
Characteristics; OLAP Cube, OLAP Operations, OLAP
Server Architecture-ROLAP, MOLAP and HOLAP.
Data Mining: Fundamentals of data mining, Data
Mining Functionalities, Classification of Data Mining
systems, Data Mining Task Primitives, Integration of a
Data Mining System with a Database or Data
II Warehouse System, Major issues in Data Mining. Data 9 C2
Preprocessing: Need for Preprocessing the Data, Data
Cleaning, Data Integration &Transformation, Data
Reduction, Discretization and Concept Hierarchy
Generation.
Association Rules: Problem Definition, Frequent Item
Set Generation, The APRIORI Principle, Support and
Confidence Measures, Association Rule Generation;
III APRIOIRI Algorithm, The Partition Algorithms, FP- 9 C3
Growth Algorithms, Compact Representation of
Frequent Item Set- Maximal Frequent Item Set, Closed
Frequent Item Set.
Classification: Problem Definition, General
Approaches to solving a classification problem,
IV Evaluation of Classifiers , Classification techniques, 9 C4
Decision Trees-Decision tree Construction, Methods
for Expressing attribute test conditions, Measures for
203
Selecting the Best Split, Algorithm for Decision tree
Induction; Naive-Bayes Classifier, Bayesian Belief
Networks; K- Nearest neighbor classification-
Algorithm and Characteristics, prediction: Accuracy
and Error measures, Evaluating the accuracy of a
classifier or a predictor, Ensemble methods.
Clustering: Clustering Overview, A Categorization of
Major Clustering Methods, partitioning methods,
hierarchical methods, , partitioning clustering-k-means
algorithm, pam algorithm; hierarchical clustering-
V 9 C5
agglomerative methods and divisive methods, Basic
Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering Algorithm, Key
Issues in Hierarchical Clustering, Strengths and
Weakness, Outlier Detection.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Have insights to the characteristics and architecture
CO1 P05, P06, P07
of data warehouse.
Possess knowledge on the fundamentals, P01, P02, P06
CO2
classification and major issues in data mining.
Possess knowledge on APRIOIRI principle & P01, P02, P06, P07
CO3
Algorithm and Association rule generation.
Have better understanding on classification P01, P05. P06
CO4 techniques, decision tree and Bayesian Belief
Networks.
Learn and understand the various clustering P04, P05, P07,
CO5
techniques.
Reading List
1. Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery, Springer
2. International Journal of Information Management, Science Direct
BH Wixom, HJ Watson, An empirical investigation of the factors affecting data
3.
warehousing success, MIS quarterly, JSTOR
Text Books
P Chandra, MK Gupta, Comprehensive survey on data warehousing research,
1.
International Journal of Information Technology, Springer
PaulrajPonniah, Data warehousing Fundamentals, Wiley Publications. 2nd Edition,
2.
2012
204
Parteek Bhatia; Data mining and data warehousing; Principles and Practical
3
applications; Cambridge University Press; 2019
4 Arshad khan; Data warehousing 101 : Concepts and Implementation; iUniverse; 2003
Prabhu CSR; Data warehousing: Concepts, Techniques and Products; PHI Universal;
5
2008
References Books
George M. Marakas, Modern Data Warehousing, Mining and Visualization,
1.
Pearson Publications. 3rd Impression, 2009
Jaiwei Ham and MichelineKamber, Data Mining concepts and techniques,
2.
Kauffmann Publishers, 2006
3. W.H.Inmon, Building the Data Warehouse, 4th edition Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2005.
Michel Berry and Gordon Linoff, Data mining techniques for Marketing, Sales
4.
and Customer support, John Wiley, 2011
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 M S M
CO 3 S S S M
CO 4 S S S
CO 5 S M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Deep Learning And Elective 3 - - - 3 45

23MESM312 25 75 100
Artificial Intelligence
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students on the modern practices of deep forward networks.
To provide insights on deep models, optimization techniques and algorithms
C2
with adaptive learning rates.
C3 To throw light on foundation and applications of AI.
C4 To elucidate on the approaches to knowledge representation.
To create awareness and importance of applications of expert systems and
C5
machine learning paradigms.
205
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Deep Networks: Deep Networks: Modern Practices:
Deep Forward Networks: Example: Learning XOR -
I 9 C1
Gradient-Based Learning - Hidden Units - Architecture
Design - Regularization for Deep Learning.
Models: Optimization for Training Deep Models: How
Learning Differs from Pure Optimization -Challenges
in Neural Network Optimization - Basic Algorithms -
II Parameter Initialization Strategies - Algorithms with 9 C2
Adaptive Learning Rates - Approximate Second-Order
Methods - Optimization Strategies and Meta-
Algorithms
Intelligent Systems: Introduction to Artificial
Intelligence: Intelligent Systems - Foundations of AI -
Applications -Tic-Tac-Toe Game Playing - Problem
III 9 C3
Solving: State-Space Search and Control Strategies:
Introduction - General Problem Solving - Exhaustive
Searches - Heuristic Search Techniques.
Knowledge Representation: Advanced Problem-
Solving Paradigm: Planning: Introduction - Types of
Planning Systems -Knowledge Representation:
IV Introduction - Approaches to Knowledge 9 C4
Representation -Knowledge Representation using
Semantic Network - Knowledge Representation using
Frames.
Applications: Expert Systems and Applications:
Blackboard Systems – Truth Maintenance Systems –
V Applications of Expert Systems – Machine-Learning 9 C5
Paradigms: Machine-Learning Systems – Supervised
and Unsupervised Learnings.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Identify the modern practices of deep forward
CO1 P01, P02, P05, P07
networks.
Explain the deep models, optimization techniques P01, P02, P04, P06
CO2
and algorithms with adaptive learning rates.
206
Summarise on the foundation and applications of P04, P05, P06, P07
CO3
AI.
Criticise the approaches to knowledge P02, P06. P07
CO4 representation.
Organise the applications of expert systems and P04, P05, P07, P08
CO5
machine learning paradigms.
Reading List
1. Artificial Intelligence – Elsevier
2. International Journal of Machine Learning and Cybernetics, Springer
DM Dimiduk, EA Holm, SR Niezgoda, Perspectives on the impact of
machine learning, deep learning, and artificial intelligence on materials, processes,
3.
and structures engineering, Integrating Materials and and Manufacturing
Innovation volume 2018 - Springer
Text Books
1. SarojKaushik, "Artificial Intelligence", Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd, 2011
Deepak Khemani, "A First Course in Artificial Intelligence", McGraw Hill
2.
Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi, 2013
Elaine Rich, Kevin Night, Shivashankar B Nair, "Artificial Intelligence" 3rd
3.
Edition, McGraw Hill, 2008.
A Sujith, GS Sajja, V Mahalakshmi, S Nuhmani, Systematic review of smart
4. health monitoring using deep learning and Artificial intelligence, Neuroscience
Informatics, Elsevier
Kanimozhi S; Suguna; Dhivya; Paiva, Sara; Artificial Intelligence: Recent trends and
5.
Applications; CRC Press; 2021
References Books
Ian Goodfellow, YoshuaBengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press,
1.
2016.
Li Deng and Dong Yu, "Deep Learning Methods and Applications", Foundations
2.
and Trends in Signal Processing, 2014.
YoshuaBengio, "Learning Deep Architectures for AI", Foundations and Trends in
3.
Machine Learning, 2009
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 S S S M
CO 2 M S S S
CO 3 M S M S
CO 4 S S S
CO 5 S M M S
207
SPECIALIZATION COURSES: HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEHM31 Health Policy and Health Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
2 Care System
Course Objectives
To provide an in-depth understanding of various frameworks on social
C1
determinants of health and broad concepts of Health scenarios in India.
To understand the activities of health agencies in India and the functions of
C2
international health organizations in the health care sector.
To illuminate the dimensions of public health policy, their structure, funding,
C3
governance, and their integration into the healthcare system.
To understand the overview of the Health Care Sector in India and assess the
C4
healthcare delivery system in the Hospitals.
To provide an overview of the various elements of Medical Tourism and to realize
C5
the potential of government policy on medical tourism in India.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Determinants of Health; Life Style – Socio – Economic
conditions – Heredity – Environment – Health and
I 9 C1
Family Welfare Services – Other Factors – Health
Scenario of India.
Organizations for Health; Voluntary health agencies in
India – Indian Red Cross Society – Indian Council for
II child welfare – Tuberculosis Association of India – RAI 9 C2
– Rockefeller Foundation – Ford Foundation - CARE -
International organizations – WHO – UNICEF – UNDP.
Health Policy; Meaning – Need – National health policy
– features – National health programmers in India –
III 9 C3
Health planning – Planning under Five Year Plans – Plan
Outlays. – National Population Policy.
Health care; concept of health care – Levels; Primary,
Secondary, Tertiary – Health for all by 2000 A.D. –
IV 9 C4
Health care system in India – Structure of Government
Machinery – Private, Government, Corporate Hospitals.
Medical Tourism; Role of Medical Tourism, Methods
V to attract Foreign Medical; Tourists, Facilities 9 C5
available for foreign patients, Role of travel Agencies,
208
Govt. Policy on Medical Tourism.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to understand broad concepts of public health
CO1 and role of healthcare in Human Development, P01, P05
Economic Development and Inclusive Growth.
Be able to apprehend basic principles of international
health organizations in order to give them a better
CO2 P04, P08
understanding of the wider context of health systems and
public health across various countries.
Be able to learn the process of public health policy
CO3 P04, P08
making and plans in healthcare system in India.
Be able to classify the health care the system at primary,
CO4 secondary and national level and government machinery P06, P08
setup in India.
Have better understanding of medical tourism marketing,
CO5 P04, P06
regulatory laws & Ethical issues for Medical Tourism.
Reading List
1. https://alraziuni.edu.ye/uploads/pdf/An-Introduction-to-Community-Health.pdf
2. https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/primary-health/vision.pdf
3. https://ncert.nic.in/textbook/pdf/gess302.pdf
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/25109436_Health_Policy_An_Introducti
4.
on_to_Process_and_Power
Reference Books
1. Robbins, S and Coulter, M, 11th Edition, Management, Prentice Hall, 11th edition,
1.
January 2012
2. 2. Shaikh Ubaid, Disaster Management, Technical publications, 1st edition, 2020
Koontz, H. and Weihrich, H., Essentials of Management: An International
3.
Perspective, 11th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd., July 2020
Moniz Cynthia D(2018), Health Care Policy and Practice, fifth edition, Taylor
4.
& Francis.
Park K, Textbook on Hygiene and Preventive Medicine, Banarsidas,
Bhanoy
Park Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine 23rd edition
5.
(park psm) (English, Hardcover, K. PARK), 2015
Internal Assignments
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
209
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 2 3
CO 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 S 3 M 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEHM30 Hospital Planning and Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
4 Administration
Course Objectives
C1 To make the students understand the concept of hospital administration.
C2 To provide insights on the location layout of hospitals.
C3 To highlight on effective analysis of hospital utilization.
C4 To throw light on critical, administration and service zone.
C5 To understand different standards maintained in hospital.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Hospital: Classification – Changing role of
hospitals – Role of hospital administration –
I 9 C1
Hospital system – Need for scientific planning
and design of hospitals.
Planning: Principles of Planning – Planning process –
II 9 C2
Size of the hospital – Size selection – Location Layout –
210
Hospital architect – Selection of architect – Equipping a
hospital – Graphics and design.
Technical analysis: assessment the extent need for the
hospital services – Demand and need – Factors
III influencing hospital utilization – Bed planning – Project 9 C3
cost – Land requirements – Space requirements –
hospital drawings and documents.
Hospital Design: Building requirement – Entrance and
IV ambulatory zone – diagnostic zone – Intermediate zone – 9 C4
Critical zone – Service zone – Administrative zone.
Facilities Planning: Transport – Food Services –
Communication – Information System – Minor facilities
– others.
V Standard in Hospital: General Standards – Voluntary 9 C5
and mandatory Standards – Mechanical Standards –
Electrical Standards – Standard for centralized medical
gas system – Biomedical waste handling.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to understand the concept of hospital
CO1 P01,P04
administration.
CO2 Have insights on the location layout of hospitals. P02,P06
CO3 Know the effective analysis of hospital utilization. P02,P05
Have knowledge on critical administration & service
CO4 P01,P08
zone.
Understands the different standards maintained in
CO5 P07,P08
hospitals.
Reading List
1. https://www.pdfdrive.com/hospital-planning-and-administration-e25041502.html
2. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/259389319_hospital_administration
3. https://www.vpmthane.org/adc/Uploads/Hospital_Admin.pdf
http://202.91.76.90:81/fdScript/RootOfEBooks/E%20Book%20Collection%20202
1%20-%20A/MANAGEMENT/OBM752%20-
4.
%20Hospital%20Management%20(Ripped%20from%20Amazon%20Kindle%20e
Books%20by%20Sai%20Seena).pdf
Reference Books
Shi, L. & Singh, A. D., 2009. Delivering Health Care in America, 4th ed., Jones
1.
&Bartlett Publishers.
Paradkar, R. A., 2008. Hospital and Clinical Pharmacy, 1st ed., Pragati Books
2.
Pvt.Ltd.
Ruggiero, S. J., 2008. Staffing patterns in hospital pharmacy; four case studies,
3.
2nd ed., Duquesne University Press.
Schneider, J. M., 2010. Introduction to Public Health, 3rd ed., Jones and Bartlett
4.
Publishers, Inc.
211
Miller, M. K., 2006. Planning, Design, And Construction of Health Care Facilities,
5.
1st ed., Joint Commission Resources.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 2 3
CO 2 2 3
CO 3 2 3 3
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 2 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
23MEHM30 Hospital Records Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100

5 Management
Course Objectives
C1 To help the students in using of Information technology in Healthcare industry.
C2 To acquaint the students with Hospital records maintenance systems.
212
C3 To enhance the students with knowledge of latest trends in record maintenance.
C4 To provide the students with insights on challenges in record maintenance.
To deliver students about the significance of statutory compliance in record
C5
administration.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Hospital Records; Meaning – Functions – Importance of
medical records to Patients, Doctors, Hospitals, Public
I 9 C1
Health, Press, LIC, Police – court of Law, Education and
Research.
Records Management; Registers, Forms; Meaning and
importance – Principles of records keeping – Merits and
II limitations – Principles of records keeping – Merits and 9 C2
limitations – latest trends in record maintenance –
Electronic forms of records maintenance
Types – Out - patient record, in-patient records,
III causality, emergency, surgery, obstetrics and 9 C3
gynaecology, paediatrics, investigation and diagnosis.
Records Organization and Management; Classification of
IV records – Bases for Classification – Indexing and filling 9 C4
of records – Problems associated with medical records.
Medical Registers; Meaning - Types - Purpose –
Advantages – Principles of designing records – Registers
in various departments – Common issues.
V Medical Forms and Reports; Meaning – types and 9 C5
significance – Principles of designing – Statutory
registers and reports to be maintained – Specimens.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Learn using of Information technology in Healthcare
CO1 P01, P02
industry.
Be able to acquire knowledge with respect to Hospital
CO2 P02, P08
records maintenance systems.
Be able to enhance their knowledge of latest trends in
CO3 P06, P08
record maintenance.
Get familiarized with the challenges in record
CO4 P02, P03
maintenance.
Know about the significance of statutory compliance in
CO5 P02, P07
record administration.
Reading List
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/343577236_HEALTH_RECORD_MAN
1.
AGEMENT_SYSTEM_IN_PUBLIC_HOSPITALS_-AN_ANALYSIS
2. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/228740128_Electronic_Medical_Record
213
s_Management_Systems_An_Overview
http://www.irmt.org/documents/educ_training/public_sector_rec/IRMT_hospital_r
3.
ecs.pdf
4. https://www.jlab.org/ir/records/handbook/records_handbook.pdf
Reference Books
Rajendra Pal and Korlahalli J S, Essential of Business Communication, Sultan
1.
Chand and Sons, New Delhi
2. Prasantha Ghosh K, Office Management, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.
Francis CM and Mario C de Souza, Hospital Administration, 3rd Ed. Jaypee
3.
Brothers, New Delhi
4. George, M A, The Hospital Administrator, Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi.
5. DC Joshi, Mamta Joshi, Hospital Administration, Jaypee brothers, 1st edition.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 2 3
CO 2 2 3
CO 3 2 3
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 2 2
3 - Strong 2 - Medium 1 - Low
214
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEHM30 Hospital Core Services Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
6
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Hospital Services
C2 To provide insights on Clinical Services
C3 To throw light on importance of Non-Clinical Services
C4 To discuss on Nursing services
C5 To create awareness Hospital General Services and Hospital Information System
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Hospital Services: Meaning – Types – Clinical – Non-

I Clinical – Nursing and Administrative Services, 9 C1
Departments in the Hospital Management.
Clinical Services: Part I - Meaning – Importance-
Types – Overview of each service. Clinical
Services: Part II – Types Anesthesia – Internal
medicine- Cardiology – Dermatology –
II 9 C2
Endocrinology – Gastroenterology – Nephrology –
Neurology – Oncology – Orthopedics – Plastic
Surgery – General Pediatrics – Urology – Obstetrics
and Gynecology – Neonatology – Physiotherapy.
Non-Clinical Services: Blood Bank Management,
Meaning – Importance – Types – Blood Bank, Non-
Clinical Services: Diagnostic Services (Laboratory
Services): Clinical bio-chemistry – Clinical pathology –
III Clinical hematology – Histopathology – Microbiology- 9 C3
Immunology, Non-Clinical Services: Radiology and
Imaging Services – Nuclear medicine – Radiotherapy,
Non-Clinical Services: Pharmacy – Staff health –
Medical staff organization and community health.
Nursing Services: Objectives – Nursing administration –
Duty of nursing officers – Nursing and support staff in
the ward – Nursing by-laws, rules, policies and
IV 9 C4
procedures – Nursing meetings, Nursing Audit:
Determining nursing complement in hospital – Health
education.
V Hospital Administrative Services: Hospital 9 C5
215
administration – Hospital administrator – Duties of
hospital administrator – Teaching – Training services
(in-service education, attached medical college or
paramedical sciences etc.), Hospital General Services:
General and medical purchase – General stores, Hospital
Information System: Computer and hospital information
system.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Be familiar with the basic concepts of Hospital
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO8
Services
CO2 Compare and use appropriate Clinical Services PO4, PO6
Categorize Non-Clinical Services, Medical staff
CO3 PO4, PO6, PO8
organization and community health.
CO4 Summarize and manage Nursing services PO4, PO6, PO8
Contrast and use Hospital General Services and
CO5 PO4, PO6, PO7
Hospital Information System
Reading List
Kumar R and Goel S L, Hospital Managerial Services, Deep and Deep
1.
Publications, 2004,
2. Goel S L, Primary Health Care Management, Deep and Deep Publications, 2001
3. Journal of Hospital Medicine, Society of Hospital Medicine.
4. Journal of Hospital Infection, Elsevier.
References Books
S.L.Geol, R.Kumar, Hospital Core Services, Hospital administration in the 21st

1.
century, Deep & Deep Publication, 2004.
Gurol-Urganci Ipek, Understanding Health Services 2nd edition, Open University
2.
Press.
S. L. Goel, & R. Kumar, Hospital Supportive Services, Deep & Deep Publication,
3.
2004.
Joseph Tan, Handbook of Research on Emerging Perspectives on Healthcare
4. Information Systems and Informatics (Advances in Healthcare Information
Systems and administration) 1st Edition, IGI Global, 2018.
Lawrence F. Wolper, Health Care Administration: Managing Organized Delivery
5.
Systems, 5th Edition. Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc., 2010.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External End Semester Examination 75 Marks
216
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 2 3 3
CO 2 2 3
CO 3 2 3 3
CO 4 2 2 3
CO 5 2 3 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEHM30 Elective 3 - - - 3 3
Hospital Support Services 25 75 100
7
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Hospital Support Services
To provide insights on Documentation and various services related to
C2
Emergency
C3 To demonstrate importance of Laboratory safety and management
C4 To elucidate on Dietary Services and Hospital Diets
C5 To summarize on occupational hazards and Holistic Approach To Health
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Basics of Hospital Support Services: Principles and
I methods of organizing, clinical and support services for 9 C1
hospitals. Role of supportive services / departments in
217
the hospital management Nursing Care and Ward
Management.
Laboratories and Rules: Duties and responsibilities –
Documentation and records Emergency Services:
Ambulance service – First aid measures. Meaning-
II 9 C2
Importance of various services relate to Emergency
Laboratories for Investigation: Laboratory rules –
Conduct – Housekeeping.
Laundry and Linen Services: Safety in the laboratory –
Blood bank management Linen and Laundry: Meaning –
III 9 C3
Importance – Type of service. Laundry arrangements –
Washing materials – Washing arrangements.
General Kitchen Equipment Store: Dietary Services
and Hospital Diets: Important and function Equipment –
IV 9 C4
Store – Day store – Visual arrangements General kitchen
– Special diet kitchen –Food distribution.
Holistic Approach to Health: Occupational Hazards –
Physical Hazards, Chemical hazards, Biological hazards,
V Psycho-social Hazards, Prevention and Control Hazards. 9 C5
Evolution of Health Care delivery system– Changing
trends in evolution of health care delivery system.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be familiar with the basic concepts of Hospital Support
CO1 P01, P02,P03
Services
Compile and manage Documentation and various
CO2 P03, P05,P06
services related to Emergency
Understand importance of Laboratory safety and
CO3 P02,P04,P05,P08
management
CO4 Moderate Dietary Services and Hospital Diets P03, P04, P08
Reflect concepts on occupational hazards and Holistic
CO5 P03, P06, P07,P08
Approach To Health
Reading List
1. https://www.jaypeedigital.com/book/9789352501328
2. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/259389319_hospital_administration
https://www.academia.edu/38166165/Healthcare_and_Hospital_Management_Edi
3.
ted_book_Excel
4. https://www.scribd.com/document/460337396/Hospital-Support-Services-pdf
Reference Books
1. Natrajan Sangeetha,Hospital support service, Excel Books, 2010.
S. L. Goel & R Kumar, Hospital support service, Deep & Deep Publication,
2.
2004..
Francis CM & Mario C de. Souza, Hospital Administration, 3rd ed., Jaypee
3.
Brothers, 2019.
218
4. George, MA, The Hospital Administrator, Jaypee Brothers, N. Delhi, 2003.
Hospital Medical International Pvt. Ltd., Hospital Administration, Office Journal
5.
of I.H.A.
Llewellyn Davies R, & Macaulay H.M.C, Hospital Planning and Administration,
6.
Monograph series, Geneva , W.H.O, Jaypee Brothers, 1966.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 2 2 3
CO 2 2 2 3
CO 3 2 3 2 3
CO 4 2 3 3
CO 5 2 3 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
23MEHM30 Quality Assurance In Elective 3 - - - 3 3

25 75 100
8 Healthcare
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of quality in Healthcare
219
C2 To provide insights on Quality planning for Health service organization
C3 To throw light on Tools of evaluating quality in medical care
C4 To elucidate on Quality Assurance
C5 To discuss on Quality Circle & Recognition
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Quality-meaning, concept, importance-Quality
I terminologies-quality philosophies-Deming’s 14 points, 9 C1
Juran & Crosby.
Quality planning for service organization-Customer
satisfaction-cost of quality, determinants of quality in
II 9 C2
medical care-norms for medical staff-Medical Audit.
Medical Audit Committee.
Tools of evaluating quality in medical care-Aspects of
medical care that need evaluation-TQM concept- ISO
III 9 C3
9000 Series, its implication on hospitals; Quality control
techniques-Elective Competence, Bench marking.
Quality Assurance-major functions of Quality
Assurance-patient care evaluation-Utilisation review,
IV Continuous medical Education, Continuous Monitoring 9 C4
and Credentialing-Documentation Process-
Communication System.
Quality improvement-Problem solving-Employee
V Participation-instruction & measurement-Quality 9 C5
Circle-Quality Recognition-Quality Awards.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be familiar with the basic concepts of quality in
CO1 P01, P02
Healthcare
Implement Quality planning for Health service
CO2 P03, P04, P08
organization
CO3 Use Tools of evaluating quality in medical care P03, P05, P06, P08
CO4 Plan Quality Assurance and audit the processes P05, P06, P08
CO5 Form Quality Circles & Recognize improvements P03, P05, P08
Reading List
1. https://www.jaypeedigital.com/book/9789350909652
https://www.moh.gov.gh/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Healthcare-Quality-
2.
Assurance-Subdistrict.pdf
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/353807287_Text_book_of_Quality_man
3.
agement
https://www.pdfdrive.com/an-introduction-to-quality-assurance-in-health-care-
4.
e184351049.html
Reference Books
1. Avedis Donabedian, An Introduction to Quality Assurance in Health care, OUS
220
Publisher, 2003.
Gyani J Girdhar, Handbook Of Healthcare Quality & Patient Safety, 2nd
2.
Edition, Association of Health Care Providers 2017.
Robert C Lloyd, Quality Health Care: A Guide to Developing and Using
3.
Indicators 2nd Edition, Jones & Bartlett Learning; 2nd edition 2017.
Richard H. Egdahl, Paul M. Gertman, Quality Assurance in Health care,
4.
Imprint unknown, 1979.
5. Roger Ellis, Quality Assurance of Healthcare: A Hand Book, CRC Press, 1993.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 2 3
CO 2 2 2 2
CO 3 2 2 3 3
CO 4 2 2 3
CO 5 2 2 3
3 - Strong 2 – Medium 1 - Low
H

d
Marks
g
o
e
e
t
i.
221
External
Total
CIA
23MEHM31 Operations Management in Elective 3 - - - 3 3
25 75 100
0 Healthcare
Course Objectives
To familiarize students with the fundamentals of operations management in
C1
healthcare
To provide insights on capacity planning, scheduling and management of
C2
patient flow
To train students on the use of data analytics for planning and improving
C3
hospital operations.
To orient students on operational metrics in hospitals and inventory
C4
management.
To impart knowledge on implications of supply chain on operations &
C5
logistics of hospitals
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Operations Management in Healthcare: Key functions
of Healthcare Operations Management - Goals for the
operations manager in the Healthcare Facilities -Trends
I in Operations Management - The Challenge and the 9 C1
Opportunity -History of Performance Improvement-
Evidence-Based Medicine and Pay-for-Performance.
Healthcare Operations and Systems Management
Planning and Scheduling: Basic principles of forecasting-
Forecasting patient demand and volumes-Capacity
II planning: Aligning capacity with demand, Scheduling 9 C2
and Capacity Management. Process Improvement and
Patient Flow
The planning process: Analyze operations and
environment -Implement, measure and revise. Tools
for Problem Solving and Decision Making, Using Data
III 9 C3
and Statistical Tools for Operations Improvement,
Quality Management: Focus on Six Sigma, The Lean
Enterprise-Simulation
Operational Metrics: Financial distress in healthcare.
Operational Metrics, Benchmarking, and Analysis-
IV 9 C4
Productivity and Operational Planning- Purchasing
and Inventory Management
Implications of Supply Chain: Define supply chains-
Flows in supply chain- Supply chain strategy for
V 9 C5
hospitals- Forecasting and Supply Chain Management-
Implications for Operations and Logistics Management -
222
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Have deeper understanding of operations
CO1 P01, P02, P04,P06
management concepts.
Know about capacity planning, scheduling and
CO2 P01, P03, P04, P05
management of patient flow
Be able to use data analytics for planning and
CO3 P01, P04, P06, P07
improving hospital operations.
Know to prepare operational metrics in hospitals and
CO4 P01, P02, P04
manage inventory
Appreciate the role of supply chain on operations &
CO5 P01, P06, P07, P08
logistics of hospitals
Reading List
http://dspace.vnbrims.org:13000/jspui/bitstream/123456789/4828/1/Handbook%2
1. 0of%20Healthcare%20Operations%20Management%20Methods%20and%20App
lications.pdf
https://www.springerpub.com/operations-management-in-healthcare-second-
2.
edition-9780826147714.html
https://www.scribd.com/document/407884865/Hospital-Operations-Management-
3.
pdf
https://www.yumpu.com/xx/document/view/62502602/download-in-pdf-
4. operations-management-in-healthcare-strategy-and-practice-by-corinne-m-
karuppan-pdf-books
Reference Books
Langabeer, J. R. (2007) Health Care Operations Management: A Quantitative
1. Approach to Business and Logistics, Burlington, MA: Jones and Bartlett
Publishers.
Ginter, P. M., Duncan, W. J., & Swayne, L. E. (2013) The strategic
2. management of health care organizations, 7nd Edition, San Francisco, CA:
John Wiley & Sons.
Gordon, P. (1998) Seniors' Housing & Care Facilities: Development, Business
3.
& Operations, US: Urban Land Institute
Hopp, W. J. & Lovejoy, W. S (2012) Hospital Operations: Principles of High
4.
Efficiency Health Care, Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson FT Press
Levin, D. J., & Joseph, A. (2010) Planning, Design, and Construction of Health
5.
Care Facilities, 2nd Edition, US: Joint Commission Resources
Vissers, J., & Beech, R. (2005) Health Operations Management: Patient flow
6. logistics in Health Care, Oxon, UK: Routledge.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
223
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 2 2 3 3
CO 2 2 2 3 3
CO 3 2 2 3 3
CO 4 2 3 3
CO 5 2 2 3 3
Inst. Hours Marks

Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEHM31 Health care Governance and Elective 3 - - - 3 3

25 75 100
1 Technology
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize code of medical ethics
To provide insights on medico legal aspects – the medical termination of
C2
pregnancy act 1971
C3 Have insights on medical jurisprudence
C4 Learn legal framework related to patents’ rights, medical malpractices..
C5 Have better understanding of healthcare technology
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Code of Medical Ethics: Code - Duties of Physician to
I 9 C1
their patents - Duties of Physician to the profession at
224
large - duties of Physician to the profession in
consultation - Duties of Physician to the profession to the
public - Disciplinary action - NAB
Medico Legal Aspects – The Medical Termination of
Pregnancy Act 1971: Indication or Grounds of MTP -
Requirements for MTP - Complications of MTP - doctor
and Criminal abortion - The Prenatal Diagnostic
II Techniques act 1994 Regulation of genetic counselling 9 C2
centre - Regulation of pre -natal diagnostic technique -
Death Certificate - Precautions while issuing death
certificate - contents of Death Certificate - Importance of
Death certificate- Tamil Nadu clinics Act
Medical Jurisprudence:
Introduction & Legal Procedure - Medico legal aspects
III 9 C3
of death injuries - General aspects - Medical ethics -
consumer Protection Act
Legal Framework – Introduction to Legal framework -
IV Patent’s rights & provider’s responsibility - Medical 9 C4
Malpractice
Healthcare Technology
Evolution of cyber medicine, the future of healthcare
V 9 C5
industry. Healthcare information systems. Global
perspective on health informatics business.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 To familiarize code of medical ethics P01, P04
To provide insights on medico legal aspects – the
CO2 P01, P04, P08
medical termination of pregnancy act 1971
CO3 Have insights on medical jurisprudence P03, P05, P06, P08
Learn legal framework related to patents’ rights,
CO4 P01, P04, P08
medical malpractices.
CO5 Have better understanding on healthcare technology P02, P05, P08
Reading List
http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.454.5816&rep=rep1&ty
1.
pe=pdf
2. https://www.opentext.com/file_source/OpenText/en_US/PDF/e-Gov%20Book.pdf
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/312087204_A_Model_for_Good_Gover
3. nance_of_Healthcare_Technology_Management_in_the_Public_Sector_Learning_
from_Evidence-Informed_Policy_Development_and_Implementation_in_Benin
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/209937763_Information_System_for_H
4.
ealth-Care_in_E-Government
Reference Books
1. S K. Singhal The Doctor & Law,2nd edition 2009
225
2. Dr.V.V.Pillay, Forensic Medicine and Toxicology, 18th edition 2017.
AMA Council on Ethical and Judicial Affairs (Author), Southern Illinois
3. University at Carbondale (Author), Southern Illinois University School of
Law (Contributor), Code of medical ethics, Revised edition 2002
G. Spekowius, T. Wendler, Robert Matthews and Nand Relan, Advances in
4.
Healthcare Technology: Shaping the Future of Medical Care, vol 6, July 2006.
Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act, 1971 alongwith Rules, 2003 &
5. Regulations, 2003, Professional Book Publishers; 2015th edition (1 January
2015),
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 2 3
CO 2 2 3 3
CO 3 2 2 3
CO 4 2 3 3
CO 5 2 3 3
3 - Strong 2 - Medium 1 – Low
H

d
Marks
g
o
e
e
t
i.
226
External
Total
CIA
23MEHM30 Total Quality Management Elective 3 - - - 3 3
25 75 100
9 in Hospital
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of TQM in Hospitals
C2 To provide insights on approaches to quality management in hospitals
C3 To throw light on quality assurance methods
C4 To elucidate on quality certification systems
C5 To create awareness on quality accreditations in hospitals
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
TQM & Six-Sigma: TQM Definition – Principles of
TQM – Implementing TQM Concepts in Hospital
Departments – Six Sigma – Features – Benefits and
I 9 C1
Goals of Six Sigma – Scope of Six Sigma in Hospital –
Pareto Analysis– Root Cause Analysis – Quality
Improvement Teams.
Process Approach to Quality Management in
Hospitals: Process – Process Management – Triple Role
of Process Team – PDCA Cycle – Preparation of process
flow diagrams for distinct processes in a hospital –
II 9 C2
Quality Aspects of processes in Hospitals Diagnostic
services – Nursing services – House Keeping – Blood
Bank – Pharmacy – OPD – Surgery – ICU – Emergency
and Trauma care – Canteen – Hospital Stores.
Quality Assurance Methods: Definition – Principles of
Quality Assurance – Quality Policy – Quality Manual –
Hospital Sop’s – 5’S Techniques – Specification limits –
Process Control limits – Process capability analysis tools
III 9 C3
– Product Testing – Prototype Testing – Failure Testing –
Process Mapping – Process Mapping Tools – Quality
Audit – Business Process Reengineering – Essence of
Re-engineering.
Quality Certification Systems: Introduction –
International Standards ISO 9000 – 9004 – Elements of
ISO 9000 – Areas of ISO 9000 – Family of ISO9000 –
IV ISO 14001 – Environment Management Systems – ISO 9 C4
14000 Family – Stages of Environmental Management
Standards – Evaluation and Compliance.
Quality Accreditation in Hospitals: Accreditation

V 9 C5
System – Process – Procedure – Joint Commission
227
International (JCI) – Mission –Benefits – Value –
Accreditation in 15 Areas – JCI for primary care centers
– JCI Accredited Hospitals in India – Basic Objectives of
National Accreditation Board for Hospitals (NABH) –
Standards of NABH – Documentation Procedure – Patent
Rights and Education – Benefits of NABH to Hospital –
Employees – Patents and TPA’s.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of
CO1 P01, P02
TQM in Hospitals
To provide insights on approaches to quality
CO2 P02, P04, P07, P08
management in hospitals
CO3 To throw light on quality assurance methods P03, P05, P06, P08
CO4 To elucidate on quality certification systems P05, P06, P08
To create awareness on quality accreditations in
CO5 P03, P05, P08
hospitals
Reading List
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/314284735_Total_Quality_Management
1.
_in_Healthcare
https://www.academia.edu/37034010/Total_Quality_Management_in_Healthcare_
2.
Total_Quality_Management_in_Healthcare
https://www.routledge.com/The-Textbook-of-Total-Quality-in-Healthcare/Al-
3.
Assaf-Schmele/p/book/9780963403049
4. http://rmkec.ac.in/tmp/mech/Contents/totalqualitymanagement.pdf
Reference Books
Dr. Sayeeda Amtul Mahboob, TQM practices of hospitals in Hyderbad, March
1.
2021
K. Shridhara Bhat, Total Quality Management – Text & Cases, Himalaya
2.
Publishing House, 2017
3. William J. Kolarik, creating quality, July 1999.
Balasubramanian Mahadevan, Total Quality Management in the Healthcare
4.
industry: An Efficient Guide for Healthcare Management, 2022.
Mohammed R Twati, Total quality management implementation in the
5.
healthcare industry Paperback – Import, 6 June 2019
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
228
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 2 3
CO 2 2 2 3 3
CO 3 2 2 3 3
CO 4 2 3 3
CO 5 2 2 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEHM31 Health Care Accreditation Elective 3 - - - 3 3

25 75 100
3 and Law
Course Objectives
To impart multi-dimensional knowledge about Quality management in the
C1
hospital to the students.
To learn about the Quality accreditation, control and management in general
C2
and in details for hospitals.
C3 To learn about those laws which are applicable for healthcare formation.
To get an over view of legal contract and provisions of acts related to healthcare
C4
system
C5 To understand about Health Care Waste, Legal guidelines on Waste Disposals,
229
Coding different Wastes, Treatment and Disposal, Management issues,
Maintenance of records and reports.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Evolution of Quality Management: Definition, origin
& growth of Quality Management, Need & Benefits for
quality management in healthcare, Quality Management
Programme, ISO clauses, quality manual, quality of
clinical services, Critical Pathways, Medical Audits,
Performance review – Assessment / Methods, Quality
I 9 C1
Management of diagnostic facilities, Assessment of
Client satisfaction-Importance and Significance of TQM
for Hospitals; Prerequisites of Quality Management in
Hospitals; Role of Medical Record in Quality
Management; Quality Circles; Quality Assurance.
Benchmarking of Quality Standard: Hospital

Accreditation: Concept of Hospital Accreditation; ISO
2000 & 14000, Role of Quality Council of India (QCI),
NABL, NABH, JCI, BIS, ACHS Accreditation-
Implementation strategies for Quality Programmes- Top
II 9 C2
Management Commitment, Organizing Implementation,
Action Plan, Group Meeting, Training, documentation,
internal audit, application for certificate, final audit,
Leadership issues. Selection of pilot projects, Quality
initiatives in Indian Health Care Organization.
Laws Relating to Healthcare Formation: Promotion-
Forming society-The Companies Act-Law of
Partnership-A Sample Constitution for the Hospital-The
Tamil Nadu Clinics Act – Medical Ethics –Formation of
a Health care Organization under Partnerships and
III 9 C3
Corporate basis (private and public); Public Private
Partnerships in health care; National Medical Council;
Physician Patient relationship; Duties towards patients by
medical and Para-medical staff; Medical ethics & Oaths;
Code of conduct.
Healthcare Services and Law:
Contractual obligations in Hospital Services- Requisites
of a valid contract; Contractual liability and damages;
Criminal liability and defenses available to hospitals and
medical staff; tortuous and vicarious liability; Legal
IV 9 C4
remedies available to patients, Hospital as a bailee; CP
Act, RTI-Central Births and Deaths Registration Act,
1969- Recent amendments – Medical Termination of
Pregnancy Act, 1971 – Infant Milk Substitutes, Feeding
Bottles and Infant Food Act, 1992.
230
Laws Pertaining to Hospitals: Transplantation of
Human Organs Act, 1994 – Pre-natal Diagnostic
Techniques (Regulation and Prevention of Misuse) Act,
V 1994 – Medical Negligence – Medico Legal Case – 9 C5
Dying Declaration-MCI act on medical education. The
Biomedical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules-
Radiation Safety System.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
To understand about Quality management in hospitals
CO1 P01, P07, P08
and other healthcare facilities.
To Know the quality in operational activities and role
CO2 of each stakeholder of hospital industry in maintaining P06, P07, P08
quality management.
To familiarize the legal and ethical issues pertaining to
CO3 P04, P05, P08
the Hospitals Formation.
To apply the knowledge of contract in the functioning
CO4 P01, P02, P05, P06
of the hospital.
Have better idea and understanding about Ensuring
CO5 waste being recycled/disposed safely by proper P03, P05, P06, PO7
guidelines.
Reading List
https://www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/privacy/privacy-and-security-
1.
guide.pdf
https://www.amazon.in/Hospital-Healthcare-Accreditation-Guidelines-NABH-
2.
ebook/dp/B085GB9LBR
https://www.nabh.co/images/Standards/NABH%205%20STD%20April%202020.
3.
pdf
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/262956444_Accreditation_of_Health_C
4.
are_Academic_Medical_Institutions
Reference Books
BM Sakharkar, PRINCIPLES OF HOSPITAL ADMINISTRATION AND
1.
PLANNING – Jaypee brothers Publications, second Edition, 2009
Sakharkar, B. M., & Jaypee Brothers (Jaypeedigital). Principles of Hospital
2. Administration & Planning. (Jaypee eBooks.) Jaypee Brothers Medical Publisher
(P) Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2009
S.L. Goel, Healthcare Management and Administration, Deep & Deep
3.
Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, First Edition, 2010
James R Evans, James W Dean, Jr., Total Quality (Management, Organisation and
4.
Stragtegy), Excel Books, New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 1999
Harris, D. (2014). Contemporary Issues in Healthcare Law and Ethics. Chicago:
5.
Health Administration Press, First Edition, 2014
231
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 2 2 3
CO 2 2 2 3
CO 3 2 3 3
CO 4 2 2 3 3
CO 5 2 2 3 3
SPECIALIZATION COURSES: BUSINESS ANALYTICS
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
23MEBA304 Fundamentals of Business Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100

Analytics
Course Objectives
C1 To enable the students to understand the basics of Business Analytics
C2 To create awareness and understanding on visualizing data through collecting,
232
managing and analyzing data.
C3 To educate the students on data mining and multi-dimensional data analysis
C4 To educate the students on machine learning and AI.
C5 To elucidate the students on the analysis of various areas of business
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Business Analytics: Meaning -
Historical overview of data analysis – Data Scientist
Vs Data Engineer Vs Business Analyst – Career in
I 9 C1
Business Analytics – Introduction to data science –
Applications for data science – Roles and
Responsibilities of data scientists
Data Visualization: Data Collection - Data
Management - Big Data Management -
Organization/sources of data - Importance of data
quality - Dealing with missing or incomplete data -
II Data Visualization - Data Classification Data Science 9 C2
Project Life Cycle: Business Requirement - Data
Acquisition – Data Preparation - Hypothesis and
Modeling - Evaluation and Interpretation,
Deployment, Operations, Optimization.
Data Mining: Introduction to Data Mining - The
origins of Data Mining - Data Mining Tasks - OLAP
III 9 C3
and Multidimensional data analysis - Basic concept of
Association Analysis and Cluster Analysis.
Machine Learning: Introduction to Machine
Learning - History and Evolution - AI Evolution -
Statistics Vs Data Mining Vs, Data Analytics Vs, Data
IV 9 C4
Science - Supervised Learning, Unsupervised
Learning, Reinforcement Learning – Frame works
for building Machine Learning Systems.
Application of Business Analysis: Retail Analytics -
V Marketing Analytics -Financial Analytics - Healthcare 9 C5
Analytics - Supply Chain Analytics.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Define the basics of Business Analytics PO1, PO2
Describe and visualize data through collecting,
CO2 PO1, PO2,
managing and analyzing data.
Apply knowledge on data mining and multi-
CO3 PO2, P05, PO6
dimensional data analysis
CO4 Survey knowledge on machine learning and AI. PO4, PO5
CO5 Summarize knowledge on the analysis of various PO2, P05, PO6
233
areas of business.
Reading List
https://ptgmedia.pearsoncmg.com/images/9780133552188/samplepages/0133552187
1.
.pdf
2. http://www.gerkoole.com/IBA/downloads/IBA_Koole_first_chapters.pdf
Jeen‐Su Lim, John H. Heinrichs. (2021) Developing context‐relevant project
3. experiences for marketing analytics students. Decision Sciences Journal of
Innovative Education 19:2, pages 150-156.
Wullianallur Raghupathi, Viju Raghupathi. (2021) Contemporary Business
4.
Analytics: An Overview. Data 6:8, pages 86.
References Books
Majid Nabavi, David L.Olson, Introduction to Business Analytics, Business
1.
Expert Press,2018
Umesh R Hodeghatta and Umesha Nayak, Business Analytics Using R - A
2.
PracticalApproachApress, 2017.
Jeffery D.Camm, James J. Cochran, Michael J. Fry, Jeffrey W. Ohlmann, David
3.
R.Anderson, Essentials of Business Analytics, Cengage Learning, 2015
Sandhya Kuruganti, Business Analytics: Applications To Consumer Marketing,
4.
McGrawHill, 2015
Bernard Marr, Big Data: Using Smart Big Data, Analytics and Metrics to Make
5.
BetterDecisions and Improve Performance, Wiley, 2015
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 3 2
CO 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 3 3 3
3 STRONG 2 MEDIUM 1 LOW
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
23MEBA305 Data Analytics with R Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100

Programming
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students about R programming
C2 To understand the R platform
C3 To learn about R tools
234
C4 To learn about the tools in R platform
Understand the reinforcement
C5
learning
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Overview of R programming - Environment setup
with R Studio - SAS versus R - R, S, and S-plus -
I Obtaining and managing R - Objects - types ofobjects, 9 C1
classes, creating and accessing objects - Arithmetic
and matrix operations - Introduction to functions.
Working with R - Reading and writing data - R libraries
- Functions and R programming – the If statement -
II looping: for, repeat, while - writing functions - function 9 C2
arguments and options – Basic R commands
Reading and getting data into R (External Data): Using

CSV files, XML files, Web Data, JSON files,
III Databases, Excel files. Working with R Charts and 9 C3
Graphs: Histograms, Boxplots, Bar Charts, Line
Graphs, Scatterplots, Pie Charts.
Random Forest, Decision Tree, Normal and Binomial
distributions, Time Series Analysis, Linear and
IV 9 C4
Multiple Regression, Logistic Regression, Survival
Analysis.
Creating data for analytics through designed
experiments, Creating data for analytics through active
V learning, Creating data for analytics through 9 C5
reinforcement learning.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 State knowledge about the R platform PO2, PO6
CO2 Explain knowledge on R tools PO1, PO2, PO6
Develop knowledge graphs and other statistical
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
methods
CO4 Describe advanced statistical tools PO4, PO7
Develop knowledge about active and reinforcement
CO5 PO1, PO6
learning
Reading List
1. https://www.cs.upc.edu/~robert/teaching/estadistica/rprogramming.pdf
2. https://diytranscriptomics.com/Reading/files/The%20Art%20of%20R%20Progra
235
mming.pdf
R Core Team (2016). R: A Language and Environment for Statistical Computing.
3. R Foundation for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria. URL https://www.R-
project.org/.
Ritz C, Streibig JC (2005). “Bioassay Analysis using R.” Journal of Statistical
4.
Software,12(5), 1–22. doi:10.18637/jss.v012.i05.
References Books
Raghav Bali, Dipanjan Sarkar and Tushar Sharma, Learning Social Media
1.
Analytics withR, Packt Publishing Ltd, 2017.
Nina Zumel and John Mount, Practical Data Science with R, Manning
2.
PublicationsCompany, 2014.
Peter Dalgaard, Introductory Statistics with R (Paperback) 1st Edition
3.
Springer-VerlagNew York, Inc. (ISBN 0-387-95475-9) (2019)
W. N. Venables and B. D. Ripley. 2002, Modern Applied Statistics with S. 4th
4.
Edition.Springer. (ISBN 0-387-95457-0)]
Andreas Krause, Melvin Olson. 2005, The Basics of S-PLUS, 4th edition,
5.
Springer-Verlag, New York (ISBN 0-387-26109-5)
CO- PO MAPPING
CO 1 3 2
CO 2 2 3 3
CO 3 3 2 3
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 3 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
CIA
23MEBA306 Business Analytics Using Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100

Python
Course Objectives
C1 Business data analysis techniques and their theoretical foundations
C2 Visualizations using tableau
C3 To understand business models
C4 Analyse various models
C5 Applications of Marketing Analytics
SYLLABUS
236
Hours Objectives
Introduction
Introduction to Business Analytics - Evolution of
Business Data and Analytics timeline - Types of
I 9 C1
Analytics - Marketing Analytics Applications -
Summarizing & Reporting Marketing Data using
Excel
Visualizing Business Data using Tableau -
Visualizations Using Python & R - Understanding the
II 9 C2
Metrics across domains -Developing Metrics -
Flowchart for Metric Creation
Business Models & Strategies Business Models -
Marketing Engineering – Segmentation Analytics –
III 9 C3
Clustering Algorithms - Positioning Analysis - Data
Mining applications
Marketing Mix Analytics: New Product
development decisions - Pricing the Product -
IV Forecasting the Sales – Allocating the Retail space & 9 C4
Sales Resource – Consumer Attribution Modelling
Methods
Marketing Mix Analytics Applications Customer
Churn Modelling – Purchase Behaviour Prediction
V Models- social media Listening and Sentimental 9 C5
Analysis – Market Basket Analysis – RFM Analysis –
Recommender Systems development
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand and explain key principles, concepts and
terms associated with marketing analytics including
CO1 PO1, PO6
the Marketing Metrics, web analytics, big data
analytics, social media analytics and analytics trends
Construct a metric identifying the areas to be
CO2 measured for the individual or corporate and how it PO1, PO2, PO5
makes sense to the business managers.
Demonstrate marketing situations using appropriate
CO3 instruments to formulate marketing strategies and PO4, PO6
plans, and to evaluate their impact
Compare marketing situations using appropriate
CO4 instruments to formulate marketing strategies and PO4, PO5, PO6
plans, and to evaluate their impact
Prepare marketing Instruments and quantitative
methods providing students with an image of the
CO5 PO2, PO6
complexity and pitfalls of typical marketing
situations and problems
237
Reading List
https://bedford-computing.co.uk/learning/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/Python-for-
1.
Data-Analysis.pdf
2. https://cfm.ehu.es/ricardo/docs/python/Learning_Python.pdf
Van Rossum G, others (2016). Python Programming Language. URL
3.
http://www.python.org/.
4. Jesus Rogel-Salazar,Data Science and Analytics with Python, 2017
References Books
“R for Marketing Research and Analytics”, Chris Chapman,Springe
1.
Publications, 1st Edition, 2015.
2. “Business Analytics”, Dinesh Kumar U Wiley India, 1st Edition, 2017.
“Marketing Metrics: The Definitive Guide to Measuring Marketing Performance”,
3.
Paul W Farris,Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2010.
“Business Analytics- Texts and Cases”, Tanushri Banerjee & Arindham
4.
BanerjeeSage Publications, 1st Edition, 2019.
“Marketing Analytics – Data Driven Techniques with Microsoft Excel”, Wayne L
5.
Winston,Wiley Publications, 1st Edition, 2015..
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 3 2
CO 2 3 3 2
CO 3 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2
CO 5 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External

CIA
23MEBA307 Data Visualization Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To understand Data visualization
C2 To understand basic visualizations using tableau with basics
C3 To understand advanced Visualizations using tableau
C4 To understand BI and power BI
C5 Visulizations through R
SYLLABUS
238
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Data Visualization –A primer of Business
Intelligence Business Intelligence - Data
Visualization Evolution and Characteristics –
I Importance of Data Visualization – Data Visualization 9 C1
Process - Data Visualization Tools and Software -
Data Visualization Techniques – Best Practices in
Data Visualization
Data visualization Using Tableau – Basics -
Introduction to Tableau – Tableau interface &
Architecture – Data connections & Data Sources –
II Preparation of Data – Exploring and analyzing data – 9 C2
Creating basic charts – Apply analytics to a worksheet
– Creating Groups and Hierarchies - Mapping -
Sharing Insights
Data visualization Using Tableau – Advanced
Advanced calculations - Parameters – Special Charts -
III Creation of Dashboards – Dashboard Actions -Story 9 C3
Boards Preparation - Sharing the work – Profile
creation in Tableau Public
Reports & Dashboards using Power BI: Power BI
introduction – Power BI Architecture & Process –
Connecting Power BI with different Data Sources –
IV Power Query for Data transformation- Data Modelling 9 C4
in Power BI – Reports – Visualization types in Power
BI – Statics and Live Dashboards- Data Refresh &
Security
Visualizing through R , Python & Qlikview
:Grammar of Graphics – GGplot and visualizations
V 9 C5
using R – Advanced visualizations using matplotlib,
seaborn and pyplot – Qlikview overview
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Define data visualization process and explore
CO1 different types of visualization and how humans PO2, PO5
perceive information.
Discuss principles of design and color to make
visualizations more engaging and effective and apply
CO2 PO1, PO2
techniques from user-interface design to create an
effective visualization system.
Demonstrate Data Models and use the DAX Formula
CO3 language and M language to develop POWERFUL PO6, PO7
calculations
239
Explain visualization system for large datasets and
dashboards using tableau and power BI, Python and
CO4 PO2, PO5
R, interpret the visualization created from the data
set
Estimate professional-quality business intelligence
CO5 reports from the ground up and share for PO2, PO4
collaboration
Reading List
https://cicerocq.files.wordpress.com/2020/03/sosulski-kristen-data-visualization-
1.
made-simple_-insights-into-becoming-visual-2019-routledge.pdf
https://indico.cern.ch/event/681081/contributions/2790760/attachments/1729504/2
2.
794629/Principles-of-Visualization-Course-Pt1-Full.pdf
Eric Hehman, Sally Y. Xie, Doing Better Data Visualization, ,First Published
3.
October 8, 2021
Wilke, C, fundamentals of data visualization : a primer on making informative and
4.
compelling figures, 2019
References Books
“Storytelling with Data: A Data Visualization Guide for Business Professionals”,
1.
Cole Nussbaumer Knaflic, Amazon Asia-Pacific Holdings Private Limited, 2015.
“Microsoft Power BI Complete Reference: Bring your data to life with the
2. powerful features of Microsoft Power BI”, Devin Knight, Packt Publishing,
2018.
“Data Visualization and Exploration with R: A practical guide to using R, R
3. Studio, and Tidyverse for data visualization, exploration, and data science
applications”, Eric Pimpler, Amazon Asia-Pacific Holdings Private Limited, 2017.
4. “Practical Tableau”, Ryan Sleeper, O'Reilly Media, 2018.
“Visualization: Visual representations of data and information”, The Open
5.
University, Amazon Asia-Pacific Holdings Private Limited, 2016.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 3 2
CO 2 2 3
CO 3 2 3
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 3 2

H

d
Marks
g
o
e
e
t
i.
240
External
Total
CIA
23MEBA310 Data Analytics in Business Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Functional Areas
Course Objectives
C1 To have clear understanding on the concept of HR Analytics
C2 To acquire knowledge on Financial Analytics
C3 To obtain knowledge on CRM Analytics
C4 To understand the concept of Retail Analytics
C5 To acquire knowledge on SCM/Logistics Analytics
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
HR Analytics: Data requirements - identifying data
needs and gathering data- HR data quality, validity and
consistency - Using historical data - Dataexploration -
Data visualization - Association between variables –
I 9 C1
Insights from reports - Root cause analysis of HR
issues - Employee retention and turnover - workforce
productivity and performance - scenario planning.
Financial Analytics: Prospective analysis –

Techniques - Elements of detailed forecast –
Sensitivity analysis –-Decision tress analysis of
capital budgeting - Credit analysis - Mergers and
II 9 C2
acquisition – Motivations for M &A – Valuation of M
& A - Valuation of equity and debt – Primary and
secondary market analysis - Assessing market value of
equity with book value and index.
CRM Analytics: Customer Analytics Overview -
Quantifying Customer Value - Using Stata for Basic
Customer Analysis - Predicting Response with RFM
III Analysis - Statistics Review - Predicting Response 9 C3
with Logistic Regression - Predicting Response with
Neural Networks - Predicting Response with Decision
Trees.
Retail Analytics: The digital evolution of retail
marketing - Digital natives - Constant connectivity
IV 9 C4
social interaction - Predictive modelling - Keeping
track - Data availability - Efficiency optimization.
SCM/Logistics Analytics: Warehousing Decisions,
V Mathematical Programming Models, P-Median 9 C5
Methods, Guided LP Approach, Balmer – Wolfe
241
Method, Greedy Drop Heuristics, Dynamic Location
Models, Space Determination and Layout Methods -
Analytic Hierarchy Process, Data Envelopment
Analysis, Risk Analysis in Supply Chain, measuring
transit risks, supply risks, delivering risks.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Clear understanding on the concept of HR Analytics PO2, PO5
CO2 Knowledge on Financial Analytics PO1, PO7
CO3 Clarity on CRM Analytics PO1, PO5, PO6
CO4 Awareness on the concept of Retail Analytics PO2, PO6
CO5 Knowledge on SCM/Logistics Analytics PO2, PO5
Reading List
1. https://book.akij.net/eBooks/2018/May/5aef50939a868/Data_Science_for_Bus.pdf
http://dspace.vnbrims.org:13000/jspui/bitstream/123456789/4175/1/Business%20a
2. nalytics%20for%20managers%20taking%20business%20intelligence%20beyond
%20reporting.pdf
https://www.netsuite.com/portal/resource/articles/business-strategy/business-
3.
intelligence-examples.shtml?mc24943=v2
4. Peter C,Journal of Business Research, Volume 122, January 2021, Pages 889-901
References Books
Jac Fitz-Enz , The New HR Analytics: Predicting the Economic Value of
1.
YouCompany'sHuman Capital Investments, Amacom.2009
Raghurami Reddy Etukuru, Enterprise Risk Analytics for Capital Markets:
2.
Proactive andReal-Time Risk, iUniverse, 2014
Khalid Zidan,Supply Chain Management: Fundamentals, Strategy, Analytics &
3. Planning forSupply Chain & Logistics Management, CreateSpace Independent
Publishing Platform, 2016
Chan, Hing Kai, Subramanian, Nachiappan, Abdulrahman and Muhammad
4.
Dan-Asabe,Supply Chain Management in the Big Data Era, IGI Global. 2016
Karunakaran, K..Marketing Management. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing
5.
House. 3rdedition, 2013
Jac Fitz-Enz , The New HR Analytics: Predicting the Economic Value of
6.
YouCompany'sHuman Capital Investments, Amacom.2009
CO 1 3 2
CO 2 3 2
CO 3 2 3 3
CO 4 3 2
CO 5 3 2
242
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEBA311 DATA SCIENCE Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students with the basics of data mining.
C2 Understand the data warehouse
C3 To learn about Regression and correlation
C4 To learn about the tools in the R platform To learn about BI tools
C5 Understand the application in various sectors
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Data mining, text mining, Web mining, Spatial
I mining, Process mining, BIprocess- Private and Public 9 C1
Intelligence, Strategic assessment of implementation.
Data warehouse – characteristics and view - OLTP and
OLAP - Design and development of data warehouse,
II 9 C2
Metadata models, Extract/ Transform / Load (ETL)
design.
Regression and correlation; Classification- Decision
trees; clustering – Neural networks; Market basket
III analysis- Association rules-Geneticalgorithms and 9 C3
link analysis, Support Vector Machine, Ant Colony
Optimization.
Business intelligence software, BI on web, Ethical and
legal limits, Industrialespionage, modern techniques of
IV 9 C4
crypto analysis, managing and organizing for an
effective BI Team.
Applications in various sectors – Retailing, CRM,
V Banking, Stock Pricing, Production, Crime, Genetics, 9 C5
Medical, Pharmaceutical field.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Identify knowledge about data mining PO2, PO5
CO2 Explain knowledge about data warehouse PO1, PO6
CO3 Compare knowledge on regression and correlations PO1, PO5, PO7
CO4 Reframe understanding about business intelligence PO5, PO6
243
tools
Generalize knowledge about its applications in
CO5 PO6, PO8
various sectors
Reading List
https://doc.lagout.org/Others/Data%20Mining/Data%20Mining_%20The%20Text
1.
book%20%5BAggarwal%202015-04-14%5D.pdf
https://doc.lagout.org/Others/Data%20Mining/Business%20Intelligence%20and%
2.
20Data%20Mining%20%5BMaheshwari%202014-12-31%5D.pdf
3. Shu-Hsien Liao, Data mining techniques and applications, 2012
4. Dr. M.A. Dorgham, International Journal of Data Mining and Bioinformatics,2020
References Books
1. Anil Maheshwari, Data Analytics Made Accessible, Kindle edition, 2019.
Foster Provost & Tom Fawcett, Data Science for Business: What You Need to
2.
Know Oreilly, 2013
Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber and Jian Pei, Data Mining: Concepts and
3.
Techniques, 3 rded., Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2012
Ian H.Witten, Eibe Frank and Mark A.Hall, Data Mining: Practical Machine
4. Learning Toolsand Techniques (3rd ed.). Morgan Kaufmann, 2011 (ISBN 978-0-
12-374856-0)
Efraim Turban, Ramesh Sharda, Jay E. Aronson and David King, Business
5.
Intelligence,Pearson, 2008.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 3 2
CO 2 3 2
CO 3 3 2 2
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 3 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
23MEBA308 Business Intelligence, Big Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100

Data, Cloud Computing
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students on big data platform, applications on big data using
C1
Pig and Hive.
C2 To provide insights on data mining tools, methods and techniques.
C3 To throw light on business intelligence software and modern techniques of
244
crypto analysis.
C4 To elucidate on cloud computing characteristics, challenges and applications.
To create awareness and importance of predictive analytics and visual data
C5
analysis techniques.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Big Data Frameworks: Introduction to Big Data
Platform – Challenges of Conventional Systems -
Intelligent data analysis – Nature of Data - Analytic
Processes and Tools - Analysis vs Reporting.
I 9 C1
Applications on Big Data Using Pig and Hive – Data
processing operators in Pig – Hive services – HiveQL –
Querying Data in Hive - fundamentals of HBase and
Zookeeper - IBM Info Sphere Big Insights and Streams.
Data Mining Tools, Methods and Techniques: Data
mining, Text mining, Web mining, Spatial mining,
Process mining, BI process, Private and Public
intelligence, Strategic assessment of implementing BI
Data Mining Techniques: Introduction, Statistical
II 9 C2
Perspective on Data Mining, Statistics-need and
algorithms, Naïve Bayes Algorithm, Chi-Square
Automatic Interaction-Detectors (CHAID)-
Classification and Regression Tree (CART) - Analysis
of Unstructured Data.
Modern Information Technology and its Bu siness
Opportunities: Business intelligence software, BI on
III web, Ethical and legal limits, Industrial espionage, 9 C3
modern techniques of crypto analysis, managing and
organizing for an effective BI Team.
Cloud Computing Introduction and Applications:
Cloud issues and challenges - Properties -
Characteristics - Service models, Deployment models.
Cloud resources: Network and API - Virtual and
Physical computational resources - Data-storage.
IV Virtualization concepts - Types of Virtualization- 9 C4
Introduction to Various Hypervisors - High
Availability (HA)/Disaster Recovery (DR) using
Virtualization, Moving VMs, Cloud Computing
Applications: Overview on Amazon AWS, Microsoft
Azure and Google App Engine
Visualization techniques: Predictive Analytics-
Simple linear regression- Multiple linear regression-
V Interpretation of regression coefficients. 9 C5
Visualizations - Visual data analysis techniques-
interaction techniques - Systems and applications.
245
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
State the knowledge on big data platform,
CO1 PO2, PO6
applications on big data using Pig and Hive.
Compare insights on data mining tools, methods and
CO2 PO1, PO5
techniques.
Demonstrate knowledge on business intelligence
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
software and modern techniques of crypto analysis.
Summarize cloud computing characteristics,
CO4 PO2, PO6, PO7
challenges and applications.
Develop better understanding on predictive analytics
CO5 PO1, PO6
and visual data analysis techniques.
Reading List
http://dhoto.lecturer.pens.ac.id/lecture_notes/internet_of_things/Big%20Data%20
1.
Principles%20and%20Paradigms.pdf
2. https://www.fujitsu.com/rs/Images/WhiteBookofBigData.pdf
Julian Ereth, H. Baars, Cloud-Based Business Intelligence and Analytics
3.
Applications - Business Value and Feasibility,2015
O. Ylojoki, and J. Porras, “Perspectives to Definition of Big Data: A Mapping
4. Study and Discussion”, Journal of Innovation Management, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 69-
91, 2016. http://hdl.handle.net/10216/83250.
References Books
Jaiwei Ham and Micheline Kamber, Data Mining concepts and techniques,
1.
Kauffmann Publishers, 2006
Efraim Turban, Ramesh Sharda, Jay E. Aronson and David King, Business
2.
Intelligence,Prentice Hall, 2008.
Colleen Mccue, “Data Mining and Predictive Analysis: Intelligence Gathering and
3.
Crime Analysis”, Elsevier, 2nd Edition, 2015.
Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, “Intelligent Data Analysis”, Springer, 2nd
4.
Edition, 2007.
Frank J Ohlhorst, “Big Data Analytics: Turning Big Data into Big Money”, Wiley
5.
and SAS Business Series, 2013.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 3 2
CO 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2
CO 4 3 3 2
CO 5 3 2
246
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEBA312 Block Chain Technology Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To acquire knowledge of various techniques and various algorithms used in
C1
Blockchain
To understand how blockchain systems work and how to securely interact with
C2
them
C3 To familiarize the functional and operational aspects of cryptocurrency
To establish deep understanding of the Ethereum model and deploy smart
C4
contracts applications
C5 To understand the consensus and hyper ledger fabric in block chain technology.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Distributed Database, Two General
Problem, Byzantine General problem and Fault
Tolerance, Hadoop Distributed File System, Distributed
I Hash Table, ASIC resistance, Turing Complete. 9 C1
Cryptography: Hash function, Digital Signature -
ECDSA, Memory Hard Algorithm, Zero Knowledge
Proof.
Blockchain & Applications: Introduction to Block
chain, Gartner's Hype Curve and Evolution of
Blockchain Technology, Blockchain Need & Genesis,
Key Characteristics of Blockchain, Blockchain
Structure, Blockchain types and Network, Mining and
Consensus, How Blockchain Works, Bitcoin
II Whitepaper, Understanding Bitcoin, Components of a 9 C2
Block, Forks: soft & hard forks, Ummer blocks,
Different forks from Bitcoin, Wallets, Transactions,
Public & Private keys, Blockchain Applications :
Internet of Things, Medical Record Management
System, Do-main Name Service and future of
Blockchain.
Cryptocurrency: History, Distributed Ledger, Bitcoin
III protocols - Mining strategy and rewards, Ethereum - 9 C3
Construction, DAO, Smart Contract, GHOST,
247
Vulnerability, Attacks, Sidechain, Namecoin.
Cryptocurrency Regulation: Stakeholders, Roots of
Bitcoin, Legal Aspects - Cryptocurrency Exchange,
Black Market and Global Economy.
Ethereu: Need of Ethereum, Ethereum Foundation,
Ethereum Whitepaper, How Ethereum Works,
IV Ethereum network, Ethereum Virtual Machine, 9 C4
Transactions and Types, Mining & Consensus, Smart
Contracts.
Hyperledger fabric: Hyperledger, Hyperledger Fabric,
Comparison between Fabric & Other Technologies,
V Fabric Architecture, Components of Hyperledger 9 C5
Fabric, Advantages of Hyperledger Fabric
Blockchain, How Hyperledger Fabric Works.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Define the importance and the foundations of
CO1 PO2, PO6
Blockchain.
Associate key features, different types of platforms
CO2 PO1, PO2, PO8
& languages of blockchain technology.
CO3 Solev better insights about cryptocurrency concepts. PO1, PO6, PO7
CO4 Explain the design principles of ethereum. PO2, PO5
Develop hyperledger fabric model and its
CO5 PO2, PO6
architecture.
Reading List
1. http://book.itep.ru/depository/blockchain/blockchain-by-melanie-swan.pdf
2. https://www.blockchainexpert.uk/book/blockchain-book.pdf
3. Sanyam Jain, Journal of Emerging Technologies and Innovative Research,2017
Sheikh Mohammad Idrees, Exploring the Blockchain Technology: Issues,
4.
Applications and Research Potential,2021
References Books
1. Imran Bashir, Mastering Blockchain, Packt Publishing, March 2017
Debajani Mohanty, BlockChain: From Concept to Execution, BPB Publications,
2.
2nd edition, 2018
Artemis Caro, Blockchain: Bitcoin, Ethereum&Blockchain: The Beginners Guide
3.
to Understanding the Technology Behind Bitcoin & Cryptocurrency, 2017
Andreas M. Antonopoulos, Gavin Wood, Mastering Ethereum: Building Smart
4.
Contracts and DApps, O'REILLY, 2018
Nitin Gaur, Luc Desrosiers, Venkatraman Ramakrishna, Petr Novotny, Dr. Salman
5. A. Baset and Anthony O’Dowd, Hands-on Blockchain with Hyperledger, Packt
Publishing, 2018
Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller, Steven
6. Goldfede, “Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Technologies”, Princeton University
Press, 2016.
248
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 3 2
CO 2 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3 2
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEBA309 Software Project Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Management
Course Objectives
To acquire and understand the concept of software projects and steps in
C1
software project management
C2 To enable the students to prepare business proposals for software management
To familiarize the students to evaluate technical feasibility and financial
C3
viability of projects
To establish deep understanding of the market acceptability and social
C4
desirability of software projects
To make the students as effective project managers and as part of software
C5
project teams.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Software projects and metrics - Software Project
Management – Concepts and 3 P’s (People, problem and
process) Metrics in the process and project domains,
I 9 C1
Software measurement – size-oriented metrics, function-
oriented metrics and extended function point metrics,
Integrating metrics within the software process
Software project planning - Software Project planning
– objectives, scoping, Resources – human resources,
II 9 C2
reusable software resources and environmental
resources Software project estimation – Popular
249
decomposition techniques – problem-based, process-
based and empirical estimation (COCOMO model).
Software outsourcing and project scheduling - The
Make-Buy decision – creating a decision tree,
Software outsourcing – issues involved Project
III 9 C3
Scheduling and tracking – relationship between
people and effort – defining a task set for the software
project.
Software risk management and configuration
management -Risk Management – Reactive and
Proactive risk strategies, Risk identification,
IV 9 C4
projection, mitigation and monitoring – RMMM Plan
Software configuration management – process and
standards
Object-oriented software projects and CASE tools -
Management of Object-oriented software projects –
process framework, metrics, estimation and
V 9 C5
scheduling approach, Computer-aided Software
Engineering (CASE) – CASE tools – their building
blocks and taxonomy
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand the steps in software project
CO1 PO2, PO6
management
Discuss and prepare business proposals for software
CO2 PO1, PO2, PO8
management
Discover better insights about technical feasibility
CO3 PO1, PO6, PO7
and financial viability of projects
Support the market acceptability and social
CO4 PO2, PO5
desirability of software projects
Develop the students as effective project managers
CO5 PO2, PO6
and as a part of software project teams.
Reading List
1. http://softwareprojectmanager.org
2. http://www.softwareprojects.org
3. http://www.rspa.com/spi/project-mgmt.html
4. http://www.project.net/
References Books
Robert T. Futrell, Donald F. Shafer, and Linda I. Safer, Quality Software Project
1.
Management, Pearson Education, 2002
2. Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, Pearson Education, 2010
Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell, Software Project Management,McGraw-Hill,
3.
2009
4. Roger Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach, Tata McGraw-
250
Hill, 2005
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 3 2
CO 2 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3 2
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
23MEBA313 Design and Analysis of Elective 3 - - - 3 45 25 75 100
Algorithms
Course Objectives
C1 To understand and apply the algorithm analysis techniques.
To enable the students to critically analyse the efficiency of alternative
C2
algorithmic solutions for the same problem.
C3 To familiarize the students with the different algorithm design techniques.
C4 To establish deep understanding of the design and analysis of algorithms
C5 To make the students understand the limitations of Algorithmic power.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Notion of an Algorithm – Fundamentals of Algorithmic
Problem Solving – Important Problem Types –
Fundamentals of the Analysis of Algorithmic Efficiency
I –Asymptotic Notations and their properties. Analysis 9 C1
Framework – Amortized analysis – Mathematical
analysis for Recursive and Non-recursive algorithms –
Types of Solution Procedure/Algorithm
251
Introduction – Terminologies of Graph – Network –
Tree. Data Structure – Stack – Queue – Linked List –
Binary Tree – Balanced Tree – Matrix Algorithms –
II Magic Square Problem – Tower of Hanoi – String 9 C2
Matching – Hashing. Network Algorithms – Dijkstra’s
Algorithm – Floyd’s Algorithm – Minimum Spanning
Tree – Maximal Flow Problem
Sorting Algorithms – Insertion Sort – Bubble Sort –
Heap Sort – Quick Sort – Merge Sort – PARSORT –
Radix Sort – Selection Sort – Topological Sort.
Backtracking Algorithms – n-Queen Problem –
Hamiltonian Circuit Problem – Subset Sum Problem –
Graph Colouring Problem. Search Algorithms –
III Increment Search – Binary Search – Fibonacci Search 9 C3
– Brand and Bound Algorithms – Heuristics –
Travelling Salesman Problem – Simple Heuristic to
Minimize Total Tardiness in Single Machine
Scheduling Problem – Heuristic for Total Covering
Problem – Huffman Code – Transportation Problem –
Heuristics for Scheduling.
Dynamic Programming – Terminologies – Knapsack
Problem – Shortest Path Problem – Minimizing total
tardiness in a Single Machine Scheduling Problem –
Reliability Problem – Travelling Salesman Problem –
Chained Matrix Multiplication – Binomial
Coefficients. MetaHeuristics – Simulated Annealing
IV Algorithm – Genetic Algorithm – Tabu Search – Ant 9 C4
Colony Optimization Algorithm. Cryptography –
Substitution Algorithms – Transposition Methods –
Public-key Cryptography. Probabilistic Algorithms –
Construction of Cumulative Probability Distribution –
Methods of Random Number Generation – Discrete
Event Simulation
Benchmarking of Algorithms – Comparison of
Algorithm using Optimal Solutions – Comparison of
Algorithm in terms of Performance Measure of
Another Algorithm – Comparison of GA-based
Heuristic (GAH) with an existing Heuristic (H).
Algorithms to Schedule Processor – Concept of Single
V Processor Scheduling – Algorithms to Schedule Jobs 9 C5
in Parallel Processors – Scheduling 56 of Pre-emptible
Dependent Jobs on Parallel Processors to Minimize
Makespan. Complexity of Algorithms – Intractability
of Problem – Problems with Polynomial Time
Algorithms – Exponential Time Algorithms –
Problems for those neither Intractability is Proved nor
252
Polynomial Time Algorithm Exist till now. P, NP,
NP-Complete, NP-Hard and NP-Easy Problems
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand and apply the algorithm analysis
CO1 PO2, PO6
techniques
Discuss the efficiency of alternative algorithm
CO2 PO1, PO2, PO8
solutions for the same problem
Sketch better insights about the different algorithm
CO3 PO1, PO6, PO7
design techniques
CO4 Explain the design and analysis of algorithms PO2, PO5
Support the students to understand the limitations of
CO5 PO2, PO6
algorithmic power.
Reading List
R. Panneerselvam, Design and Analysis of Algorithms, PHI Learning Private
1.
Limited
Thomas H.Cormen, Charles E.Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein,
2.
―Introduction to Algorithms, Third Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2012.
References Books
Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, Computer Algorithms/
1.
C++, Second Edition, Universities Press, 2007
Alfred V. Aho, John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman, ―Data Structures and
2.
Algorithms, Pearson Education, Reprint 2006.
3. Harsh Bhasin, ―Algorithms Design and Analysis, Oxford university press, 2016.
4. S. Sridhar, ―Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Oxford university press, 2014.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO 1 3 2
CO 2 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3 2
CO 4 2 3
CO 5 3 3
3 - STRONG 2 - MEDIUM 1 - LOW
253
SPECIALIZATION COURSES: EXPORT IMPORT MANAGEMENT
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Export Business 4
23MEEI308 Elective 2 - - 1 3 25 75 100
Environment 5
Course Objectives
To know the origins and pattern of InternationalTrade and concepts of
C1 terms of trade
To understand contemporaneousexport procedure, pertinent documents and

C2 tariff
To acquaint the aspect of internationalfinance and forex markets.

C3
To enable the students to take decisions using management skills.
C4
To enable the students to conduct international business
C5
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
International Business - Meaning – Definition -
Difference between domestic and
I international business - Concepts of environmental 9 C1
analysis – Importance – Techniques
– Process - Limitation
Demographic and Geographic environment –
Population growth – causes and
consequences – urbanization – impact on business –
Geographic factors – topography –
II climate – Role of infrastructure on international 9 C2
business – Transportation – Energy –
Communication - Need for proficiency foreign
language.
Cultural Environment – Elements – religion and

religious groups – language and
III linguistic groups – Types of social organization (social 9 C3
structure) - Impact of foreign
culture on business
IV Political and Legal environment – Functions - 9 C4
254
Economic roles of government – Need for
government intervention in business – Legal systems –
Bases – Dispute settlement –
Jurisdiction and forms of settlement. Government and
regulatory environment –
Environmental Pollution – Causes and consequences
and legislative measures.
Technological and Financial Environment- Meaning of
technological environment –
governing factors – Importance – Indicators of
V technological progress – Financial 9 C5
environment – Role of financial institution –
International financial institutions – World
Bank – IMF – Structure and Functions.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Get in depth knowledge about export procedure and
CO1 documents. PO4, PO6, PO8
Describe the aspects of export marketing and pricing

CO2 methods. PO1, PO2
Know the facet of export & import finance

CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
Analyze complexitiesin export pricing.
CO4 PO4, PO5
Compare Exim financial services that suits business
CO5 needs. PO3, PO8
Reading List
https://www.mastersportal.com/studies/899/business-administration-international-
1.
business-export-management.html
https://apply.baltic-center.eu/hu_HU/courses/course/483-msc-international-
2.
business-and-export-management
https://www.searchmba.com/business-school/ventspils-university-of-applied-
3.
sciences/international-business-and-export-management-1484059
https://www.lu.lv/en/admission/study-programmes/masters-study-
4.
programmes/international-business-with-specialization-in-export-management/
References Books
International Marketing By Philip Cateora and John Graham and Mary Gilly and
1.
Bruce Money, mcgraw hill,2020
2. Business Environment : C.B. Gupta Sultan Chand & Sons, 2022.
255
Ashwathappa.K .,InternationalBusiness,3 rd edition,TataMcGrawHill,Ne
3.
wDelhi,2007.
Balagopal.T.A.S.,ExportManagement, HimalayaPublishingHouse,Mumbai,2
4.
011
Cherunilam, Francis., InternationalTrade and Export Management,

5.
HimalayaPublishingHouse,Mumbai,2010.
JamesH.TaggartandMichaelC.McDermott,TheEssenceofInternationalBu
6.
siness,PrenticeHall of India, New Delhi, 2003.
CO 1 2 2 2
CO 2 2 3
CO 3 2 2 2
CO 4 3 3
CO 5 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Export–Import Procedures, 4
23MEEI304 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 25 75 100
Documentation and Logistics 5
Course Objectives
To acquaint studentswith knowledge of export–import procedures
C1
To train students in export and import documentation
C2
To expose knowledge of World Logistics.
C3
To train students on the Insurance, Banking and Foreign Exchange system
C4
To make them understand international business
C5
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Export Offer and Documents, Export 9 C1
256
Contract and Negotiation
withCommercialBanksforAvailingExportFi
nanceandMethodsofExportFinance Export Order –
Processing of Export Order – EXIM Documentation
– InternationalBusiness Contracts – Dispute –
Methods of Financing Exports – Letter of Credit –
Other Methods of Payment for Export – Packing
and Post Shipment Finance – Other Long-term
Methods of Payment – Discrepanciesin Export
Documents– Negotiationsof Documents with
CommercialBanks –Uniform custom and
practices(UCP).
Insurance, Foreign Exchange Risk and

Forwarding Agents Business Risk – Cargo and
Foreign Exchange Risk, Foreign Exchange –
Cargo Insurance, ECGC – Foreign Exchange
II 9
Regulations– Quality Control, Inspection and C2
Procedures and Role of Clearing and Forwarding
Agents.
Cargo Shipment, Custom Clearance, Export-

Import Licenses and Other Export Incentives
Shipment of Export Cargo, Excise and customs

clearance of cargo, Custom Clearance of Import
III 9 C3
Cargo, Procedures for availing export incentives –
Duty draw backs - Export license –Import License
and other export incentives from governmentof India
and from Institutions.
WorldShipping,Structure, Liners, andTramps,

ConferenceSystemandFreight–Containerization– 9
IV ContainerCorporationofIndia
- C4
ConferencesonSeaTransport.
IndianShipping, ConceptofDryPort,AirTransport,
Freightratestructure-
V ExportProceduresinAirportandSeaPort
– C5
9
TariffandNon-tariffforexporters.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
257
Course
Outcomes
Understand the Export and Import procedures in
CO1 InternationalTrade. PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7
Analyze the challenges of the International

CO2 Environment PO4, PO6
KnowingtheInsurance,
BankingandForeignExchangesystem
i nInternational
CO3 PO4, PO6
trade.
Handle the Cargo shipment, Customs clearance in

CO4 doing Trade practices PO4, PO6
Understand the challenges of National and

CO5 InternationalBusiness PO4, PO6
Reading List
https://www.mlsu.ac.in/econtents/1198_e-
1. book%20on%20export%20import%20procedure.pdf
https://www.pdfdrive.com/export-import-procedures-documentation-and-logistics-
2. e184293173.html
https://www.studocu.com/in/document/indian-institute-of-management-
ranchi/business-statistics/export-import-procedures-documentation-and-
3.
logistics/27036095
https://www.mondaq.com/india/international-trade-investment/845604/import-and-
4. export-procedures-in-india
References Books
Bhalla,V.K.andS.Ramu,InternationalB usinessEnvironmentandManagem
1. ent,5 th ed.,Anmol Pub.(P) Ltd., New Delhi,2001.
FrancisCherullinium,International
2. Business,WheelerPublication,NewDelhi,2000.
GovernmentofIndiaHandbookofImport–
3. ExportProcedures,AnupamPublishers,NewDelhi,2002
Nair,S.K.,C ontract Management,VrindaPublication,NewDelhi, 2005.

4.
258
ParasRam,Export:What,WhereandHow,Anupam Pub.,NewDelhi,1995.
5.
TASBalagopal,E xport
6. Management, HimalayaPublishingH ouse,Mumbai,2013.
CO 1 3 3 3 3
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 2 3
CO 4 2 2
CO 5 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
International Economics and 4
23MEEI307 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 25 75 100
Trade theories 5
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students about trade theories.
C1
To understand about the Emerging pattern of services trade and their
C2 determinants
To learn better idea and understanding about protectionism and market structure
C3
To understand better insights about integration and Emerging issues in SAFTA,
C4 ASEAN and EU.
To understand Terms of Trade and UDCs.

C5
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Neo-technological trade theories- Kravis theory
I of Availability, Linder’s theory of Volume of 9 C1
Trade and Demand pattern, Posner’s Imitation
259
gap, Vernon’s Product Cycle Theory. Intra
industry Trade Models- Krugman’s M odel
(1979), Brander-Krugman Model (1983).
Empirical work on Intra-industry trade-
Strategic Trade Theory Models: Krugman’s
Model
(1984), Brander and Spencer’s Model (1985)-
Neo –Heckscher –Ohlin Theory, Monopolistic
Competition and International trade, Oligopoly
and Internationaltrade.
Emerging pattern of services trade- The scope and
potential of Services trade in Developing
Countries-GATS. Trade in Factors of Production
II and in Intermediate Good- Capital inflow 9 C2
and welfare- Emigration versus capital inflow-
Fragmentation,Outsourcing and trade. Traded
vs non-traded goods.
The political economy of protectionism-Non-
tariff barriers- Voluntary Export restraints and
Import Expansion- Subsidies, Administered and
III 9 C3
Contingent Protection and fair trade:
Dumping and Antidumping- Countervailing
duty, Safeguard actions-Neo Protectionism.
Types of integration-Customs union: Partial and
general equilibrium analysis-Trade creation and
IV 9 C4
Trade Diversion-Free trade areas, Emerging
issues in SAFTA, ASEAN and EU.
Terms of Trade and UDCs - Theory of
Immiserating growth-Dutch disease-
Rybenzynski
V 9 C5
theorem – Technical progress and trade-
Structural changes in trade and Economic
development - Global and National scenario.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course On completion of this course, students will;
Program Outcomes
Outcomes
Be able to understand the basic concepts of trade
CO1 theories that helps the firm in decision making process. PO4
Be familiar about the Emerging pattern of services

CO2 trade and their determinants PO3, PO6
Have better idea and understanding about protectionism

CO3 and market structure PO2, PO4, PO5
260
Have better insights about integration and Emerging
CO4 issues in SAFTA, ASEAN and EU. PO5
Terms of Trade and UDCs.

CO5 PO6, PO8
Reading List
https://saylordotorg.github.io/text_international-business/s06-01-what-is-
1.
international-trade-th.html
http://www.jiwaji.edu/pdf/ecourse/political_science/MBA%20FA%20IV%20SEM
2. %20404%20THEORIES%20OF%20INTERNATIONAL%20TRADE-
converted.pdf
3. https://data-flair.training/blogs/international-trade-theories/
4. https://opentext.wsu.edu/cpim/chapter/2-1-international-trade/
References Books
Bhagwati,N, Panagariya, A. and T.N. Srinivasan.(1998). Lectures on International
1. Trade, MITPress, 1998.
Feenstra Robert C (2004), Advanced International Trade- Theory and Evidence,

2. Princeton University Press, Princeton.
Brander James & Spencer Barbara (1985) – “Export subsidy and International
Market share rivalry”– Journal of International Economics, Vol. 18, Nos. 1 – 2, pp.
3.
83 – 100.
Brander James (1981) – “Intra-Industry Trade in Identical Commodities” – Journal

4. of International Economics, Vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 1 – 14.
Dixit A. K. &Stiglitz J. (1977) – “Monopolistic competition & Optimum Product

Variety” – American Economic Review, Vol. 67, No. 3, pp. 297 -308. Economics
5.
Studies, Vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 58 -73
CO 1 2
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3
CO 4 3
CO 5 3 2
H

d
Marks
g
o
e
e
t
i.
261
External
Total
CIA
International Marketing 4
23MEEI305 Elective 2 - - 1 3 25 75 100
Management 5
Course Objectives
To enrich the students’ knowledgewith challenges and dynamic
C1 environments of global marketing.
To educate them about cultural dynamics in assessing internationalmarkets.

C2
To impart the skills to assess market opportunitiesand global strategies
C3
To educate students on International marketing
C4
To educate students on recent trends in business management
C5
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
GlobalPerspective:Global–InternationalMarketing–
TheInternationalMarketing–
Marketing Decision – Aspects of the Domestic and

foreign environments– DevelopingGlobal awareness
– Stages of InternationalMarketing – Strategic
Orientation– Domestic Market Extension –Multi
domestic Market Orientation.Trade Barriers – The
I 9 C1
Twentieth to the Twenty-first Century – Multinationals
– Balance of Payments– Protectionism– Trade Barriers
– Easing Trade Restrictions– CompetitivenessAct –
General Agreement of Tariffs and Trade (WTO) – The
InternationalMonetary Fund and World Bank–
Protests against Global Institutions
Global Perspective:Equities and eBay – Culture

gets in the way – Culture’s Pervasive Impact –
Definition and Origins and Culture – Elements of
II 9 C2
Culture – Cultural Values –Rituals – Symbols –
Beliefs – Thought Processes – Cultural Knowledge
– Factual versus InterpretiveKnowledge– Cultural
262
Sensitivity and Tolerance– Culture, Management
Style,andBusinessSystems–
TheImpactofAm ericanCultureonManagementStyl
e–Management Styles around the World –
Authority and Decision Making – Management
Objectives and Aspirations– CommunicationStyles –
Formality and Tempo – P-Time versus M-Time –
NegotiationsEmphasis – Gender Bias in
InternationalBusiness – Business Ethics –
Corruption Defined – the Western Focus on Bribery
– Ethically and Socially ResponsibleDecision–
Culture’s Influence on Strategic Thinking.
The Sovereignty of Nations - Political Risks of

Global Business – Economic risks political and
social activity – World of Politics – Global
Perspective. Emerging Markets: Marketing
andEconomicDevelopment –
III Objectivesofdevelopingcountries – 9 C3
Marketingadevelopingcountry
Developingcountries and Emerging Markets–Strategic

Implementationof Marketing.
Planning for Global Markets – AlternativeMarket

Entry Strategies – Organizing
forGlobalCompetition–
ProductsandServicesforConsumers–
ProductsandCulture Analyzing Product
Components for Adaptation – Marketing Consumer
IV Services Globally – Brands in International 9 C4
Markets. Geography and Global Markets – Climate
and topography –
Geography,NatureandEconom icGrowth–
SocialresponsibilityandEnvironm entalManagement.
Breath and Scope of InternationalMarketing

Research – Problems of gathering Primarydata–
V 9 C5
Research in the Internet.
263
Multinational Market Regions and Market Groups:
Global Markets and Multinational
–MarketGroups–EuropeanUnion–
NorthAmericaFreeTrade
Agreement–Asian–
PacificRim–
RegionalTradingGroupsandEmergingMa rkets.
InternationalMarketing Channels: Channel of

Distribution Structure –Import Oriented
DistributionStructures–Channel Control–Modern
Channel Structure– Distribution.
ImplementingGlobal Marketing Strategies:

Negotiation with InternationalCustomers, Partners
and Regulation – The Pervasive impact an culture
on Negotiation Behavior –Negotiation terms and
preliminaries–After Negotiation.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CriticallythinkabouttheC
hallengesandDynamicEn
CO1 vironmentsofInternationalMarketing. PO6
Cultivatingandenhancetheknowl edgeabouttheeffect
PO1, PO2, PO4, PO6,
CO2 sofglobalisedbusinessworld. PO7
Havetheabilitytoworkanddemonstratetheplanningofma
rketingactivitieso nforeign markets and domestic PO1, PO2, PO3, PO6,
CO3
markets. PO7
Understandtheapplicationofmarketingresearchinintern
CO4 ationalaspectstoidentifythe new markets. PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7
Analyseanddesignstrategiesforinternationalbusinesse
nvironmentsthatfirmsutilizewhenmarketingtheirprod PO2, PO3, PO4, PO6,
CO5
uctsinforeigncountries. PO7, PO8
Reading List
https://exeedcollege.com/blog/international-marketing-management-process-and-
1.
challenges/
264
2. https://courses.leeds.ac.uk/7652/international-marketing-management-msc
3. https://edgy.app/international-marketing
4. https://michiganross.umich.edu/courses/international-marketing-management-4881
References Books
Aswathappa,K.,InternationalBusiness ,TheTataMcGraw HillLtd., 2 nded.,
1. 2006.
Bhattacharya B, Varshney R L., sultan chand & Sons., 26th Revised Edision., 2022
2.
Cateora and Philip, InternationalMarketing, The Tata McGraw Hill
3. Companies, 13thed.,NewDelhi,2008.
Kumar,InternationalMarketingResearch,PrenticeHallofIndia(P)
4. Ltd.,NewDelhi,209.
Srinivasan,R.,I nternattionalMarketing,
5. PrenticeHallofIndia,3rded.,NewDelhi,2002.
Bhalla,V.K.,InternationalBusinessEnvironmentandManagement,AnmolPublications
6. Pvt.Ltd.,9thed.,NewDelhi,2007
CO 1 2 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3
CO 5 3 3 3 3 2 2
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External

CIA
International Financial 4
23MEEI306 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 25 75 100
Management 5
Course Objectives
To make them to understand about the concept, importance and boundary
C1
of internationalfinance
C2 To educate the students about FOREX, FDI and sensitivity analysis.
To provide an in depth insights about working capital management,
C3
internationalequities and bonds
C4 To educate students on International Finance
265
C5 To educate students on recent trends in finance management
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
International Finance – Importance, Nature and
Scope of IFM – IFM versus
I DomesticFinancialManagement– 9 C1
InternationalFinanceflows –Introduction–Sources–
Consequencesandremedialmeasures.
Foreign Exchange Markets – International Stock
Exchanges – Distinctive Features –Major
Participants – Spot market – Forward market –
Market for currency futures – Currency futures
II 9 C2
market – Market for currency options – option
pricing – Speculation with options -International
Portfolio Investment – Concept of Optimal Portfolio:
Benefits of internationalport folio on investment.
International Investment Decision – Foreign Direct
Investment– Theories of FDI. Costs and Benefits of
FDI, Country Risk Analysis – Mergers and
III Acquisition. International Capital Budgeting – 9 C3
Evaluation Criteria – Computation of Cash Flow –
Cost of Capital – Adjusted Present Value
Approach–Sensitivity Analysis.
ManagementofShorttermfunds –
InternationalWorkingcapitalManagement –
WorkingcapitalPolicy–
IV 9 C4
StepsinManagementofCashandNear –CashAssets–
ManagementofReceivable –
ManagementofInventory.
InternationalFinancial Market Instruments–
InternationalEquities – InternationalBonds – Short
term and Medium term Instruments.Evaluation and
Management of Risks –Meaning and forms of
V political Risk – Evaluation of Political Risk – 9 C5
Management of Political Risk-InternationalTaxations
–Bases of Internationaltax system–Types of taxes.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Incorporate the significant changes that have taken
CO1 PO2, PO4
place in the field of InternationalFinance.
266
Identify various theories and techniques used in
CO2 PO4, PO6, PO7
Foreign Exchange Risk M anagement
International investment opportunity to elaborate the
CO3 scope of investment under fast changing globalized PO6, PO7
economy
To know the risk and return from foreign equity
CO4 investment, equity financing in international markets PO8
and its mechanism.
Understand the rationale for political and economic
CO5 risk analysis as a pre-requisite for foreign PO7
investment
Reading List
1. https://www.surrey.ac.uk/postgraduate/international-financial-management-msc
https://talentedge.com/articles/objective-concepts-international-financial-
2.
management-india/
3. https://www.investopedia.com/terms/i/international-finance.asp
https://www.qmul.ac.uk/postgraduate/taught/coursefinder/courses/international-
4.
financial-management-msc/
References Books
Abdhullah, F.A., Financial Management for the Multinational Firm, Engle
1. Word Cliffs, NewJersey,PrenticeHallInc. 1987.
Management,4thEdition,TataMcGrawHill
Apte,P.G.,I nternationalFinancial
2. PublishingCompanyLtd.,NewDelhi,2010
3. Bhalla,I nternationalFinancialManagement,2ndEdition,Anmol.,2001
MadhuVij,I nternationalFinancialManagement,3rdEdition,ExcelBooks,
4. 2010
anagement,1 stEdition,WileyStude
MilindSathye,I nternationalFinancialM
5. ntEdition,2 006.
CO 1 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2
CO 3 3 3
CO 4 2
CO 5 2
H

d
Marks
a
g
o
e
e
t
i.
267
External
Total
CIA
FOREX Management 4
23MEEI309 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 25 75 100
5
Course Objectives
To know the origins and patterns of InternationalTrade and concepts of
C1 foreign exchange.
To understand contemporaneousImport export procedure, pertinent

C2 documents and tariff related to FOREX.s
To acquaint the aspect of forex markets.

C3
To enable the students to take decisions using management skills.
C4
To enable the students to conduct international business.
C5
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Nature significance &scope of forex management-
foreign exchange rate-foreign
exchange market-types of foreign exchange –
I determinants of foreign exchange-exchange 9 C1
rate quotations-BOT-BOP-Funding of vostra account-
multinational banking
Foreign exchange market-Spot and forward transactions

–TT selling and buying rate Forward exchange contract-
II 9 C2
features of forward exchange contract
Risk management- Basis of risk management-concepts

and objectives-Risks in foreign
exchange-Spot and forward-Basic issues in interest rate 9
III C3
risks-risk management process—
techniques-measurement-monitoring exchange control
Inter bank deals-cover deals trading-swap deals-arbitrage

operations-managing foreign 9
IV C4
exchange reserves-devaluation-pros and cons
268
Sources of forex funds –debt short term, supplier’s
credit, buyers credit, medium and
V long term, ECB; s-Present status of foreign exchange 9 C5
markets in India
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understandingpatterns of InternationalTrade and
CO1 PO4, PO7
concepts of foreign exchange.
Understand contemporaneous Import export
CO2 procedure, pertinent documents and tariff related PO7, PO8
to FOREX.s
CO3 Familiarizingthe aspects of forex markets. PO6, PO7
Enabling the students to take decisions using
CO4 PO7, PO8
management skills.
Enabling the students to conduct international
CO5 PO7, PO8
business.
Reading List
https://www.shiksha.com/banking-finance-insurance/forex-management-
1. chp#:~:text=Forex%20Management%20or%20Foreign%20Exchange,markets%20o
n%20the%20world%20economy.
2. https://dor.gov.in/foreign-exchange-management-list
3. https://www.icsi.edu/media/webmodules/publications/FTFM_Final.pdf
4. https://www.cuchd.in/management/bba-Forex-Management.php
References Books
International Financial Management | 8th Edition Paperback – 20 July
1. 2020.P.G.Apte, Mcgraw hill.
All Candlestick Patterns in FOREX: Forex Revision Book for Traders (Forex
2. Investing Strategy Book to Read), Nabil roshi, 2021.
Forex Trading Money Management System: Crush the Forex Market with Bigger
3. Profits and Smaller Losses, creade space publication. 2017.
Introduction to Financial Accounting | Eleventh Edition | Byby T. HorngrenCharles

4. Pearson,2017.
Foreign Exchange Management Paperback – 1 January 2015,eshasharma,laxmi

5. publication.
Foreign Exchange & Risk Management Paperback – 1 January

6. 2016,jeevanandham,sultan and chand.
269
CO 1 3 3
CO 2 3 2
CO 3 2 3
CO 4 3 2
CO 5 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Export Finance and 4
23MEEI310 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 25 75 100
Promotion 5
Course Objectives
C1 To Understand the concept structural. Export organizational
 To equip the students with the updated information on various methods and
C2 Procedures of foreign trade financing, Export Promotion for exports and the
various institutions involved in export finance
The aim of as well as to cover the Concept and Significance of Export
C3
Promotion.
C4 To examine and interpret challenges in export finance.
C5 To make them understand international business.
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Meaning and Definition of Export Finance-Need and
Importance of Export Finance-Methods and Sources of
Export Finance- Pre-shipment and Post-shipment
I Finance-Letters of Credit- Export Factoring and 9 C1
Forfaiting- Risk and Challenges in Export Finance-Role
of export/import bank of India in export finance
Emergence, Organization Structure, Objectives and

Functions of EXIM Bank. Stages of Export Financing.
Financing Programs of EXIM Bank for Domestic
9
Companies, Foreign Companies, Govts & Financial
II C2
Institutions, ECGC-SIDBI-RBI and Commercial Banks
in India-Import Licensing-Financing Methods for Import
of Capital Goods..
270
Introduction of Export Promotion-Role of Export in
Economic Development. Problems and Challenges of 9
Exports-Concept and Significance of Export Promotion-
Structure of Export Promotion in India –List of Export
III C3
Promotion Council –Commodity Boards-The Board of
Tride-Chambers of Commerce and Industry-– A Brief
Outline.
Export Performance-Highlights of Trade Performance-

Sectorial Performance-Import and Export Promotion
Measures-Capital Goods Schemes-Duty Exemption
Schemes-EOUs/EPZs/EHTP/STP-Sector specific
IV measures-Market development assistance Grand-in-aid- C4
9
to Export promotion and market development
organization-Directorate general of foreign trade-ITPO-
IIFT-NCTI-IIP Mumbai.
Institutional framework-Export promotion measures-

Functional divisions-Autonomous bodies-Advisory
boards-Ministry of textiles-List of organizations/Bodies
V C5
under the ministry of textiles-Boards-Attached offices-
Subordinate offices-Development councils
9
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Students should be able to impart basic knowledge on
CO1 Export Finance, Export Import and various kinds of PO4, PO6
Export Promotion.
CO2 Plan and execute export and Finance operations PO4, PO6
Evaluate challenges and opportunities in performance
CO3 PO4, PO6
and schemes
To be able to foresee and define the risks that could be
CO4 PO4, PO6
encountered in the field of trade and finance
CO5 To take decisions to manage such risks PO4, PO6
References Books
D C Kapoor (2005)”Export Management” VIKAS publishing house Pvt Ltd.
1.
International Finance : Maurice D.Levi
2.
271
.International Marketing : M.L. Varma&Agarwal
3.
Export Import Finance : Parasram

4. .
CO 1 3 3
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3
CO 5 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Global Logistics And
4
23MEEI311 Supply Chain Elective 2 - - 1 3 25 75 100
5
Management
Course Objectives
The students to gain deeper insights into logistics and supply chain management.
C1
To highlight the integrated nature of working in logistics and supply chain industry
C2
To prepare students to work in logistics and allied industries.
C3
To make student understand International business from logistics perspective
C4
To make student understand Supply chain management practices.
C5
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Concepts of Logistics – Evolution – Nature and
Importance – Components of Logistics Management-
Competitive advantages of Logistics – Functions of
I 9 C1
Logistics management – Principles – Logistics Network-
Integrated Logistics system, Supply chain management –
Nature and Concepts – Value chai- Functions – Supply
272
chain effectiveness – Outsourcing – 3PLs and 4PLs –
Supply chain relationships – Customer services.
Elements of Logistics and Supply chain management –

Inventory carrying – Ware housing, Technology in the
ware house: Computerization, Barcoding, RFID and
WMS – Material handling , Concepts and Equipments:
9
II Automated Storage and Retrieval Systems – Order C2
Processing – Transportation – Demand Forecasting –
Impact of Forecasts on Logistics and Supply chain
Management- Performance measurements.
Transportation – Position of Transportation in Logistics

and Supply chain management-Road, Rail, Ocean
Transport - Ships- Types- Measurement capacity of ships
– shipping information, Air, Transport Multi model
III transport – containerization – CFS – ICDSCross C3
9
Docking- Selection of transportation mode –
Transportation Network and Decision – Insurance
aspects of logistics.
Logistical Information System (LIS) - Operations –

Integrated IT solution for Logistics and supply chain
management- Emerging technologies in Logistics and
Supply chain management. Components of a logistic
IV 9 C4
system-transportation-Inventory carrying-ware housing
order processing –Distribution channels- Difference
between warehouse and distribution centre.
Performance- Bench marking for supply chain

improvement- Dimensions and achieving excellence-
Supply Chain Measures – SCOR model- Logistics score
V board- Activity Based Costing - Economic Value Added 9 C5
Analysis- Balance Score card approach-Lean thinking
and six sigma approach in Supply Chain.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Gaining deeper insights into logistics and supply chain
CO1 management. PO4, PO7
273
To Understand the integrated nature of working in
CO2 logistics and supply chain industry PO7, PO8
To make students to work in logistics and allied

CO3 industries. PO6, PO7
Understanding International business from logistics

CO4 perspective PO7, PO8
Understanding Supply chain management practices.

CO5 PO7, PO8
Reading List
1. http://www.managementstudyguide.com/
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/supply_chain_management/supply_chain_manage
2.
ment
3. https://www.camcode.com/asset-tags/supply-chain-management-guide/
https://library.ku.ac.ke/wp-
4. content/downloads/2011/08/Bookboon/Magement%20andOrganisation/fundamenta
ls-of-supply-chain-management.pdf
References Books
Agarwal, D.K., ‘Textbook of Logistics and Supply Chain Management’, Mac
1. Millan India Ltd, 2003.
Chase, R.B., Shankar, R and Jacobs, F.R. ‘Operations Management and Supply
2. Chain Management’, McGraw Hill Publications, 13th edition, 2018.
Chopra, S., Meindl, P. and Kalra, D.V. ‘Supply Chain Management’, Pearson
3. Education India, 6th edition, 2016.
KrishnaveniMuthiah, ‘Logistics Management and Seaborne Trade’, Himalaya

4. Publishing House, 2010.
Martin Christopher, ’Logistics and Supply Chain Management’ Pearson Education,

5. 2003.
Ronald H. Ballou, ’Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management’ Pearson

6. Education 2004.
CO 1 3 3
CO 2 3 2
CO 3 2 3
CO 4 3 2
CO 5 3 3
274
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
International Trade Finance 6
23MEEI312 Elective 3 - 1 - 4 25 75 100
and Risk Management 0
Course Objectives
To know the origins and patterns of InternationalTrade and concepts of
C1 Finance
To understand contemporaneousInternationaltrade procedure, pertinent

C2 documents.
To acquaint the students in the he aspects of Finance and risk management

C3
To enable the students to take decisions using financial management skills.
C4
To enable the students to understand international finance.
C5
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Concept of Working Capital; Important financial ratios;
Computation of permissible bank
I 9 C1
finance – 1st & 2nd method of lending
Type of pre and post – shipment finance – fund and non- 9

fund based; Provisions relating to
sanction, disbursal, quantum, interest rate, repayment;
II C2
Factoring.; For faiting; Financing deemed
exports; Export finance in foreign currency.
Types of import finance including LC’s, supplier’s

III credit, buyer’s credit, Trust Receipt;
Term Loan & Cash credit; Provisions relating to
275
sanction, disbursal, quantum, interest rate,
repayment; Foreign Currency Loans. C3
Areas to be covered, e.g. marketing, finance, operations,

etc.; Annexures relations to financials;
IV
Checklist of documents to be enclosed.
C4
9
Factors determining exchange rate; Central banks’ policy
of currency management; Direct &
indirect quotes; Spot & forward rates, premium &
V discount, relation between forex and money C5
9
market; Merchant rates quoted by banks – methods of
computation.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understandingorigins and patterns of International
CO1 Trade and concepts of Finance PO4, PO6
UnderstandingcontemporaneousInternationaltrade
CO2 procedure, pertinent documents. PO4, PO6
Understandingaspects of Finance and risk

CO3 management PO4, PO6
Understandingto take decisions using financial

CO4 management skills. PO4, PO6
Able to understand international finance.

CO5 PO4, PO6
Reading List
1. https://www.tradefinanceglobal.com/trade-finance/risks-challenges/
https://www.nordea.com/en/doc/2014-trade-finance-risk-management-fact-sheet-
2.
v1.pdf
3. https://icc.academy/trade-finance-risks/
https://www.coface.co.in/News-Publications-Events/News/what-is-trade-finance-
4.
and-how-do-you-minimize-trade-finance-risks
References Books
276
International Management - Managing Across Borders & Cultures, Text & Cases |
1. Ninth Edition | By Pearson Paperback, Deresky Helen,2017.
International Business: Concept, Environment and Strategy, 3e Paperback – 1

2. January 2010,bysharan, pearson publication.
The Handbook of International Trade and Finance: The Complete Guide to Risk
Management, International Payments and Currency Management, Bonds and
3. Guarantees, Credit Insurance and Trade Finance Paperback – Import, 3 June
2008,andersgrath, kogan page.
Trade and Receivables Finance: A Practical Guide to Risk Evaluation and

Structuring Hardcover – Import, 23 November 2018 by Stephen A. Jones,
4.
palgravemcmillan.
Risk Management and Regulation in Banking: Proceedings of the International

Conference on Risk Management and Regulation in Banking (1997) Paperback –
5.
Import, 6 October 209 by Dan Galai, springer publication.
CO 1 3 3
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3
CO 5 3 3
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total

CIA
Regulatory Framework for 4

23MEEI313 Elective 2 - 1 - 3 25 75 100
International Trade 5
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students about International trade theories.
C1
C2 To understand about the Emerging pattern of Internationalservices trade and
277
their determinants
To learn better idea and understanding about protectionism and International

C3 market structure
To understand better insights about integration of EDI system

C4
To understand General guidelines issued by the RBI.
C5
SYLLABUS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction, evolution of India’s trade policy; Economic
scenario in India; India’s external
sector - an overview ; Trends in India’s exports and
imports, trade balance, degree of openness to
I 9 C1
trade, composition and direction of India’s trade etc will
be discussed; Institutional framework
for export promotion in India;
Understanding registration procedure for ECC;

Understanding procedure for excise clearance
therein under various schemes; Studying documentary
procedure for excise clearance of export
9
cargo ;Central excise clearance procedures; Procedure for
II C2
excise clearance in case of exempted
units & un-exempted units; Excise clearance with or
without examination of goods;
Documentary requirement for clearance of excise.
Studying the role and responsibilities of customs in

India; Studying customs clearance of export
& import cargo; Understanding role of EDI initiatives
and facilities therein for customs
clearance; Legal framework: Customs Act 1962 and
Customs Tariff Act 1975; Customs 9
III C3
clearance – documentary requirements; Custom
clearance for shipment through air, ship, ICDs,
post parcel, and courier; EDI and customs operations;
Shipping & port formalities for export and
import.
278
Are duty drawbacks required and reasons therein;
Understanding the procedure for duty
drawback in India; Studying duty drawback through EDI
9
system; concept and rationale;
IV C4
Monitoring authority; Types and rate; Mechanism of rate
fixation; Settlement of claims -
including under EDI; Procedure and documentation
General guidelines issued by the RBI for importers;

Form A-1; Import licenses; Obligation of
purchaser of foreign exchange; Time limit for settlement
of import payments; Advance
remittance; Interest on import bills – limits set by RBI;
Remittances against replacement imports 9
V Guarantee for replacement import; Receipt of import C5
bills/documents; Evidence of import and
issue of acknowledgement; Verification and preservation
of evidence of import ; Follow up for
import evidence; Issue of bank guarantee; Import
factoring; Merchanting trade
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Able to understand about International trade theories.
CO1 PO4, PO6
Able to understand Emerging pattern of International
CO2 services trade and their determinants PO4, PO6
Able to understand about protectionism and International

CO3 market structure PO4, PO6
Able to understand better insights about integration of

CO4 EDI system PO4, PO6
Able to understand General guidelines issued by the RBI.

CO5 PO4, PO6
Reading List
1. https://www.woah.org/app/uploads/2021/03/oie-technical-item-part-i.pdf
https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/abs/reclaiming-development-in-the-world-
2. trading-system/current-regulatory-framework-for-international-trade-the-wto-
system/553732E08C21425D6798A5068F399FA0
3. https://www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/devel_e/framework.htm
279
https://trustedstream.life/space-robot/?pl=U8DXgIe3mUaLKra-
4. edbTIw&sm=space-
robot&hash=kUBxXe0Dus6GfV9J7os2GA&exp=1668259662#
References Books
IIBF International Trade Finance Systematic and Comprehensive Overview of the
International Trade Finance Practices with Emphasis on the Procedures,
Documentation, and Regulatory Framework [Paperback] Indian Institute of
1.
Banking & Finance Paperback – 25 June 2021by Indian Institute of Banking
&Finance, Taxmann publication
Sustainable Trade, Investment and Finance: Toward Responsible and Coherent

Regulatory Frameworks Hardcover – Import, 26 July 2019by Clair Gammage,
2.
Edward elgar publication.
Sustainable Commodity Use: Its Governance, Legal Framework, and Future

Regulatory Instruments: 21 (European Yearbook of International Economic Law)
3.
Paperback – Import, 8 December 2021 by Maximilian Eduard Oehl
Business Regulatory Framework For B.Com Classes of Various Universities

4. Paperbackby Dr. G.K. Vashney,sahityabhawan publication.
International Economics: Trade and Finance, 11ed, ISV Paperback – 1 January

5. 2014 by Dominick Salvatore, wiley publication.
CO 1 3 3
CO 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3
CO 5 3 3
280

M.B.A Regulation 2023-24

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

M.B.A Regulation 2023-24

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

M.B.A Regulation 2023-24

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ANNAMALAI

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Choice Based Credit System

Program Educational Outcomes;

PEO 4 – Contribution to Business World: To produce ethical and innovative business

PO3: Ethical Value: Ability to develop value based leadership attributes.

PO4: Communication Skill: Ability to understand, analyze and effectively communicate

PO 1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

Subject Subject Name Category L T P O Marks

Subject Subject Name Category L T P O Marks

Subject Subject Name Category L T P O Marks

Subject Subject Name Category L T P O Marks

23MBAP401 # Project Work & Viva- Core - - - Y 12 - 75 225 300

Subject Subject Name Category L T P O Marks

Merchant Banking and

23MEFM307 Derivatives Management

23MEFM311 Tax Management

23MEFM314 Fixed Income Securities

@ This is a hands on Computer Laboratory Practical course.

Subject Code Subject Name Category L T P O Marks

Sales and Distribution

23MEMM307 Services Marketing

23MEMM309 Retail Marketing

23MEMM320 Marketing Metrics

Specialization Courses: Human Resource Management

Subject Subject Name Category L T P O Marks

23MEHR305 Performance Management

Industrial and Labour

Emotional Intelligence for

23MEHR311 Strategic HRM

23MEHR314 Talent Management

Specialization Courses: Business Analytics

Specialization Courses: Export Import Management

Specialization Courses: Hospital Management

Hospital Planning and

23MEOM304 Project Management Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100

23MBAC102 Quantitative Techniques and

23MBAC105 Managerial Economics Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100

Commodity and Money Market: Demand and Supply of

3-Strong 2-Medium 1-Low

Subject Code Subject Name L T P O

23MBAC203 Marketing Management Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100

Subject Code Subject Name L T P O

3-Strong 2-Medium 1-Low

23MBAC206 Strategic Management Core 4 - - - 4 60 25 75 100 CIA

Subject Code Subject Name L T P O

Subject Code Subject Name L T P O

3-Strong 2-Medium 1-Low

Fee based financial services:

3-Strong 2-Medium 1-Low

Subject Code Subject Name L T P O

23MEFM307 Derivatives Management Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100

Subject Code Subject Name L T P O

23MEFM308 Banking and Insurance Elective 2 - 1 - 3 3 25 75 100

3-Strong 2-Medium 1-Low

23MEFM309 Behavioral Finance Elective 3 - 1 - 4 4 25 75 100 CIA

3-Strong 2-Medium 1-Low

Inst. Hours Marks